ec2

package module
v1.38.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: May 3, 2022 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 42 Imported by: 1,277

Documentation

Overview

Package ec2 provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides secure and resizable computing capacity in the Amazon Web Services Cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates the need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications faster. Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) enables you to provision a logically isolated section of the Amazon Web Services Cloud where you can launch Amazon Web Services resources in a virtual network that you've defined. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block level storage volumes for use with EC2 instances. EBS volumes are highly available

and reliable storage volumes that can be attached to any running instance and used like a hard drive. To learn more, see the following resources:

* Amazon EC2: AmazonEC2 product page (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2), Amazon EC2 documentation (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ec2)

* Amazon EBS: Amazon EBS product page (http://aws.amazon.com/ebs), Amazon EBS documentation (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ebs)

* Amazon VPC: Amazon VPC product page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc), Amazon VPC documentation (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/vpc)

* Amazon Web Services VPN: Amazon Web Services VPN product page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpn), Amazon Web Services VPN documentation (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/vpn)

Index

Constants

View Source 
const ServiceAPIVersion = "2016-11-15"
View Source 
const ServiceID = "EC2"

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver() *internalendpoints.Resolver

NewDefaultEndpointResolver constructs a new service endpoint resolver

func WithAPIOptions added in v1.0.0 

func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options)

WithAPIOptions returns a functional option for setting the Client's APIOptions option.

func WithEndpointResolver 

func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options)

WithEndpointResolver returns a functional option for setting the Client's EndpointResolver option.

func WithPresignClientFromClientOptions added in v0.30.0 

func WithPresignClientFromClientOptions(optFns ...func(*Options)) func(*PresignOptions)

WithPresignClientFromClientOptions is a helper utility to retrieve a function that takes PresignOption as input

Types

type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput 

type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for another
	// Convertible Reserved Instance of the same or higher value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for
	// your current Convertible Reserved Instances.
	TargetConfigurations []types.TargetConfigurationRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for accepting the quote.

type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput 

type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput struct {

	// The ID of the successful exchange.
	ExchangeId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the exchange and whether it was successful.

type AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput added in v0.31.0 

type AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.
	SubnetIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput added in v0.31.0 

type AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Describes the multicast domain associations.
	Associations *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput 

type AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput 

type AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput struct {

	// The transit gateway peering attachment.
	TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment *types.TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput 

type AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput 

type AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput struct {

	// The VPC attachment.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachment *types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput 

type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC endpoint service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// The IDs of one or more interface VPC endpoints.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcEndpointIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput 

type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the interface endpoints that were not accepted, if applicable.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput 

type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the
	// request.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput 

type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC peering connection.
	VpcPeeringConnection *types.VpcPeeringConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AdvertiseByoipCidrInput 

type AdvertiseByoipCidrInput struct {

	// The address range, in CIDR notation. This must be the exact range that you
	// provisioned. You can't advertise only a portion of the provisioned range.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AdvertiseByoipCidrOutput 

type AdvertiseByoipCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the address range.
	ByoipCidr *types.ByoipCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AllocateAddressInput 

type AllocateAddressInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The Elastic IP address to recover or an IPv4 address from an address
	// pool.
	Address *string

	// The ID of a customer-owned address pool. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2
	// select an address from the address pool. Alternatively, specify a specific
	// address from the address pool.
	CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool *string

	// Indicates whether the Elastic IP address is for use with instances in a VPC or
	// instances in EC2-Classic. Default: If the Region supports EC2-Classic, the
	// default is standard. Otherwise, the default is vpc.
	Domain types.DomainType

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which
	// Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. Use this parameter to limit the IP
	// address to this location. IP addresses cannot move between network border
	// groups. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html)
	// to view the network border groups. You cannot use a network border group with
	// EC2 Classic. If you attempt this operation on EC2 Classic, you receive an
	// InvalidParameterCombination error.
	NetworkBorderGroup *string

	// The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2
	// select an address from the address pool. To specify a specific address from the
	// address pool, use the Address parameter instead.
	PublicIpv4Pool *string

	// The tags to assign to the Elastic IP address.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AllocateAddressOutput 

type AllocateAddressOutput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The ID that Amazon Web Services assigns to represent the allocation of
	// the Elastic IP address for use with instances in a VPC.
	AllocationId *string

	// The carrier IP address. This option is only available for network interfaces
	// which reside in a subnet in a Wavelength Zone (for example an EC2 instance).
	CarrierIp *string

	// The customer-owned IP address.
	CustomerOwnedIp *string

	// The ID of the customer-owned address pool.
	CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool *string

	// Indicates whether the Elastic IP address is for use with instances in a VPC
	// (vpc) or instances in EC2-Classic (standard).
	Domain types.DomainType

	// The set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which
	// Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses.
	NetworkBorderGroup *string

	// The Elastic IP address.
	PublicIp *string

	// The ID of an address pool.
	PublicIpv4Pool *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AllocateHostsInput 

type AllocateHostsInput struct {

	// The Availability Zone in which to allocate the Dedicated Host.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate to your account with these parameters.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Quantity *int32

	// Indicates whether the host accepts any untargeted instance launches that match
	// its instance type configuration, or if it only accepts Host tenancy instance
	// launches that specify its unique host ID. For more information, see
	// Understanding auto-placement and affinity
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/how-dedicated-hosts-work.html#dedicated-hosts-understanding)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: on
	AutoPlacement types.AutoPlacement

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host.
	// Host recovery is disabled by default. For more information, see  Host recovery
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: off
	HostRecovery types.HostRecovery

	// Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you
	// specify an instance family, the Dedicated Hosts support multiple instance types
	// within that instance family. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a
	// specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType
	// instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request.
	InstanceFamily *string

	// Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you
	// specify an instance type, the Dedicated Hosts support instances of the specified
	// instance type only. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance
	// types in a specific instance family, omit this parameter and specify
	// InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in
	// the same request.
	InstanceType *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Outpost on which to
	// allocate the Dedicated Host.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AllocateHostsOutput 

type AllocateHostsOutput struct {

	// The ID of the allocated Dedicated Host. This is used to launch an instance onto
	// a specific host.
	HostIds []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of AllocateHosts.

type AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool from which you would like to allocate a CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following:
	//
	// *
	// If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set on the pool, you must
	// specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR.
	//
	// * If the DefaultNetmaskLength
	// allocation rule is set on the pool, you can specify either the NetmaskLength or
	// the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule will be ignored.
	//
	// Possible
	// values: Any available IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR.
	Cidr *string

	// A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
	// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the allocation.
	Description *string

	// Exclude a particular CIDR range from being returned by the pool.
	DisallowedCidrs []string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool.
	// Note the following:
	//
	// * If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set
	// on the pool, you must specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR.
	//
	// * If the
	// DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule is set on the pool, you can specify either
	// the NetmaskLength or the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule will
	// be ignored.
	//
	// Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible
	// netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.
	NetmaskLength *int32

	// A preview of the next available CIDR in a pool.
	PreviewNextCidr *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AllocateIpamPoolCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type AllocateIpamPoolCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the allocation created.
	IpamPoolAllocation *types.IpamPoolAllocation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkInput 

type ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IDs of the security groups to apply to the associated target network. Up to
	// 5 security groups can be applied to an associated target network.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// The ID of the VPC in which the associated target network is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput 

type ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput struct {

	// The IDs of the applied security groups.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssignIpv6AddressesInput 

type AssignIpv6AddressesInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The number of additional IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The
	// specified number of IPv6 addresses are assigned in addition to the existing IPv6
	// addresses that are already assigned to the network interface. Amazon EC2
	// automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use
	// this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses.
	Ipv6AddressCount *int32

	// One or more specific IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface. You
	// can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses.
	Ipv6Addresses []string

	// The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to
	// the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv6Prefixes
	// option.
	Ipv6PrefixCount *int32

	// One or more IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this
	// option if you use the Ipv6PrefixCount option.
	Ipv6Prefixes []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssignIpv6AddressesOutput 

type AssignIpv6AddressesOutput struct {

	// The new IPv6 addresses assigned to the network interface. Existing IPv6
	// addresses that were assigned to the network interface before the request are not
	// included.
	AssignedIpv6Addresses []string

	// The IPv6 prefixes that are assigned to the network interface.
	AssignedIpv6Prefixes []string

	// The ID of the network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput 

type AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Indicates whether to allow an IP address that is already assigned to another
	// network interface or instance to be reassigned to the specified network
	// interface.
	AllowReassignment *bool

	// The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to
	// the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv4 Prefixes
	// option.
	Ipv4PrefixCount *int32

	// One or more IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this
	// option if you use the Ipv4PrefixCount option.
	Ipv4Prefixes []string

	// One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the
	// network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a
	// number of secondary IP addresses. If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2
	// automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range.
	PrivateIpAddresses []string

	// The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You
	// can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses.
	SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for AssignPrivateIpAddresses.

type AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput 

type AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput struct {

	// The IPv4 prefixes that are assigned to the network interface.
	AssignedIpv4Prefixes []types.Ipv4PrefixSpecification

	// The private IP addresses assigned to the network interface.
	AssignedPrivateIpAddresses []types.AssignedPrivateIpAddress

	// The ID of the network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateAddressInput 

type AssociateAddressInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. This is required for EC2-VPC.
	AllocationId *string

	// [EC2-VPC] For a VPC in an EC2-Classic account, specify true to allow an Elastic
	// IP address that is already associated with an instance or network interface to
	// be reassociated with the specified instance or network interface. Otherwise, the
	// operation fails. In a VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account, reassociation is
	// automatic, therefore you can specify false to ensure the operation fails if the
	// Elastic IP address is already associated with another resource.
	AllowReassociation *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the instance. The instance must have exactly one attached network
	// interface. For EC2-VPC, you can specify either the instance ID or the network
	// interface ID, but not both. For EC2-Classic, you must specify an instance ID and
	// the instance must be in the running state.
	InstanceId *string

	// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than one
	// network interface, you must specify a network interface ID. For EC2-VPC, you can
	// specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// [EC2-VPC] The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the
	// Elastic IP address. If no private IP address is specified, the Elastic IP
	// address is associated with the primary private IP address.
	PrivateIpAddress *string

	// [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address to associate with the instance. This is
	// required for EC2-Classic.
	PublicIp *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateAddressOutput 

type AssociateAddressOutput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The ID that represents the association of the Elastic IP address with
	// an instance.
	AssociationId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput 

type AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The ID of the subnet to associate with the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput 

type AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput struct {

	// The unique ID of the target network association.
	AssociationId *string

	// The current state of the target network association.
	Status *types.AssociationStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateDhcpOptionsInput 

type AssociateDhcpOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DHCP options set, or default to associate no DHCP options with the
	// VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DhcpOptionsId *string

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput 

type AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput added in v0.29.0 

type AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput struct {

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate with which to associate the IAM role.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ARN of the IAM role to associate with the ACM certificate. You can associate
	// up to 16 IAM roles with an ACM certificate.
	RoleArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput added in v0.29.0 

type AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to which the certificate was uploaded.
	CertificateS3BucketName *string

	// The Amazon S3 object key where the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted
	// private key bundle are stored. The object key is formatted as follows:
	// role_arn/certificate_arn.
	CertificateS3ObjectKey *string

	// The ID of the KMS key used to encrypt the private key of the certificate.
	EncryptionKmsKeyId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput 

type AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The IAM instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IamInstanceProfile *types.IamInstanceProfileSpecification

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput 

type AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput struct {

	// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
	IamInstanceProfileAssociation *types.IamInstanceProfileAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateInstanceEventWindowInput added in v1.13.0 

type AssociateInstanceEventWindowInput struct {

	// One or more targets associated with the specified event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationTarget *types.InstanceEventWindowAssociationRequest

	// The ID of the event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceEventWindowId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateInstanceEventWindowOutput added in v1.13.0 

type AssociateInstanceEventWindowOutput struct {

	// Information about the event window.
	InstanceEventWindow *types.InstanceEventWindow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateRouteTableInput 

type AssociateRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the internet gateway or virtual private gateway.
	GatewayId *string

	// The ID of the subnet.
	SubnetId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateRouteTableOutput 

type AssociateRouteTableOutput struct {

	// The route table association ID. This ID is required for disassociating the route
	// table.
	AssociationId *string

	// The state of the association.
	AssociationState *types.RouteTableAssociationState

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput 

type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput struct {

	// The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet. The subnet must have a /64 prefix length.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// The ID of your subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput 

type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv6 association.
	Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *types.SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation

	// The ID of the subnet.
	SubnetId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput 

type AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.
	SubnetIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment to associate with the transit gateway
	// multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput 

type AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway multicast domain associations.
	Associations *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput 

type AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput 

type AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput struct {

	// The ID of the association.
	Association *types.TransitGatewayAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput added in v1.10.0 

type AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The ID of the branch network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BranchInterfaceId *string

	// The ID of the trunk network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrunkInterfaceId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The application key. This applies to the GRE protocol.
	GreKey *int32

	// The ID of the VLAN. This applies to the VLAN protocol.
	VlanId *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateTrunkInterfaceOutput added in v1.10.0 

type AssociateTrunkInterfaceOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the association between the trunk network interface and branch
	// network interface.
	InterfaceAssociation *types.TrunkInterfaceAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput 

type AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the
	// VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the CIDR
	// block.
	AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock *bool

	// An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC.
	CidrBlock *string

	// Associate a CIDR allocated from an IPv4 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more information
	// about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC
	// IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv4IpamPoolId *string

	// The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon
	// VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is
	// IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv4NetmaskLength *int32

	// An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool in
	// the request. To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this
	// parameter.
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this
	// parameter to limit the CIDR block to this location. You must set
	// AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter. You can have one IPv6
	// CIDR block association per network border group.
	Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup *string

	// Associates a CIDR allocated from an IPv6 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more
	// information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the
	// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv6IpamPoolId *string

	// The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon
	// VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is
	// IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv6NetmaskLength *int32

	// The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block.
	Ipv6Pool *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput 

type AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv4 CIDR block association.
	CidrBlockAssociation *types.VpcCidrBlockAssociation

	// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
	Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *types.VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation

	// The ID of the VPC.
	VpcId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachClassicLinkVpcInput 

type AttachClassicLinkVpcInput struct {

	// The ID of one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot specify security
	// groups from a different VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Groups []string

	// The ID of an EC2-Classic instance to link to the ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of a ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput 

type AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachInternetGatewayInput 

type AttachInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the internet gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InternetGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachInternetGatewayOutput 

type AttachInternetGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachNetworkInterfaceInput 

type AttachNetworkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The index of the device for the network interface attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DeviceIndex *int32

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The index of the network card. Some instance types support multiple network
	// cards. The primary network interface must be assigned to network card index 0.
	// The default is network card index 0.
	NetworkCardIndex *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for AttachNetworkInterface.

type AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput 

type AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface attachment.
	AttachmentId *string

	// The index of the network card.
	NetworkCardIndex *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of AttachNetworkInterface.

type AttachVolumeInput 

type AttachVolumeInput struct {

	// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Device *string

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same
	// Availability Zone.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachVolumeOutput 

type AttachVolumeOutput struct {

	// The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
	AttachTime *time.Time

	// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
	DeleteOnTermination *bool

	// The device name.
	Device *string

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The attachment state of the volume.
	State types.VolumeAttachmentState

	// The ID of the volume.
	VolumeId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes volume attachment details.

type AttachVpnGatewayInput 

type AttachVpnGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for AttachVpnGateway.

type AttachVpnGatewayOutput 

type AttachVpnGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the attachment.
	VpcAttachment *types.VpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of AttachVpnGateway.

type AuthorizeClientVpnIngressInput 

type AuthorizeClientVpnIngressInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is
	// being authorized.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetNetworkCidr *string

	// The ID of the group to grant access to, for example, the Active Directory group
	// or identity provider (IdP) group. Required if AuthorizeAllGroups is false or not
	// specified.
	AccessGroupId *string

	// Indicates whether to grant access to all clients. Specify true to grant all
	// clients who successfully establish a VPN connection access to the network. Must
	// be set to true if AccessGroupId is not specified.
	AuthorizeAllGroups *bool

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A brief description of the authorization rule.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeClientVpnIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeClientVpnIngressOutput struct {

	// The current state of the authorization rule.
	Status *types.ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput 

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct {

	// The ID of the security group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.
	CidrIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
	FromPort *int32

	// The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a
	// CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or
	// number.
	IpProtocol *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
	// group.
	SourceSecurityGroupName *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
	// group.
	SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string

	// The tags applied to the security group rule.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
	ToPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput 

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Information about the outbound (egress) security group rules that were added.
	SecurityGroupRules []types.SecurityGroupRule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. You can't specify this parameter when
	// specifying a source security group. To specify an IPv6 address range, use a set
	// of IP permissions. Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify
	// multiple rules and a description for the rule.
	CidrIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
	// For the ICMP type number, use -1 to specify all types. If you specify all ICMP
	// types, you must specify all codes. Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to
	// specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.
	FromPort *int32

	// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or
	// the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC,
	// you must specify the security group ID.
	GroupId *string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
	// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
	GroupName *string

	// The sets of IP permissions.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers
	// (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). To
	// specify icmpv6, use a set of IP permissions. [VPC only] Use -1 to specify all
	// protocols. If you specify -1 or a protocol other than tcp, udp, or icmp, traffic
	// on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports you specify. Alternatively, use
	// a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and a description for the
	// rule.
	IpProtocol *string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't
	// specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP
	// address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the
	// port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a
	// rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions
	// instead. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC.
	SourceSecurityGroupName *string

	// [nondefault VPC] The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security
	// group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify
	// this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address
	// range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port
	// range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule
	// with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead.
	SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string

	// [VPC Only] The tags applied to the security group rule.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For
	// the ICMP code number, use -1 to specify all codes. If you specify all ICMP
	// types, you must specify all codes. Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to
	// specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.
	ToPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Information about the inbound (ingress) security group rules that were added.
	SecurityGroupRules []types.SecurityGroupRule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BundleInstanceInput 

type BundleInstanceInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance to bundle. Type: String Default: None Required: Yes
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already
	// own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a
	// bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Storage *types.Storage

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for BundleInstance.

type BundleInstanceOutput 

type BundleInstanceOutput struct {

	// Information about the bundle task.
	BundleTask *types.BundleTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of BundleInstance.

type BundleTaskCompleteWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type BundleTaskCompleteWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BundleTaskCompleteWaiter defines the waiters for BundleTaskComplete

func NewBundleTaskCompleteWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewBundleTaskCompleteWaiter(client DescribeBundleTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions)) *BundleTaskCompleteWaiter

NewBundleTaskCompleteWaiter constructs a BundleTaskCompleteWaiter.

func (*BundleTaskCompleteWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *BundleTaskCompleteWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeBundleTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for BundleTaskComplete waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*BundleTaskCompleteWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *BundleTaskCompleteWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeBundleTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for BundleTaskComplete waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// BundleTaskCompleteWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, BundleTaskCompleteWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeBundleTasksInput, *DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions are waiter options for BundleTaskCompleteWaiter

type CancelBundleTaskInput 

type CancelBundleTaskInput struct {

	// The ID of the bundle task.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BundleId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CancelBundleTask.

type CancelBundleTaskOutput 

type CancelBundleTaskOutput struct {

	// Information about the bundle task.
	BundleTask *types.BundleTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CancelBundleTask.

type CancelCapacityReservationFleetsInput added in v1.19.0 

type CancelCapacityReservationFleetsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to cancel.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationFleetIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelCapacityReservationFleetsOutput added in v1.19.0 

type CancelCapacityReservationFleetsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation Fleets that could not be cancelled.
	FailedFleetCancellations []types.FailedCapacityReservationFleetCancellationResult

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation Fleets that were successfully
	// cancelled.
	SuccessfulFleetCancellations []types.CapacityReservationFleetCancellationState

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelCapacityReservationInput 

type CancelCapacityReservationInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation to be cancelled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelCapacityReservationOutput 

type CancelCapacityReservationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelConversionTaskInput 

type CancelConversionTaskInput struct {

	// The ID of the conversion task.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConversionTaskId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The reason for canceling the conversion task.
	ReasonMessage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelConversionTaskOutput 

type CancelConversionTaskOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelExportTaskInput 

type CancelExportTaskInput struct {

	// The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by CreateInstanceExportTask.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ExportTaskId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelExportTaskOutput 

type CancelExportTaskOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelImportTaskInput 

type CancelImportTaskInput struct {

	// The reason for canceling the task.
	CancelReason *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the import image or import snapshot task to be canceled.
	ImportTaskId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelImportTaskOutput 

type CancelImportTaskOutput struct {

	// The ID of the task being canceled.
	ImportTaskId *string

	// The current state of the task being canceled.
	PreviousState *string

	// The current state of the task being canceled.
	State *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelReservedInstancesListingInput 

type CancelReservedInstancesListingInput struct {

	// The ID of the Reserved Instance listing.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstancesListingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CancelReservedInstancesListing.

type CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput 

type CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput struct {

	// The Reserved Instance listing.
	ReservedInstancesListings []types.ReservedInstancesListing

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CancelReservedInstancesListing.

type CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput 

type CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotFleetRequestIds []string

	// Indicates whether to terminate instances for a Spot Fleet request if it is
	// canceled successfully.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TerminateInstances *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CancelSpotFleetRequests.

type CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput 

type CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Spot Fleet requests that are successfully canceled.
	SuccessfulFleetRequests []types.CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem

	// Information about the Spot Fleet requests that are not successfully canceled.
	UnsuccessfulFleetRequests []types.CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CancelSpotFleetRequests.

type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput 

type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct {

	// One or more Spot Instance request IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotInstanceRequestIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CancelSpotInstanceRequests.

type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput 

type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput struct {

	// One or more Spot Instance requests.
	CancelledSpotInstanceRequests []types.CancelledSpotInstanceRequest

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CancelSpotInstanceRequests.

type Client 

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client provides the API client to make operations call for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.

func New 

func New(options Options, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

New returns an initialized Client based on the functional options. Provide additional functional options to further configure the behavior of the client, such as changing the client's endpoint or adding custom middleware behavior.

func NewFromConfig 

func NewFromConfig(cfg aws.Config, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

NewFromConfig returns a new client from the provided config.

func (*Client) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote 

func (c *Client) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error)

Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call.

func (*Client) AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.

func (*Client) AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment 

func (c *Client) AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput, error)

Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request. The peering attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state.

func (*Client) AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment 

func (c *Client) AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error)

Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. The VPC attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to view your pending VPC attachment requests. Use RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment to reject a VPC attachment request.

func (*Client) AcceptVpcEndpointConnections 

func (c *Client) AcceptVpcEndpointConnections(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error)

Accepts one or more interface VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.

func (*Client) AcceptVpcPeeringConnection 

func (c *Client) AcceptVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error)

Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance state, and you must be the owner of the peer VPC. Use DescribeVpcPeeringConnections to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. For an inter-Region VPC peering connection request, you must accept the VPC peering connection in the Region of the accepter VPC.

func (*Client) AdvertiseByoipCidr 

func (c *Client) AdvertiseByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *AdvertiseByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AdvertiseByoipCidrOutput, error)

Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). You can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you specify different address ranges each time. We recommend that you stop advertising the BYOIP CIDR from other locations when you advertise it from Amazon Web Services. To minimize down time, you can configure your Amazon Web Services resources to use an address from a BYOIP CIDR before it is advertised, and then simultaneously stop advertising it from the current location and start advertising it through Amazon Web Services. It can take a few minutes before traffic to the specified addresses starts routing to Amazon Web Services because of BGP propagation delays. To stop advertising the BYOIP CIDR, use WithdrawByoipCidr.

func (*Client) AllocateAddress 

func (c *Client) AllocateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AllocateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AllocateAddressOutput, error)

Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account. After you allocate the Elastic IP address you can associate it with an instance or network interface. After you release an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool and can be allocated to a different Amazon Web Services account. You can allocate an Elastic IP address from an address pool owned by Amazon Web Services or from an address pool created from a public IPv4 address range that you have brought to Amazon Web Services for use with your Amazon Web Services resources using bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). For more information, see Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. [EC2-VPC] If you release an Elastic IP address, you might be able to recover it. You cannot recover an Elastic IP address that you released after it is allocated to another Amazon Web Services account. You cannot recover an Elastic IP address for EC2-Classic. To attempt to recover an Elastic IP address that you released, specify it in this operation. An Elastic IP address is for use either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. By default, you can allocate 5 Elastic IP addresses for EC2-Classic per Region and 5 Elastic IP addresses for EC2-VPC per Region. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You can allocate a carrier IP address which is a public IP address from a telecommunication carrier, to a network interface which resides in a subnet in a Wavelength Zone (for example an EC2 instance).

func (*Client) AllocateHosts 

func (c *Client) AllocateHosts(ctx context.Context, params *AllocateHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AllocateHostsOutput, error)

Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At a minimum, specify the supported instance type or instance family, the Availability Zone in which to allocate the host, and the number of hosts to allocate.

func (*Client) AllocateIpamPoolCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) AllocateIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AllocateIpamPoolCidrOutput, error)

Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool. In IPAM, an allocation is a CIDR assignment from an IPAM pool to another resource or IPAM pool. For more information, see Allocate CIDRs in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetwork 

func (c *Client) ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetwork(ctx context.Context, params *ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ApplySecurityGroupsToClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput, error)

Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint. This action replaces the existing security groups with the specified security groups.

func (*Client) AssignIpv6Addresses 

func (c *Client) AssignIpv6Addresses(ctx context.Context, params *AssignIpv6AddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssignIpv6AddressesOutput, error)

Assigns one or more IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify one or more specific IPv6 addresses, or you can specify the number of IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from within the subnet's IPv6 CIDR block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface as you can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies per instance type. For information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You must specify either the IPv6 addresses or the IPv6 address count in the request. You can optionally use Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must specify either the IPV6 Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv6 Prefix Delegation count. For information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AssignPrivateIpAddresses 

func (c *Client) AssignPrivateIpAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error)

Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or you can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically assigned within the subnet's CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP addresses that you can assign to an instance varies by instance type. For information about instance types, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about Elastic IP addresses, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. When you move a secondary private IP address to another network interface, any Elastic IP address that is associated with the IP address is also moved. Remapping an IP address is an asynchronous operation. When you move an IP address from one network interface to another, check network/interfaces/macs/mac/local-ipv4s in the instance metadata to confirm that the remapping is complete. You must specify either the IP addresses or the IP address count in the request. You can optionally use Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must specify either the IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv4 Prefix Delegation count. For information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AssociateAddress 

func (c *Client) AssociateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateAddressOutput, error)

Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface. Before you can use an Elastic IP address, you must allocate it to your account. An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. [EC2-Classic, VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account] If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance, it is disassociated from that instance and associated with the specified instance. If you associate an Elastic IP address with an instance that has an existing Elastic IP address, the existing address is disassociated from the instance, but remains allocated to your account. [VPC in an EC2-Classic account] If you don't specify a private IP address, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary IP address. If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance or a network interface, you get an error unless you allow reassociation. You cannot associate an Elastic IP address with an instance or network interface that has an existing Elastic IP address. [Subnets in Wavelength Zones] You can associate an IP address from the telecommunication carrier to the instance or network interface. You cannot associate an Elastic IP address with an interface in a different network border group. This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and you may be charged for each time the Elastic IP address is remapped to the same instance. For more information, see the Elastic IP Addresses section of Amazon EC2 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/pricing/).

func (*Client) AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork 

func (c *Client) AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput, error)

Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint. A target network is a subnet in a VPC. You can associate multiple subnets from the same VPC with a Client VPN endpoint. You can associate only one subnet in each Availability Zone. We recommend that you associate at least two subnets to provide Availability Zone redundancy. If you specified a VPC when you created the Client VPN endpoint or if you have previous subnet associations, the specified subnet must be in the same VPC. To specify a subnet that's in a different VPC, you must first modify the Client VPN endpoint (ModifyClientVpnEndpoint) and change the VPC that's associated with it.

func (*Client) AssociateDhcpOptions 

func (c *Client) AssociateDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput, error)

Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. After you associate the options with the VPC, any existing instances and all new instances that you launch in that VPC use the options. You don't need to restart or relaunch the instances. They automatically pick up the changes within a few hours, depending on how frequently the instance renews its DHCP lease. You can explicitly renew the lease using the operating system on the instance. For more information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput, error)

Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. This enables the certificate to be used by the ACM for Nitro Enclaves application inside an enclave. For more information, see Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html) in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. When the IAM role is associated with the ACM certificate, the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key are placed in an Amazon S3 bucket that only the associated IAM role can access. The private key of the certificate is encrypted with an Amazon Web Services managed key that has an attached attestation-based key policy. To enable the IAM role to access the Amazon S3 object, you must grant it permission to call s3:GetObject on the Amazon S3 bucket returned by the command. To enable the IAM role to access the KMS key, you must grant it permission to call kms:Decrypt on the KMS key returned by the command. For more information, see Grant the role permission to access the certificate and encryption key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html#add-policy) in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide.

func (*Client) AssociateIamInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) AssociateIamInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance. You cannot associate more than one IAM instance profile with an instance.

func (*Client) AssociateInstanceEventWindow added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error)

Associates one or more targets with an event window. Only one type of target (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or tags) can be specified with an event window. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) AssociateRouteTable 

func (c *Client) AssociateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateRouteTableOutput, error)

Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC. This association causes traffic from the subnet or gateway to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns an association ID, which you need in order to disassociate the route table later. A route table can be associated with multiple subnets. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AssociateSubnetCidrBlock 

func (c *Client) AssociateSubnetCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error)

Associates a CIDR block with your subnet. You can only associate a single IPv6 CIDR block with your subnet. An IPv6 CIDR block must have a prefix length of /64.

func (*Client) AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain 

func (c *Client) AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error)

Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain. The transit gateway attachment must be in the available state before you can add a resource. Use DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.html) to see the state of the attachment.

func (*Client) AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTable 

func (c *Client) AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput, error)

Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table. You can associate only one route table with an attachment.

func (*Client) AssociateTrunkInterface added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateTrunkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateTrunkInterfaceOutput, error)

This API action is currently in limited preview only. If you are interested in using this feature, contact your account manager. Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface. Before you create the association, run the create-network-interface (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateNetworkInterface.html) command and set --interface-type to trunk. You must also create a network interface for each branch network interface that you want to associate with the trunk network interface.

func (*Client) AssociateVpcCidrBlock 

func (c *Client) AssociateVpcCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error)

Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can associate a secondary IPv4 CIDR block, an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block, or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html)). The IPv6 CIDR block size is fixed at /56. You must specify one of the following in the request: an IPv4 CIDR block, an IPv6 pool, or an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block. For more information about associating CIDR blocks with your VPC and applicable restrictions, see VPC and subnet sizing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html#VPC_Sizing) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AttachClassicLinkVpc 

func (c *Client) AttachClassicLinkVpc(ctx context.Context, params *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error)

Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to more than one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that's in the running state. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped - you can link it to the VPC again when you restart it. After you've linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC security groups that are associated with it. To change the security groups, you must first unlink the instance, and then link it again. Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your instance.

func (*Client) AttachInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) AttachInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *AttachInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachInternetGatewayOutput, error)

Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information about your VPC and internet gateway, see the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/).

func (*Client) AttachNetworkInterface 

func (c *Client) AttachNetworkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error)

Attaches a network interface to an instance.

func (*Client) AttachVolume 

func (c *Client) AttachVolume(ctx context.Context, params *AttachVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachVolumeOutput, error)

Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name. Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it available. For more information, see Make an EBS volume available for use (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-using-volumes.html). If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code:

* The volume can be attached only to a stopped instance.

* Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to the instance.

* You must be subscribed to the product.

* The instance type and operating system of the instance must support the product. For example, you can't detach a volume from a Windows instance and attach it to a Linux instance.

For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-attaching-volume.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) AttachVpnGateway 

func (c *Client) AttachVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *AttachVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachVpnGatewayOutput, error)

Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private gateway to one VPC at a time. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) AuthorizeClientVpnIngress 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeClientVpnIngress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeClientVpnIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeClientVpnIngressOutput, error)

Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint. Ingress authorization rules act as firewall rules that grant access to networks. You must configure ingress authorization rules to enable clients to access resources in Amazon Web Services or on-premises networks.

func (*Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error)

[VPC only] Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group for use with a VPC. An outbound rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges, or to the instances that are associated with the specified source security groups. You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or port range. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. You can use -1 for the type or code to mean all types or all codes. Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. For information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html).

func (*Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group. An inbound rule permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address range, or from the instances that are associated with the specified destination security groups. You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For TCP and UDP, you must also specify the destination port or port range. For ICMP/ICMPv6, you must also specify the ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. You can use -1 to mean all types or all codes. Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. For more information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html).

func (*Client) BundleInstance 

func (c *Client) BundleInstance(ctx context.Context, params *BundleInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BundleInstanceOutput, error)

Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance. During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other instance store volumes is not preserved. This action is not applicable for Linux/Unix instances or Windows instances that are backed by Amazon EBS.

func (*Client) CancelBundleTask 

func (c *Client) CancelBundleTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelBundleTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelBundleTaskOutput, error)

Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance.

func (*Client) CancelCapacityReservation 

func (c *Client) CancelCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CancelCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelCapacityReservationOutput, error)

Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled. Instances running in the reserved capacity continue running until you stop them. Stopped instances that target the Capacity Reservation can no longer launch. Modify these instances to either target a different Capacity Reservation, launch On-Demand Instance capacity, or run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes and sufficient capacity.

func (*Client) CancelCapacityReservationFleets added in v1.19.0 

func (c *Client) CancelCapacityReservationFleets(ctx context.Context, params *CancelCapacityReservationFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelCapacityReservationFleetsOutput, error)

Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets. When you cancel a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the following happens:

* The Capacity Reservation Fleet's status changes to cancelled.

* The individual Capacity Reservations in the Fleet are cancelled. Instances running in the Capacity Reservations at the time of cancelling the Fleet continue to run in shared capacity.

* The Fleet stops creating new Capacity Reservations.

func (*Client) CancelConversionTask 

func (c *Client) CancelConversionTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelConversionTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelConversionTaskOutput, error)

Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an exception. For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using the Amazon EC2 CLI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html).

func (*Client) CancelExportTask 

func (c *Client) CancelExportTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelExportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error)

Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export, including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an error.

func (*Client) CancelImportTask 

func (c *Client) CancelImportTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelImportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelImportTaskOutput, error)

Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task.

func (*Client) CancelReservedInstancesListing 

func (c *Client) CancelReservedInstancesListing(ctx context.Context, params *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput, error)

Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CancelSpotFleetRequests 

func (c *Client) CancelSpotFleetRequests(ctx context.Context, params *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error)

Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests. After you cancel a Spot Fleet request, the Spot Fleet launches no new Spot Instances. You must specify whether the Spot Fleet should also terminate its Spot Instances. If you terminate the instances, the Spot Fleet request enters the cancelled_terminating state. Otherwise, the Spot Fleet request enters the cancelled_running state and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you terminate them manually.

func (*Client) CancelSpotInstanceRequests 

func (c *Client) CancelSpotInstanceRequests(ctx context.Context, params *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error)

Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests. Canceling a Spot Instance request does not terminate running Spot Instances associated with the request.

func (*Client) ConfirmProductInstance 

func (c *Client) ConfirmProductInstance(ctx context.Context, params *ConfirmProductInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ConfirmProductInstanceOutput, error)

Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner must verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support.

func (*Client) CopyFpgaImage 

func (c *Client) CopyFpgaImage(ctx context.Context, params *CopyFpgaImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyFpgaImageOutput, error)

Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region.

func (*Client) CopyImage 

func (c *Client) CopyImage(ctx context.Context, params *CopyImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyImageOutput, error)

Initiates the copy of an AMI. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI to another partition, see CreateStoreImageTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html). To copy an AMI from one Region to another, specify the source Region using the

SourceRegion parameter, and specify the destination Region using its endpoint. Copies of encrypted backing snapshots for the AMI are encrypted. Copies of unencrypted backing snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you set Encrypted during the copy operation. You cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted backing snapshot. To copy an AMI from a Region to an Outpost, specify the source Region using the

SourceRegion parameter, and specify the ARN of the destination Outpost using DestinationOutpostArn. Backing snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI, see Copying an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CopySnapshot 

func (c *Client) CopySnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopySnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error)

Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). When copying snapshots to a Region, copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you enable encryption for the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key; however, you can specify a different KMS key. To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from another account, you must have permissions for the KMS key used to encrypt the snapshot. Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. For more information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateCapacityReservation 

func (c *Client) CreateCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCapacityReservationOutput, error)

Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes. Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone for any duration. This gives you the flexibility to selectively add capacity reservations and still get the Regional RI discounts for that usage. By creating Capacity Reservations, you ensure that you always have access to Amazon EC2 capacity when you need it, for as long as you need it. For more information, see Capacity Reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Your request to create a Capacity Reservation could fail if Amazon EC2 does not have sufficient capacity to fulfill the request. If your request fails due to Amazon EC2 capacity constraints, either try again at a later time, try in a different Availability Zone, or request a smaller capacity reservation. If your application is flexible across instance types and sizes, try to create a Capacity Reservation with different instance attributes. Your request could also fail if the requested quantity exceeds your On-Demand Instance limit for the selected instance type. If your request fails due to limit constraints, increase your On-Demand Instance limit for the required instance type and try again. For more information about increasing your instance limits, see Amazon EC2 Service Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-resource-limits.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateCapacityReservationFleet added in v1.19.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCapacityReservationFleet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCapacityReservationFleetOutput, error)

Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/work-with-cr-fleets.html#create-crfleet) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateCarrierGateway added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCarrierGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCarrierGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCarrierGatewayOutput, error)

Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see Carrier gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#wavelength-carrier-gateway) in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide.

func (*Client) CreateClientVpnEndpoint 

func (c *Client) CreateClientVpnEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClientVpnEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClientVpnEndpointOutput, error)

Creates a Client VPN endpoint. A Client VPN endpoint is the resource you create and configure to enable and manage client VPN sessions. It is the destination endpoint at which all client VPN sessions are terminated.

func (*Client) CreateClientVpnRoute 

func (c *Client) CreateClientVpnRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClientVpnRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClientVpnRouteOutput, error)

Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint. Each Client VPN endpoint has a route table that describes the available destination network routes. Each route in the route table specifies the path for traffic to specific resources or networks.

func (*Client) CreateCustomerGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateCustomerGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomerGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomerGatewayOutput, error)

Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your VPN customer gateway device. The customer gateway is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. (The device on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection is the virtual private gateway.) You must provide the internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's external interface. The IP address must be static and can be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT). For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide the device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing ASN assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN already, you can use a private ASN. For more information, see Customer gateway options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/cgw-options.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. To create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, and BGP ASN, specify a unique device name for each customer gateway. An identical request returns information about the existing customer gateway; it doesn't create a new customer gateway.

func (*Client) CreateDefaultSubnet 

func (c *Client) CreateDefaultSubnet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDefaultSubnetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDefaultSubnetOutput, error)

Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet per Availability Zone. For more information, see Creating a default subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html#create-default-subnet) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateDefaultVpc 

func (c *Client) CreateDefaultVpc(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDefaultVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDefaultVpcOutput, error)

Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a default VPC, see Default VPC and default subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the default VPC yourself. If you deleted your previous default VPC, you can create a default VPC. You cannot have more than one default VPC per Region. If your account supports EC2-Classic, you cannot use this action to create a default VPC in a Region that supports EC2-Classic. If you want a default VPC in a Region that supports EC2-Classic, see "I really want a default VPC for my existing EC2 account. Is that possible?" in the Default VPCs FAQ (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/faqs/#Default_VPCs).

func (*Client) CreateDhcpOptions 

func (c *Client) CreateDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDhcpOptionsOutput, error)

Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt).

* domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four domain name servers, or AmazonProvidedDNS. The default DHCP option set specifies AmazonProvidedDNS. If specifying more than one domain name server, specify the IP addresses in a single parameter, separated by commas. To have your instance receive a custom DNS hostname as specified in domain-name, you must set domain-name-servers to a custom DNS server.

* domain-name - If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in us-east-1, specify ec2.internal. If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in another Region, specify region.compute.internal (for example, ap-northeast-1.compute.internal). Otherwise, specify a domain name (for example, ExampleCompany.com). This value is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. Important: Some Linux operating systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain, which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP options set is associated with a VPC that has instances with multiple operating systems, specify only one domain name.

* ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to four Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers.

* netbios-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers.

* netbios-node-type - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend that you specify 2 (broadcast and multicast are not currently supported). For more information about these node types, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt).

Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set of options, and if your VPC has an internet gateway, make sure to set the domain-name-servers option either to AmazonProvidedDNS or to a domain name server of your choice. For more information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error)

[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from instances in your VPC to the internet, and prevents hosts outside of your VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance.

func (*Client) CreateFleet 

func (c *Client) CreateFleet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFleetOutput, error)

Launches an EC2 Fleet. You can create a single EC2 Fleet that includes multiple launch specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. For more information, see EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateFlowLogs 

func (c *Client) CreateFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFlowLogsOutput, error)

Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC. Flow log data for a monitored network interface is recorded as flow log records, which are log events consisting of fields that describe the traffic flow. For more information, see Flow log records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. When publishing to CloudWatch Logs, flow log records are published to a log group, and each network interface has a unique log stream in the log group. When publishing to Amazon S3, flow log records for all of the monitored network interfaces are published to a single log file object that is stored in the specified bucket. For more information, see VPC Flow Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateFpgaImage 

func (c *Client) CreateFpgaImage(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFpgaImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFpgaImageOutput, error)

Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP). The create operation is asynchronous. To verify that the AFI is ready for use, check the output logs. An AFI contains the FPGA bitstream that is ready to download to an FPGA. You can securely deploy an AFI on multiple FPGA-accelerated instances. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services FPGA Hardware Development Kit (https://github.com/aws/aws-fpga/).

func (*Client) CreateImage 

func (c *Client) CreateImage(ctx context.Context, params *CreateImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateImageOutput, error)

Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped. By default, when Amazon EC2 creates the new AMI, it reboots the instance so that it can take snapshots of the attached volumes while data is at rest, in order to ensure a consistent state. You can set the NoReboot parameter to true in the API request, or use the --no-reboot option in the CLI to prevent Amazon EC2 from shutting down and rebooting the instance. If you choose to bypass the shutdown and reboot process by setting the NoReboot parameter to true in the API request, or by using the --no-reboot option in the CLI, we can't guarantee the file system integrity of the created image. If you customized your instance with instance store volumes or Amazon EBS volumes in addition to the root device volume, the new AMI contains block device mapping information for those volumes. When you launch an instance from this new AMI, the instance automatically launches with those additional volumes. For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS-Backed Linux AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateInstanceEventWindow added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) CreateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error)

Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run. You can define either a set of time ranges or a cron expression when creating the event window, but not both. All event window times are in UTC. You can create up to 200 event windows per Amazon Web Services Region. When you create the event window, targets (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or tags) are not yet associated with it. To ensure that the event window can be used, you must associate one or more targets with it by using the AssociateInstanceEventWindow API. Event windows are applicable only for scheduled events that stop, reboot, or terminate instances. Event windows are not applicable for:

* Expedited scheduled events and network maintenance events.

* Unscheduled maintenance such as AutoRecovery and unplanned reboots.

For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateInstanceExportTask 

func (c *Client) CreateInstanceExportTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput, error)

Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket. For information about the supported operating systems, image formats, and known limitations for the types of instances you can export, see Exporting an instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInternetGatewayOutput, error)

Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the internet gateway, you attach it to a VPC using AttachInternetGateway. For more information about your VPC and internet gateway, see the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/).

func (*Client) CreateIpam added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) CreateIpam(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamOutput, error)

Create an IPAM. Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see Create an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateIpamPool added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) CreateIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamPoolOutput, error)

Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM). In IPAM, a pool is a collection of contiguous IP addresses CIDRs. Pools enable you to organize your IP addresses according to your routing and security needs. For example, if you have separate routing and security needs for development and production applications, you can create a pool for each. For more information, see Create a top-level pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateIpamScope added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) CreateIpamScope(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamScopeOutput, error)

Create an IPAM scope. In IPAM, a scope is the highest-level container within IPAM. An IPAM contains two default scopes. Each scope represents the IP space for a single network. The private scope is intended for all private IP address space. The public scope is intended for all public IP address space. Scopes enable you to reuse IP addresses across multiple unconnected networks without causing IP address overlap or conflict. For more information, see Add a scope in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateKeyPair 

func (c *Client) CreateKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *CreateKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateKeyPairOutput, error)

Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified PEM or PPK format. Amazon EC2 stores the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#1 private key or an unencrypted PPK formatted private key for use with PuTTY. If a key with the specified name already exists, Amazon EC2 returns an error. The key pair returned to you is available only in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you create it. If you prefer, you can create your own key pair using a third-party tool and upload it to any Region using ImportKeyPair. You can have up to 5,000 key pairs per Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateLaunchTemplate 

func (c *Client) CreateLaunchTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLaunchTemplateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLaunchTemplateOutput, error)

Creates a launch template. A launch template contains the parameters to launch an instance. When you launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify a launch template instead of providing the launch parameters in the request. For more information, see Launching an instance from a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. If you want to clone an existing launch template as the basis for creating a new launch template, you can use the Amazon EC2 console. The API, SDKs, and CLI do not support cloning a template. For more information, see Create a launch template from an existing launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template-from-existing-launch-template) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateLaunchTemplateVersion 

func (c *Client) CreateLaunchTemplateVersion(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput, error)

Creates a new version for a launch template. You can specify an existing version of launch template from which to base the new version. Launch template versions are numbered in the order in which they are created. You cannot specify, change, or replace the numbering of launch template versions. For more information, see Managing launch template versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#manage-launch-template-versions)in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateLocalGatewayRoute 

func (c *Client) CreateLocalGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLocalGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLocalGatewayRouteOutput, error)

Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table.

func (*Client) CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation 

func (c *Client) CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput, error)

Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table.

func (*Client) CreateManagedPrefixList 

func (c *Client) CreateManagedPrefixList(ctx context.Context, params *CreateManagedPrefixListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateManagedPrefixListOutput, error)

Creates a managed prefix list. You can specify one or more entries for the prefix list. Each entry consists of a CIDR block and an optional description.

func (*Client) CreateNatGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateNatGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNatGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNatGatewayOutput, error)

Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. This action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. You can create either a public NAT gateway or a private NAT gateway. With a public NAT gateway, internet-bound traffic from a private subnet can be routed to the NAT gateway, so that instances in a private subnet can connect to the internet. With a private NAT gateway, private communication is routed across VPCs and on-premises networks through a transit gateway or virtual private gateway. Common use cases include running large workloads behind a small pool of allowlisted IPv4 addresses, preserving private IPv4 addresses, and communicating between overlapping networks. For more information, see NAT gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateNetworkAcl 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkAcl(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkAclOutput, error)

Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC. For more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_ACLs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateNetworkAclEntry 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput, error)

Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number. Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed in or out of a subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in the ACL according to the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL has a set of ingress rules and a separate set of egress rules. We recommend that you leave room between the rule numbers (for example, 100, 110, 120, ...), and not number them one right after the other (for example, 101, 102, 103, ...). This makes it easier to add a rule between existing ones without having to renumber the rules. After you add an entry, you can't modify it; you must either replace it, or create an entry and delete the old one. For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_ACLs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput, error)

Creates a Network Access Scope. Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer enables cloud networking and cloud operations teams to verify that their networks on Amazon Web Services conform to their network security and governance objectives. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/network-access-analyzer/).

func (*Client) CreateNetworkInsightsPath added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsPath(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInsightsPathOutput, error)

Creates a path to analyze for reachability. Reachability Analyzer enables you to analyze and debug network reachability between two resources in your virtual private cloud (VPC). For more information, see What is Reachability Analyzer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/).

func (*Client) CreateNetworkInterface 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput, error)

Creates a network interface in the specified subnet. For more information about network interfaces, see Elastic Network Interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateNetworkInterfacePermission 

func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInterfacePermission(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error)

Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account. You can grant permission to a single Amazon Web Services account only, and only one account at a time.

func (*Client) CreatePlacementGroup 

func (c *Client) CreatePlacementGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePlacementGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePlacementGroupOutput, error)

Creates a placement group in which to launch instances. The strategy of the placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group. A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single Availability Zone that benefit from low network latency, high network throughput. A spread placement group places instances on distinct hardware. A partition placement group places groups of instances in different partitions, where instances in one partition do not share the same hardware with instances in another partition. For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreatePublicIpv4Pool added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) CreatePublicIpv4Pool(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePublicIpv4PoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePublicIpv4PoolOutput, error)

Creates a public IPv4 address pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only. To monitor the status of pool creation, use DescribePublicIpv4Pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.html).

func (*Client) CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskOutput, error)

Creates a root volume replacement task for an Amazon EC2 instance. The root volume can either be restored to its initial launch state, or it can be restored using a specific snapshot. For more information, see Replace a root volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-restoring-volume.html#replace-root) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateReservedInstancesListing 

func (c *Client) CreateReservedInstancesListing(ctx context.Context, params *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput, error)

Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you can use the DescribeReservedInstances operation. Only Standard Reserved Instances can be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. Convertible Reserved Instances cannot be sold. The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Standard Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. To sell your Standard Reserved Instances, you must first register as a seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration process, you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all of your Standard Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Standard Reserved Instance listings then become available for purchase. To view the details of your Standard Reserved Instance listing, you can use the DescribeReservedInstancesListings operation. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateRestoreImageTask added in v1.4.0 

func (c *Client) CreateRestoreImageTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRestoreImageTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRestoreImageTaskOutput, error)

Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using CreateStoreImageTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html). To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateRoute 

func (c *Client) CreateRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRouteOutput, error)

Creates a route in a route table within a VPC. You must specify one of the following targets: internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network interface, egress-only internet gateway, or transit gateway. When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific match. For example, traffic is destined for the IPv4 address 192.0.2.3, and the route table includes the following two IPv4 routes:

* 192.0.2.0/24 (goes to some target A)

* 192.0.2.0/28 (goes to some target B)

Both routes apply to the traffic destined for 192.0.2.3. However, the second route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore more specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic. For more information about route tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateRouteTable 

func (c *Client) CreateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRouteTableOutput, error)

Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSecurityGroup 

func (c *Client) CreateSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Creates a security group. A security group acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. For more information, see Amazon EC2 security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security groups for your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. You can have a security group for use in EC2-Classic with the same name as a security group for use in a VPC. However, you can't have two security groups for use in EC2-Classic with the same name or two security groups for use in a VPC with the same name. You have a default security group for use in EC2-Classic and a default security group for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a security group when you launch an instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default security group. A default security group includes a default rule that grants instances unrestricted network access to each other. You can add or remove rules from your security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress, AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupIngress, and RevokeSecurityGroupEgress. For more information about VPC security group limits, see Amazon VPC Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html).

func (*Client) CreateSnapshot 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance. You can create snapshots of volumes in a Region and volumes on an Outpost. If you create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, the snapshot must be stored in the same Region as the volume. If you create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost, the snapshot can be stored on the same Outpost as the volume, or in the Region for that Outpost. When a snapshot is created, any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes that are associated with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot. You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued; this might exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending. To create a snapshot for Amazon EBS volumes that serve as root devices, you should stop the instance before taking the snapshot. Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain protected. You can tag your snapshots during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AmazonEBS.html) and Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSnapshots 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotsOutput, error)

Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes and stores the data in S3. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Any attached volumes will produce one snapshot each that is crash-consistent across the instance. Boot volumes can be excluded by changing the parameters. You can create multi-volume snapshots of instances in a Region and instances on an Outpost. If you create snapshots from an instance in a Region, the snapshots must be stored in the same Region as the instance. If you create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost, the snapshots can be stored on the same Outpost as the instance, or in the Region for that Outpost.

func (*Client) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription 

func (c *Client) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error)

Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

func (*Client) CreateStoreImageTask added in v1.4.0 

func (c *Client) CreateStoreImageTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateStoreImageTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateStoreImageTaskOutput, error)

Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSubnet 

func (c *Client) CreateSubnet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSubnetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSubnetOutput, error)

Creates a subnet in a specified VPC. You must specify an IPv4 CIDR block for the subnet. After you create a subnet, you can't change its CIDR block. The allowed block size is between a /16 netmask (65,536 IP addresses) and /28 netmask (16 IP addresses). The CIDR block must not overlap with the CIDR block of an existing subnet in the VPC. If you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, you can create a subnet with an IPv6 CIDR block that uses a /64 prefix length. Amazon Web Services reserves both the first four and the last IPv4 address in each subnet's CIDR block. They're not available for use. If you add more than one subnet to a VPC, they're set up in a star topology with a logical router in the middle. When you stop an instance in a subnet, it retains its private IPv4 address. It's therefore possible to have a subnet with no running instances (they're all stopped), but no remaining IP addresses available. For more information about subnets, see Your VPC and subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSubnetCidrReservation added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) CreateSubnetCidrReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSubnetCidrReservationOutput, error)

Creates a subnet CIDR reservation. For information about subnet CIDR reservations, see Subnet CIDR reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/subnet-cidr-reservation.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateTags 

func (c *Client) CreateTags(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource. For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about creating IAM policies that control users' access to resources based on tags, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-iam-actions-resources.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilter 

func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilter(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorFilterOutput, error)

Creates a Traffic Mirror filter. A Traffic Mirror filter is a set of rules that defines the traffic to mirror. By default, no traffic is mirrored. To mirror traffic, use CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.htm) to add Traffic Mirror rules to the filter. The rules you add define what traffic gets mirrored. You can also use ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.html) to mirror supported network services.

func (*Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule 

func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput, error)

Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule. A Traffic Mirror rule defines the Traffic Mirror source traffic to mirror. You need the Traffic Mirror filter ID when you create the rule.

func (*Client) CreateTrafficMirrorSession 

func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorSession(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorSessionOutput, error)

Creates a Traffic Mirror session. A Traffic Mirror session actively copies packets from a Traffic Mirror source to a Traffic Mirror target. Create a filter, and then assign it to the session to define a subset of the traffic to mirror, for example all TCP traffic. The Traffic Mirror source and the Traffic Mirror target (monitoring appliances) can be in the same VPC, or in a different VPC connected via VPC peering or a transit gateway. By default, no traffic is mirrored. Use CreateTrafficMirrorFilter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.htm) to create filter rules that specify the traffic to mirror.

func (*Client) CreateTrafficMirrorTarget 

func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorTarget(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorTargetOutput, error)

Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session. A Traffic Mirror target is the destination for mirrored traffic. The Traffic Mirror source and the Traffic Mirror target (monitoring appliances) can be in the same VPC, or in different VPCs connected via VPC peering or a transit gateway. A Traffic Mirror target can be a network interface, or a Network Load Balancer. To use the target in a Traffic Mirror session, use CreateTrafficMirrorSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.htm).

func (*Client) CreateTransitGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayOutput, error)

Creates a transit gateway. You can use a transit gateway to interconnect your virtual private clouds (VPC) and on-premises networks. After the transit gateway enters the available state, you can attach your VPCs and VPN connections to the transit gateway. To attach your VPCs, use CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment. To attach a VPN connection, use CreateCustomerGateway to create a customer gateway and specify the ID of the customer gateway and the ID of the transit gateway in a call to CreateVpnConnection. When you create a transit gateway, we create a default transit gateway route table and use it as the default association route table and the default propagation route table. You can use CreateTransitGatewayRouteTable to create additional transit gateway route tables. If you disable automatic route propagation, we do not create a default transit gateway route table. You can use EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation to propagate routes from a resource attachment to a transit gateway route table. If you disable automatic associations, you can use AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTable to associate a resource attachment with a transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnect added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnect(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayConnectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayConnectOutput, error)

Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment. A Connect attachment is a GRE-based tunnel attachment that you can use to establish a connection between a transit gateway and an appliance. A Connect attachment uses an existing VPC or Amazon Web Services Direct Connect attachment as the underlying transport mechanism.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput, error)

Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance. The peer address and transit gateway address must be the same IP address family (IPv4 or IPv6). For more information, see Connect peers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-connect.html#tgw-connect-peer) in the Transit Gateways Guide.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error)

Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway. The transit gateway must be in the available state before you create a domain. Use DescribeTransitGateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGateways.html) to see the state of transit gateway.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput, error)

Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter). The transit gateways must be in different Regions. The peer transit gateway can be in your account or a different Amazon Web Services account. After you create the peering attachment, the owner of the accepter transit gateway must accept the attachment request.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReference added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReference(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput, error)

Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayRoute 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayRouteOutput, error)

Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayRouteTable 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput, error)

Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway.

func (*Client) CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment 

func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error)

Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway. If you attach a VPC with a CIDR range that overlaps the CIDR range of a VPC that is already attached, the new VPC CIDR range is not propagated to the default propagation route table. To send VPC traffic to an attached transit gateway, add a route to the VPC route table using CreateRoute.

func (*Client) CreateVolume 

func (c *Client) CreateVolume(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVolumeOutput, error)

Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone. You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot. Any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated to the volume. You can create encrypted volumes. Encrypted volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-creating-volume.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateVpc 

func (c *Client) CreateVpc(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcOutput, error)

Creates a VPC with the specified IPv4 CIDR block. The smallest VPC you can create uses a /28 netmask (16 IPv4 addresses), and the largest uses a /16 netmask (65,536 IPv4 addresses). For more information about how large to make your VPC, see Your VPC and subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. You can optionally request an IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. You can request an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block from Amazon's pool of IPv6 addresses, or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html)). By default, each instance you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP options, which include only a default DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it. You can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, see Dedicated Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateVpcEndpoint 

func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointOutput, error)

Creates a VPC endpoint for a specified service. An endpoint enables you to create a private connection between your VPC and the service. The service may be provided by Amazon Web Services, an Amazon Web Services Marketplace Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/).

func (*Client) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification 

func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error)

Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events. You must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see Create a Topic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/CreateTopic.html) in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide. You can create a connection notification for interface endpoints only.

func (*Client) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration 

func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error)

Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, and IAM roles) can connect. Before you create an endpoint service, you must create one of the following for your service:

* A Network Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/). Service consumers connect to your service using an interface endpoint.

* A Gateway Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/). Service consumers connect to your service using a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint.

If you set the private DNS name, you must prove that you own the private DNS domain name. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/).

func (*Client) CreateVpcPeeringConnection 

func (c *Client) CreateVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error)

Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection. The accepter VPC can belong to another Amazon Web Services account and can be in a different Region to the requester VPC. The requester VPC and accepter VPC cannot have overlapping CIDR blocks. Limitations and rules apply to a VPC peering connection. For more information, see the limitations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-basics.html#vpc-peering-limitations) section in the VPC Peering Guide. The owner of the accepter VPC must accept the peering request to activate the peering connection. The VPC peering connection request expires after 7 days, after which it cannot be accepted or rejected. If you create a VPC peering connection request between VPCs with overlapping CIDR blocks, the VPC peering connection has a status of failed.

func (*Client) CreateVpnConnection 

func (c *Client) CreateVpnConnection(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnConnectionOutput, error)

Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway. The supported connection type is ipsec.1. The response includes information that you need to give to your network administrator to configure your customer gateway. We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS when calling this operation because the response contains sensitive cryptographic information for configuring your customer gateway device. If you decide to shut down your VPN connection for any reason and later create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure your customer gateway with the new information returned from this call. This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateVpnConnectionRoute 

func (c *Client) CreateVpnConnectionRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error)

Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateVpnGateway 

func (c *Client) CreateVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnGatewayOutput, error)

Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private gateway before creating the VPC itself. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteCarrierGateway added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteCarrierGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCarrierGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCarrierGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes a carrier gateway. If you do not delete the route that contains the carrier gateway as the Target, the route is a blackhole route. For information about how to delete a route, see DeleteRoute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteRoute.html).

func (*Client) DeleteClientVpnEndpoint 

func (c *Client) DeleteClientVpnEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClientVpnEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClientVpnEndpointOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint. You must disassociate all target networks before you can delete a Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DeleteClientVpnRoute 

func (c *Client) DeleteClientVpnRoute(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClientVpnRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClientVpnRouteOutput, error)

Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint. You can only delete routes that you manually added using the CreateClientVpnRoute action. You cannot delete routes that were automatically added when associating a subnet. To remove routes that have been automatically added, disassociate the target subnet from the Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DeleteCustomerGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteCustomerGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection before you can delete the customer gateway.

func (*Client) DeleteDhcpOptions 

func (c *Client) DeleteDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput, error)

Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set of options with the VPC.

func (*Client) DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes an egress-only internet gateway.

func (*Client) DeleteFleets 

func (c *Client) DeleteFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteFleetsOutput, error)

Deletes the specified EC2 Fleet. After you delete an EC2 Fleet, it launches no new instances. You must specify whether a deleted EC2 Fleet should also terminate its instances. If you choose to terminate the instances, the EC2 Fleet enters the deleted_terminating state. Otherwise, the EC2 Fleet enters the deleted_running state, and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you terminate them manually. For instant fleets, EC2 Fleet must terminate the instances when the fleet is deleted. A deleted instant fleet with running instances is not supported. Restrictions

* You can delete up to 25 instant fleets in a single request. If you exceed this number, no instant fleets are deleted and an error is returned. There is no restriction on the number of fleets of type maintain or request that can be deleted in a single request.

* Up to 1000 instances can be terminated in a single request to delete instant fleets.

For more information, see Delete an EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#delete-fleet) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteFlowLogs 

func (c *Client) DeleteFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteFlowLogsOutput, error)

Deletes one or more flow logs.

func (*Client) DeleteFpgaImage 

func (c *Client) DeleteFpgaImage(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFpgaImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteFpgaImageOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

func (*Client) DeleteInstanceEventWindow added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInstanceEventWindowOutput, error)

Deletes the specified event window. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInternetGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes the specified internet gateway. You must detach the internet gateway from the VPC before you can delete it.

func (*Client) DeleteIpam added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteIpam(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamOutput, error)

Delete an IPAM. Deleting an IPAM removes all monitored data associated with the IPAM including the historical data for CIDRs. For more information, see Delete an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteIpamPool added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamPoolOutput, error)

Delete an IPAM pool. You cannot delete an IPAM pool if there are allocations in it or CIDRs provisioned to it. To release allocations, see ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.html). To deprovision pool CIDRs, see DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.html). For more information, see Delete a pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteIpamScope added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteIpamScope(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamScopeOutput, error)

Delete the scope for an IPAM. You cannot delete the default scopes. For more information, see Delete a scope in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteKeyPair 

func (c *Client) DeleteKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteKeyPairOutput, error)

Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2.

func (*Client) DeleteLaunchTemplate 

func (c *Client) DeleteLaunchTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput, error)

Deletes a launch template. Deleting a launch template deletes all of its versions.

func (*Client) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions 

func (c *Client) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error)

Deletes one or more versions of a launch template. You cannot delete the default version of a launch template; you must first assign a different version as the default. If the default version is the only version for the launch template, you must delete the entire launch template using DeleteLaunchTemplate.

func (*Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRoute 

func (c *Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLocalGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLocalGatewayRouteOutput, error)

Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table.

func (*Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation 

func (c *Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput, error)

Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table.

func (*Client) DeleteManagedPrefixList 

func (c *Client) DeleteManagedPrefixList(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteManagedPrefixListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteManagedPrefixListOutput, error)

Deletes the specified managed prefix list. You must first remove all references to the prefix list in your resources.

func (*Client) DeleteNatGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteNatGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNatGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNatGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a public NAT gateway disassociates its Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkAcl 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkAcl(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkAclOutput, error)

Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkAclEntry 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput, error)

Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScope added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScope(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Network Access Scope.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysis added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysis(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput, error)

Deletes the specified network insights analysis.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsPath added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInsightsPath(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInsightsPathInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInsightsPathOutput, error)

Deletes the specified path.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInterface 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput, error)

Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface before you can delete it.

func (*Client) DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission 

func (c *Client) DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error)

Deletes a permission for a network interface. By default, you cannot delete the permission if the account for which you're removing the permission has attached the network interface to an instance. However, you can force delete the permission, regardless of any attachment.

func (*Client) DeletePlacementGroup 

func (c *Client) DeletePlacementGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePlacementGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePlacementGroupOutput, error)

Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DeletePublicIpv4Pool added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeletePublicIpv4Pool(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePublicIpv4PoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePublicIpv4PoolOutput, error)

Delete a public IPv4 pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only.

func (*Client) DeleteQueuedReservedInstances 

func (c *Client) DeleteQueuedReservedInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesOutput, error)

Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances.

func (*Client) DeleteRoute 

func (c *Client) DeleteRoute(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRouteOutput, error)

Deletes the specified route from the specified route table.

func (*Client) DeleteRouteTable 

func (c *Client) DeleteRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRouteTableOutput, error)

Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route table.

func (*Client) DeleteSecurityGroup 

func (c *Client) DeleteSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a security group. If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance, or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with InvalidGroup.InUse in EC2-Classic or DependencyViolation in EC2-VPC.

func (*Client) DeleteSnapshot 

func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes the specified snapshot. When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all the information needed to restore the volume. You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the snapshot. For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription 

func (c *Client) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error)

Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances.

func (*Client) DeleteSubnet 

func (c *Client) DeleteSubnet(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSubnetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSubnetOutput, error)

Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in the subnet before you can delete the subnet.

func (*Client) DeleteSubnetCidrReservation added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSubnetCidrReservation(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSubnetCidrReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSubnetCidrReservationOutput, error)

Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation.

func (*Client) DeleteTags 

func (c *Client) DeleteTags(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. To list the current tags, use DescribeTags. For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter 

func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter. You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror filter that is in use by a Traffic Mirror session.

func (*Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRule 

func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRule(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule.

func (*Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorSession 

func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorSession(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session.

func (*Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget 

func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target. You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror target that is in use by a Traffic Mirror session.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes the specified transit gateway.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayConnect added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayConnect(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayConnectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayConnectOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Connect attachment. You must first delete any Connect peers for the attachment.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeer added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeer(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Connect peer.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomain 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error)

Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput, error)

Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReference added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReference(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput, error)

Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayRoute 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayRouteOutput, error)

Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput, error)

Deletes the specified transit gateway route table. You must disassociate the route table from any transit gateway route tables before you can delete it.

func (*Client) DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachment 

func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error)

Deletes the specified VPC attachment.

func (*Client) DeleteVolume 

func (c *Client) DeleteVolume(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVolumeOutput, error)

Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state (not attached to an instance). The volume can remain in the deleting state for several minutes. For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-volume.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteVpc 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpc(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcOutput, error)

Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on.

func (*Client) DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error)

Deletes one or more VPC endpoint connection notifications.

func (*Client) DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error)

Deletes one or more VPC endpoint service configurations in your account. Before you delete the endpoint service configuration, you must reject any Available or PendingAcceptance interface endpoint connections that are attached to the service.

func (*Client) DeleteVpcEndpoints 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpcEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput, error)

Deletes one or more specified VPC endpoints. You can delete any of the following types of VPC endpoints.

* Gateway endpoint,

* Gateway Load Balancer endpoint,

* Interface endpoint

The following rules apply when you delete a VPC endpoint:

* When you delete a gateway endpoint, we delete the endpoint routes in the route tables that are associated with the endpoint.

* When you delete a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, we delete the endpoint network interfaces. You can only delete Gateway Load Balancer endpoints when the routes that are associated with the endpoint are deleted.

* When you delete an interface endpoint, we delete the endpoint network interfaces.

func (*Client) DeleteVpcPeeringConnection 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error)

Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or the owner of the accepter VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's in the active state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering connection in the pending-acceptance state. You cannot delete a VPC peering connection that's in the failed state.

func (*Client) DeleteVpnConnection 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpnConnection(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpnConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpnConnectionOutput, error)

Deletes the specified VPN connection. If you're deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that you detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC and delete the VPC before deleting the VPN connection. If you believe that the tunnel credentials for your VPN connection have been compromised, you can delete the VPN connection and create a new one that has new keys, without needing to delete the VPC or virtual private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure the customer gateway device using the new configuration information returned with the new VPN connection ID. For certificate-based authentication, delete all Certificate Manager (ACM) private certificates used for the Amazon Web Services-side tunnel endpoints for the VPN connection before deleting the VPN connection.

func (*Client) DeleteVpnConnectionRoute 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpnConnectionRoute(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error)

Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway.

func (*Client) DeleteVpnGateway 

func (c *Client) DeleteVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpnGatewayOutput, error)

Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. You must first detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and your network.

func (*Client) DeprovisionByoipCidr 

func (c *Client) DeprovisionByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionByoipCidrOutput, error)

Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool. Before you can release an address range, you must stop advertising it using WithdrawByoipCidr and you must not have any IP addresses allocated from its address range.

func (*Client) DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrOutput, error)

Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool. If you deprovision a CIDR from a pool that has a source pool, the CIDR is recycled back into the source pool. For more information, see Deprovision pool CIDRs in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput, error)

Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool.

func (*Client) DeregisterImage 

func (c *Client) DeregisterImage(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterImageOutput, error)

Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to launch new instances. If you deregister an AMI that matches a Recycle Bin retention rule, the AMI is retained in the Recycle Bin for the specified retention period. For more information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. When you deregister an AMI, it doesn't affect any instances that you've already launched from the AMI. You'll continue to incur usage costs for those instances until you terminate them. When you deregister an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the snapshot that was created for the root volume of the instance during the AMI creation process. When you deregister an instance store-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the files that you uploaded to Amazon S3 when you created the AMI.

func (*Client) DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes 

func (c *Client) DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput, error)

Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region.

func (*Client) DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers 

func (c *Client) DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput, error)

Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

func (*Client) DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources 

func (c *Client) DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput, error)

Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

func (*Client) DescribeAccountAttributes 

func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error)

Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the supported account attributes:

* supported-platforms: Indicates whether your account can launch instances into EC2-Classic and EC2-VPC, or only into EC2-VPC.

* default-vpc: The ID of the default VPC for your account, or none.

* max-instances: This attribute is no longer supported. The returned value does not reflect your actual vCPU limit for running On-Demand Instances. For more information, see On-Demand Instance Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-on-demand-instances.html#ec2-on-demand-instances-limits) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

* vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface: The maximum number of security groups that you can assign to a network interface.

* max-elastic-ips: The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-Classic.

* vpc-max-elastic-ips: The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-VPC.

func (*Client) DescribeAddresses 

func (c *Client) DescribeAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressesOutput, error)

Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses. An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeAddressesAttribute added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeAddressesAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAddressesAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS).

func (*Client) DescribeAggregateIdFormat 

func (c *Client) DescribeAggregateIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput, error)

Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs). This request only returns information about resource types that support longer IDs. The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

func (*Client) DescribeAvailabilityZones 

func (c *Client) DescribeAvailabilityZones(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput, error)

Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone. For more information about Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones, see Regions and zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeBundleTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeBundleTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeBundleTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error)

Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks. Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle task is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just use RegisterImage with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name you provided to the bundle task.

func (*Client) DescribeByoipCidrs 

func (c *Client) DescribeByoipCidrs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeByoipCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput, error)

Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr. To describe the address pools that were created when you provisioned the address ranges, use DescribePublicIpv4Pools or DescribeIpv6Pools.

func (*Client) DescribeCapacityReservationFleets added in v1.19.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeCapacityReservationFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsOutput, error)

Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets.

func (*Client) DescribeCapacityReservations 

func (c *Client) DescribeCapacityReservations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCapacityReservationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations. The results describe only the Capacity Reservations in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using.

func (*Client) DescribeCarrierGateways added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeCarrierGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCarrierGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your carrier gateways.

func (*Client) DescribeClassicLinkInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeClassicLinkInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic instances. This request only returns information about EC2-Classic instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink. You cannot use this request to return information about other instances.

func (*Client) DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules 

func (c *Client) DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput, error)

Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DescribeClientVpnConnections 

func (c *Client) DescribeClientVpnConnections(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DescribeClientVpnEndpoints 

func (c *Client) DescribeClientVpnEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput, error)

Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account.

func (*Client) DescribeClientVpnRoutes 

func (c *Client) DescribeClientVpnRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput, error)

Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks 

func (c *Client) DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput, error)

Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) DescribeCoipPools 

func (c *Client) DescribeCoipPools(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCoipPoolsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCoipPoolsOutput, error)

Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools.

func (*Client) DescribeConversionTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeConversionTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error)

Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks. For more information, see the VM Import/Export User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/). For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).

func (*Client) DescribeCustomerGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeCustomerGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeDhcpOptions 

func (c *Client) DescribeDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets. For more information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your egress-only internet gateways.

func (*Client) DescribeElasticGpus 

func (c *Client) DescribeElasticGpus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeElasticGpusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeElasticGpusOutput, error)

Describes the Elastic Graphics accelerator associated with your instances. For more information about Elastic Graphics, see Amazon Elastic Graphics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html).

func (*Client) DescribeExportImageTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeExportImageTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, error)

Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks.

func (*Client) DescribeExportTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeExportTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error)

Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks.

func (*Client) DescribeFastLaunchImages added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeFastLaunchImages(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastLaunchImagesOutput, error)

Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for faster launching.

func (*Client) DescribeFastSnapshotRestores 

func (c *Client) DescribeFastSnapshotRestores(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error)

Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots.

func (*Client) DescribeFleetHistory 

func (c *Client) DescribeFleetHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetHistoryOutput, error)

Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time. EC2 Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a recorded event. EC2 Fleet events are available for 48 hours. For more information, see Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeFleetInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeFleetInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetInstancesOutput, error)

Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet. For more information, see Monitor your EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeFleets 

func (c *Client) DescribeFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetsOutput, error)

Describes the specified EC2 Fleets or all of your EC2 Fleets. For more information, see Monitor your EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeFlowLogs 

func (c *Client) DescribeFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error)

Describes one or more flow logs. To view the information in your flow logs (the log streams for the network interfaces), you must use the CloudWatch Logs console or the CloudWatch Logs API.

func (*Client) DescribeFpgaImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeFpgaImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

func (*Client) DescribeFpgaImages 

func (c *Client) DescribeFpgaImages(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFpgaImagesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput, error)

Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you. These include public AFIs, private AFIs that you own, and AFIs owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have load permissions.

func (*Client) DescribeHostReservationOfferings 

func (c *Client) DescribeHostReservationOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error)

Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase. The results describe all of the Dedicated Host reservation offerings, including offerings that might not match the instance family and Region of your Dedicated Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the instance family and Region of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Hosts with which it is to be associated. For more information about supported instance types, see Dedicated Hosts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeHostReservations 

func (c *Client) DescribeHostReservations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostReservationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error)

Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account.

func (*Client) DescribeHosts 

func (c *Client) DescribeHosts(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error)

Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts. The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the Region you're currently using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated Hosts that have recently been released are listed with the state released.

func (*Client) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations 

func (c *Client) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput, error)

Describes your IAM instance profile associations.

func (*Client) DescribeIdFormat 

func (c *Client) DescribeIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIdFormatOutput, error)

Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. These settings apply to the IAM user who makes the request; they do not apply to the entire Amazon Web Services account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings by running the ModifyIdFormat command. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type.

func (*Client) DescribeIdentityIdFormat 

func (c *Client) DescribeIdentityIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput, error)

Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. For more information, see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. These settings apply to the principal specified in the request. They do not apply to the principal that makes the request.

func (*Client) DescribeImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImageAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

func (*Client) DescribeImages 

func (c *Client) DescribeImages(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error)

Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you. The images available to you include public images, private images that you own, and private images owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have explicit launch permissions. Recently deregistered images appear in the returned results for a short interval and then return empty results. After all instances that reference a deregistered AMI are terminated, specifying the ID of the image will eventually return an error indicating that the AMI ID cannot be found.

func (*Client) DescribeImportImageTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeImportImageTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImportImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error)

Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created.

func (*Client) DescribeImportSnapshotTasks 

func (c *Client) DescribeImportSnapshotTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error)

Describes your import snapshot tasks.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time. Valid attribute values are: instanceType | kernel | ramdisk | userData | disableApiTermination | instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior | rootDeviceName | blockDeviceMapping | productCodes | sourceDestCheck | groupSet | ebsOptimized | sriovNetSupport

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error)

Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances. The credit options are standard and unlimited. If you do not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns burstable performance instances with the unlimited credit option, as well as instances that were previously configured as T2, T3, and T3a with the unlimited credit option. For example, if you resize a T2 instance, while it is configured as unlimited, to an M4 instance, Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance. If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns the credit option (standard or unlimited) of those instances. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, such as an instance that is not a burstable performance instance, an error is returned. Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This interval is usually less than one hour. If an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and you specify instance IDs in the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you specify only instance IDs in an unaffected zone, the call works normally. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributes 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput, error)

Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceEventWindows added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceEventWindows(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput, error)

Describes the specified event windows or all event windows. If you specify event window IDs, the output includes information for only the specified event windows. If you specify filters, the output includes information for only those event windows that meet the filter criteria. If you do not specify event windows IDs or filters, the output includes information for all event windows, which can affect performance. We recommend that you use pagination to ensure that the operation returns quickly and successfully. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceStatus 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error)

Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances. By default, only running instances are described, unless you specifically indicate to return the status of all instances. Instance status includes the following components:

* Status checks - Amazon EC2 performs status checks on running EC2 instances to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see Status checks for your instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-system-instance-status-check.html) and Troubleshoot instances with failed status checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

* Scheduled events - Amazon EC2 can schedule events (such as reboot, stop, or terminate) for your instances related to hardware issues, software updates, or system maintenance. For more information, see Scheduled events for your instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-instances-status-check_sched.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

* Instance state - You can manage your instances from the moment you launch them through their termination. For more information, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput, error)

Returns a list of all instance types offered. The results can be filtered by location (Region or Availability Zone). If no location is specified, the instance types offered in the current Region are returned.

func (*Client) DescribeInstanceTypes 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypesOutput, error)

Describes the details of the instance types that are offered in a location. The results can be filtered by the attributes of the instance types.

func (*Client) DescribeInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

Describes the specified instances or all instances. If you specify instance IDs, the output includes information for only the specified instances. If you specify filters, the output includes information for only those instances that meet the filter criteria. If you do not specify instance IDs or filters, the output includes information for all instances, which can affect performance. We recommend that you use pagination to ensure that the operation returns quickly and successfully. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, an error is returned. If you specify an instance that you do not own, it is not included in the output. Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This interval is usually less than one hour. If you describe instances in the rare case where an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and you specify instance IDs that are in the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you describe instances and specify only instance IDs that are in an unaffected zone, the call works normally.

func (*Client) DescribeInternetGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeInternetGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your internet gateways.

func (*Client) DescribeIpamPools added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeIpamPools(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpamPoolsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamPoolsOutput, error)

Get information about your IPAM pools.

func (*Client) DescribeIpamScopes added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeIpamScopes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpamScopesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamScopesOutput, error)

Get information about your IPAM scopes.

func (*Client) DescribeIpams added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeIpams(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpamsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamsOutput, error)

Get information about your IPAM pools. For more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeIpv6Pools 

func (c *Client) DescribeIpv6Pools(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpv6PoolsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpv6PoolsOutput, error)

Describes your IPv6 address pools.

func (*Client) DescribeKeyPairs 

func (c *Client) DescribeKeyPairs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyPairsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error)

Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs. For more information about key pairs, see Amazon EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions 

func (c *Client) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error)

Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template. You can describe all versions, individual versions, or a range of versions. You can also describe all the latest versions or all the default versions of all the launch templates in your account.

func (*Client) DescribeLaunchTemplates 

func (c *Client) DescribeLaunchTemplates(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput, error)

Describes one or more launch templates.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsOutput, error)

Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsOutput, error)

Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)

Describes one or more local gateway route tables. By default, all local gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsOutput, error)

Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesOutput, error)

Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces.

func (*Client) DescribeLocalGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeLocalGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLocalGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more local gateways. By default, all local gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeManagedPrefixLists 

func (c *Client) DescribeManagedPrefixLists(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput, error)

Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists. To view the entries for your prefix list, use GetManagedPrefixListEntries.

func (*Client) DescribeMovingAddresses 

func (c *Client) DescribeMovingAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeMovingAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error)

Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, or that are being restored to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does not return information about any other Elastic IP addresses in your account.

func (*Client) DescribeNatGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeNatGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your NAT gateways.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkAcls 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkAcls(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkAclsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your network ACLs. For more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_ACLs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesOutput, error)

Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesOutput, error)

Describes the specified Network Access Scopes.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your network insights analyses.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your paths.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error)

Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput, error)

Describes the permissions for your network interfaces.

func (*Client) DescribeNetworkInterfaces 

func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInterfaces(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your network interfaces.

func (*Client) DescribePlacementGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribePlacementGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePlacementGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePlacementGroupsOutput, error)

Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups. For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribePrefixLists 

func (c *Client) DescribePrefixLists(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error)

Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service. We recommend that you use DescribeManagedPrefixLists instead.

func (*Client) DescribePrincipalIdFormat 

func (c *Client) DescribePrincipalIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput, error)

Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference. By default, all IAM roles and IAM users default to the same ID settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings. This request is useful for identifying those IAM users and IAM roles that have overridden the default ID settings. The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

func (*Client) DescribePublicIpv4Pools 

func (c *Client) DescribePublicIpv4Pools(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput, error)

Describes the specified IPv4 address pools.

func (*Client) DescribeRegions 

func (c *Client) DescribeRegions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRegionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRegionsOutput, error)

Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions. For a list of the Regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ec2-service.html). For information about enabling and disabling Regions for your account, see Managing Amazon Web Services Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

func (*Client) DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput, error)

Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see Replace a root volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-restoring-volume.html#replace-root) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased. For more information about Reserved Instances, see Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedInstancesListings 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesListings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput, error)

Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. As a seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and you specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instances are then listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for purchase. As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, and the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available. The Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you, and continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your demand is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings that you purchase. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error)

Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information about the specific modification is returned. For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error)

Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity errors, and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand instances for the actual time used. If you have listed your own Reserved Instances for sale in the Reserved Instance Marketplace, they will be excluded from these results. This is to ensure that you do not purchase your own Reserved Instances. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeRouteTables 

func (c *Client) DescribeRouteTables(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your route tables. Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet is not explicitly associated with any route table, it is implicitly associated with the main route table. This command does not return the subnet ID for implicit associations. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability 

func (c *Client) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error)

Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria. You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. You must meet the minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule.

func (*Client) DescribeScheduledInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeScheduledInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error)

Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances.

func (*Client) DescribeSecurityGroupReferences 

func (c *Client) DescribeSecurityGroupReferences(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput, error)

[VPC only] Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.

func (*Client) DescribeSecurityGroupRules added in v1.12.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeSecurityGroupRules(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your security group rules.

func (*Client) DescribeSecurityGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeSecurityGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups. A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a specific VPC. For more information, see Amazon EC2 security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security groups for your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time. For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotTierStatus added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotTierStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusOutput, error)

Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots.

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshots 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error)

Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you. The snapshots available to you include public snapshots, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have explicit create volume permissions. The create volume permissions fall into the following categories:

* public: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions for the snapshot to the all group. All Amazon Web Services accounts have create volume permissions for these snapshots.

* explicit: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions to a specific Amazon Web Services account.

* implicit: An Amazon Web Services account has implicit create volume permissions for all snapshots it owns.

The list of snapshots returned can be filtered by specifying snapshot IDs, snapshot owners, or Amazon Web Services accounts with create volume permissions. If no options are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have create volume permissions. If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned. If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not included in the returned results. If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can include the Amazon Web Services account IDs of the specified owners, amazon for snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you own. If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for those users are returned. You can specify Amazon Web Services account IDs (if you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or have explicit permissions, or all for public snapshots. If you are describing a long list of snapshots, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The MaxResults parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your MaxResults value, then that number of results is returned along with a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeSnapshots request to retrieve the remaining results. To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error)

Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotFleetInstances 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotFleetInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput, error)

Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput, error)

Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time. Spot Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a recorded event. Spot Fleet events are available for 48 hours. For more information, see Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequests 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequests(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error)

Describes your Spot Fleet requests. Spot Fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotInstanceRequests 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotInstanceRequests(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error)

Describes the specified Spot Instance requests. You can use DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to find a running Spot Instance by examining the response. If the status of the Spot Instance is fulfilled, the instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. Alternatively, you can use DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances) with a filter to look for instances where the instance lifecycle is spot. We recommend that you set MaxResults to a value between 5 and 1000 to limit the number of results returned. This paginates the output, which makes the list more manageable and returns the results faster. If the list of results exceeds your MaxResults value, then that number of results is returned along with a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeSpotInstanceRequests request to retrieve the remaining results. Spot Instance requests are deleted four hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated.

func (*Client) DescribeSpotPriceHistory 

func (c *Client) DescribeSpotPriceHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error)

Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance pricing history (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-spot-instances-history.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. When you specify a start and end time, the operation returns the prices of the instance types within that time range. It also returns the last price change before the start time, which is the effective price as of the start time.

func (*Client) DescribeStaleSecurityGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeStaleSecurityGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

[VPC only] Describes the stale security group rules for security groups in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group in the same VPC or in a peer VPC, or if they reference a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted.

func (*Client) DescribeStoreImageTasks added in v1.4.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeStoreImageTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeStoreImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput, error)

Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks. You can describe the store tasks for specified AMIs. If you don't specify the AMIs, you get a paginated list of store tasks from the last 31 days. For each AMI task, the response indicates if the task is InProgress, Completed, or Failed. For tasks InProgress, the response shows the estimated progress as a percentage. Tasks are listed in reverse chronological order. Currently, only tasks from the past 31 days can be viewed. To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeSubnets 

func (c *Client) DescribeSubnets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your subnets. For more information, see Your VPC and subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeTags 

func (c *Client) DescribeTags(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources. For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters 

func (c *Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput, error)

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters.

func (*Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions 

func (c *Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput, error)

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions. By default, all Traffic Mirror sessions are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets 

func (c *Client) DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput, error)

Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput, error)

Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways. By default, all attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results by attachment ID, attachment state, resource ID, or resource owner.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersOutput, error)

Describes one or more Connect peers.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayConnects added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayConnects(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsOutput, error)

Describes one or more Connect attachments.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsOutput, error)

Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsOutput, error)

Describes your transit gateway peering attachments.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)

Describes one or more transit gateway route tables. By default, all transit gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput, error)

Describes one or more VPC attachments. By default, all VPC attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeTransitGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeTransitGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTransitGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more transit gateways. By default, all transit gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

func (*Client) DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsOutput, error)

This API action is currently in limited preview only. If you are interested in using this feature, contact your account manager. Describes one or more network interface trunk associations.

func (*Client) DescribeVolumeAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeVolumeAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time. For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeVolumeStatus 

func (c *Client) DescribeVolumeStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error)

Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event. The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the following information about the specified volumes: Status: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are ok, impaired , warning, or insufficient-data. If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is ok. If the check fails, the overall status is impaired. If the status is insufficient-data, then the checks might still be taking place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information about volume status, see Monitor the status of your volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-status.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and might require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the volume event might be potential-data-inconsistency. This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O operations disabled, and might have inconsistent data. Actions: Reflect the actions you might have to take in response to an event. For example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event shows potential-data-inconsistency, then the action shows enable-volume-io. This means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume by calling the EnableVolumeIO action and then check the volume for data consistency. Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.)

func (*Client) DescribeVolumes 

func (c *Client) DescribeVolumes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)

Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes. If you are describing a long list of volumes, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The MaxResults parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your MaxResults value, then that number of results is returned along with a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeVolumes request to retrieve the remaining results. For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeVolumesModifications 

func (c *Client) DescribeVolumesModifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error)

Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes. If a volume has never been modified, some information in the output will be null. If a volume has been modified more than once, the output includes only the most recent modification request. You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/). For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcAttribute 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcAttributeOutput, error)

Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only one attribute at a time. 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput, error)

Describes the ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error)

Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information, see ClassicLink (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error)

Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpointConnections 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpointConnections(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error)

Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error)

Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services).

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error)

Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServices 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpointServices(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput, error)

Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint. When the service provider and the consumer have different accounts in multiple Availability Zones, and the consumer views the VPC endpoint service information, the response only includes the common Availability Zones. For example, when the service provider account uses us-east-1a and us-east-1c and the consumer uses us-east-1a and us-east-1b, the response includes the VPC endpoint services in the common Availability Zone, us-east-1a.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcEndpoints 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your VPC endpoints.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcPeeringConnections 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcPeeringConnections(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your VPC peering connections.

func (*Client) DescribeVpcs 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpcs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your VPCs.

func (*Client) DescribeVpnConnections 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpnConnections(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your VPN connections. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeVpnGateways 

func (c *Client) DescribeVpnGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput, error)

Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) DetachClassicLinkVpc 

func (c *Client) DetachClassicLinkVpc(ctx context.Context, params *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error)

Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped.

func (*Client) DetachInternetGateway 

func (c *Client) DetachInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DetachInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachInternetGatewayOutput, error)

Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with Elastic IP addresses or public IPv4 addresses.

func (*Client) DetachNetworkInterface 

func (c *Client) DetachNetworkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error)

Detaches a network interface from an instance.

func (*Client) DetachVolume 

func (c *Client) DetachVolume(ctx context.Context, params *DetachVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachVolumeOutput, error)

Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first. When a volume with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code is detached from an instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance. For more information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-detaching-volume.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DetachVpnGateway 

func (c *Client) DetachVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DetachVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachVpnGatewayOutput, error)

Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described). You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached before you can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway.

func (*Client) DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault 

func (c *Client) DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error)

Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region. After you disable encryption by default, you can still create encrypted volumes by enabling encryption when you create each volume. Disabling encryption by default does not change the encryption status of your existing volumes. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DisableFastLaunch added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) DisableFastLaunch(ctx context.Context, params *DisableFastLaunchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableFastLaunchOutput, error)

Discontinue faster launching for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots. When you disable faster launching, the AMI uses the standard launch process for each instance. All pre-provisioned snapshots must be removed before you can enable faster launching again. To change these settings, you must own the AMI.

func (*Client) DisableFastSnapshotRestores 

func (c *Client) DisableFastSnapshotRestores(ctx context.Context, params *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error)

Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

func (*Client) DisableImageDeprecation added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DisableImageDeprecation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableImageDeprecationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableImageDeprecationOutput, error)

Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI. For more information, see Deprecate an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount(ctx context.Context, params *DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error)

Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DisableSerialConsoleAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) DisableSerialConsoleAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DisableSerialConsoleAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableSerialConsoleAccessOutput, error)

Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation 

func (c *Client) DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput, error)

Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table.

func (*Client) DisableVgwRoutePropagation 

func (c *Client) DisableVgwRoutePropagation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error)

Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC. 

func (c *Client) DisableVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error)

Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it.

func (*Client) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport 

func (c *Client) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error)

Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance and instances in the VPC to which it's linked. For more information, see ClassicLink (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You must specify a VPC ID in the request.

func (*Client) DisassociateAddress 

func (c *Client) DisassociateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateAddressOutput, error)

Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with. An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error.

func (*Client) DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork 

func (c *Client) DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput, error)

Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint. When you disassociate the last target network from a Client VPN, the following happens:

* The route that was automatically added for the VPC is deleted

* All active client connections are terminated

* New client connections are disallowed

* The Client VPN endpoint's status changes to pending-associate

func (*Client) DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput, error)

Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. Disassociating an IAM role from an ACM certificate removes the Amazon S3 object that contains the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key from the Amazon S3 bucket. It also revokes the IAM role's permission to use the KMS key used to encrypt the private key. This effectively revokes the role's permission to use the certificate.

func (*Client) DisassociateIamInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) DisassociateIamInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance. Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID.

func (*Client) DisassociateInstanceEventWindow added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error)

Disassociates one or more targets from an event window. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) DisassociateRouteTable 

func (c *Client) DisassociateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateRouteTableOutput, error)

Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table. After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For more information about route tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock 

func (c *Client) DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error)

Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet. Currently, you can disassociate an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.

func (*Client) DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain 

func (c *Client) DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error)

Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain.

func (*Client) DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTable 

func (c *Client) DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput, error)

Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) DisassociateTrunkInterface added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateTrunkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateTrunkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateTrunkInterfaceOutput, error)

This API action is currently in limited preview only. If you are interested in using this feature, contact your account manager. Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface.

func (*Client) DisassociateVpcCidrBlock 

func (c *Client) DisassociateVpcCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error)

Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you must specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using DescribeVpcs. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it. You cannot disassociate the CIDR block with which you originally created the VPC (the primary CIDR block).

func (*Client) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault 

func (c *Client) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error)

Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region. After you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are always encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you specified when you created each volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You can specify the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. Enabling encryption by default has no effect on the encryption status of your existing volumes. After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch instances using instance types that do not support encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances).

func (*Client) EnableFastLaunch added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) EnableFastLaunch(ctx context.Context, params *EnableFastLaunchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableFastLaunchOutput, error)

When you enable faster launching for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster. To create the optimized Windows image, Amazon EC2 launches an instance and runs through Sysprep steps, rebooting as required. Then it creates a set of reserved snapshots that are used for subsequent launches. The reserved snapshots are automatically replenished as they are used, depending on your settings for launch frequency. To change these settings, you must own the AMI.

func (*Client) EnableFastSnapshotRestores 

func (c *Client) EnableFastSnapshotRestores(ctx context.Context, params *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error)

Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones. You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after they enter the enabled state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. To disable fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores. For more information, see Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-fast-snapshot-restore.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableImageDeprecation added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) EnableImageDeprecation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableImageDeprecationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableImageDeprecationOutput, error)

Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time. For more information, see Deprecate an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount(ctx context.Context, params *EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error)

Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account. You cannot select the Organizations management account as the IPAM admin account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableSerialConsoleAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) EnableSerialConsoleAccess(ctx context.Context, params *EnableSerialConsoleAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableSerialConsoleAccessOutput, error)

Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation 

func (c *Client) EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput, error)

Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table.

func (*Client) EnableVgwRoutePropagation 

func (c *Client) EnableVgwRoutePropagation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error)

Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC.

func (*Client) EnableVolumeIO 

func (c *Client) EnableVolumeIO(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVolumeIOInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVolumeIOOutput, error)

Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent. 

func (c *Client) EnableVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error)

Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses. You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC route tables have existing routes for address ranges within the 10.0.0.0/8 IP address range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16 IP address ranges. For more information, see ClassicLink (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport 

func (c *Client) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error)

Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information, see ClassicLink (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You must specify a VPC ID in the request.

func (*Client) ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList 

func (c *Client) ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList(ctx context.Context, params *ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput, error)

Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) ExportClientVpnClientConfiguration 

func (c *Client) ExportClientVpnClientConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationOutput, error)

Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint. The Client VPN endpoint configuration file includes the Client VPN endpoint and certificate information clients need to establish a connection with the Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) ExportImage 

func (c *Client) ExportImage(ctx context.Context, params *ExportImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportImageOutput, error)

Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file. For more information, see Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport_image.html) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

func (*Client) ExportTransitGatewayRoutes 

func (c *Client) ExportTransitGatewayRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportTransitGatewayRoutesOutput, error)

Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket. By default, all routes are exported. Alternatively, you can filter by CIDR range. The routes are saved to the specified bucket in a JSON file. For more information, see Export Route Tables to Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-route-tables.html#tgw-export-route-tables) in Transit Gateways.

func (*Client) GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRoles added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRoles(ctx context.Context, params *GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesOutput, error)

Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate. It also returns the name of the Amazon S3 bucket and the Amazon S3 object key where the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key bundle are stored, and the ARN of the KMS key that's used to encrypt the private key.

func (*Client) GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs 

func (c *Client) GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs(ctx context.Context, params *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsOutput, error)

Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool.

func (*Client) GetCapacityReservationUsage 

func (c *Client) GetCapacityReservationUsage(ctx context.Context, params *GetCapacityReservationUsageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCapacityReservationUsageOutput, error)

Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation. If the Capacity Reservation is shared, it shows usage information for the Capacity Reservation owner and each Amazon Web Services account that is currently using the shared capacity. If the Capacity Reservation is not shared, it shows only the Capacity Reservation owner's usage.

func (*Client) GetCoipPoolUsage 

func (c *Client) GetCoipPoolUsage(ctx context.Context, params *GetCoipPoolUsageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCoipPoolUsageOutput, error)

Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool.

func (*Client) GetConsoleOutput 

func (c *Client) GetConsoleOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetConsoleOutputInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConsoleOutputOutput, error)

Gets the console output for the specified instance. For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. For Windows instances, the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors. By default, the console output returns buffered information that was posted shortly after an instance transition state (start, stop, reboot, or terminate). This information is available for at least one hour after the most recent post. Only the most recent 64 KB of console output is available. You can optionally retrieve the latest serial console output at any time during the instance lifecycle. This option is supported on instance types that use the Nitro hypervisor. For more information, see Instance console output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html#instance-console-console-output) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) GetConsoleScreenshot 

func (c *Client) GetConsoleScreenshot(ctx context.Context, params *GetConsoleScreenshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConsoleScreenshotOutput, error)

Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting. The returned content is Base64-encoded.

func (*Client) GetDefaultCreditSpecification 

func (c *Client) GetDefaultCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error)

Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId 

func (c *Client) GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error)

Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) GetEbsEncryptionByDefault 

func (c *Client) GetEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error)

Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate added in v1.4.0 

func (c *Client) GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateOutput, error)

Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena. This make it easier for you to query and gain insights from VPC flow logs data. Based on the information that you provide, we configure resources in the template to do the following:

* Create a table in Athena that maps fields to a custom log format

* Create a Lambda function that updates the table with new partitions on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis

* Create a table partitioned between two timestamps in the past

* Create a set of named queries in Athena that you can use to get started quickly

func (*Client) GetGroupsForCapacityReservation 

func (c *Client) GetGroupsForCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationOutput, error)

Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added.

func (*Client) GetHostReservationPurchasePreview 

func (c *Client) GetHostReservationPurchasePreview(ctx context.Context, params *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput, error)

Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action and does not result in the offering being purchased.

func (*Client) GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements added in v1.21.0 

func (c *Client) GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput, error)

Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes. You can use the response to preview the instance types without launching instances. Note that the response does not consider capacity. When you specify multiple parameters, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified parameters. If you specify multiple values for a parameter, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. For more information, see Preview instance types with specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#spotfleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements), Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, and Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.

func (*Client) GetIpamAddressHistory added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetIpamAddressHistory(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamAddressHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput, error)

Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more information, see View the history of IP addresses in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetIpamPoolAllocations added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetIpamPoolAllocations(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput, error)

Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool.

func (*Client) GetIpamPoolCidrs added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetIpamPoolCidrs(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamPoolCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolCidrsOutput, error)

Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool.

func (*Client) GetIpamResourceCidrs added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetIpamResourceCidrs(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamResourceCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamResourceCidrsOutput, error)

Get information about the resources in a scope.

func (*Client) GetLaunchTemplateData 

func (c *Client) GetLaunchTemplateData(ctx context.Context, params *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput, error)

Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance. You can use this data to create a launch template. This action calls on other describe actions to get instance information. Depending on your instance configuration, you may need to allow the following actions in your IAM policy: DescribeSpotInstanceRequests, DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications, DescribeVolumes, DescribeInstanceAttribute, and DescribeElasticGpus. Or, you can allow describe* depending on your instance requirements.

func (*Client) GetManagedPrefixListAssociations 

func (c *Client) GetManagedPrefixListAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsOutput, error)

Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list.

func (*Client) GetManagedPrefixListEntries 

func (c *Client) GetManagedPrefixListEntries(ctx context.Context, params *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesOutput, error)

Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list.

func (*Client) GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindings added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindings(ctx context.Context, params *GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsOutput, error)

Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis.

func (*Client) GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent(ctx context.Context, params *GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentOutput, error)

Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope.

func (*Client) GetPasswordData 

func (c *Client) GetPasswordData(ctx context.Context, params *GetPasswordDataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error)

Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance. The Windows password is generated at boot by the EC2Config service or EC2Launch scripts (Windows Server 2016 and later). This usually only happens the first time an instance is launched. For more information, see EC2Config (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/UsingConfig_WinAMI.html) and EC2Launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2launch.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For the EC2Config service, the password is not generated for rebundled AMIs unless Ec2SetPassword is enabled before bundling. The password is encrypted using the key pair that you specified when you launched the instance. You must provide the corresponding key pair file. When you launch an instance, password generation and encryption may take a few minutes. If you try to retrieve the password before it's available, the output returns an empty string. We recommend that you wait up to 15 minutes after launching an instance before trying to retrieve the generated password.

func (*Client) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote 

func (c *Client) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(ctx context.Context, params *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error)

Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If the exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to perform the exchange.

func (*Client) GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusOutput, error)

Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) GetSpotPlacementScores added in v1.21.0 

func (c *Client) GetSpotPlacementScores(ctx context.Context, params *GetSpotPlacementScoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput, error)

Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements. You can specify your compute requirements either by using InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata and letting Amazon EC2 choose the optimal instance types to fulfill your Spot request, or you can specify the instance types by using InstanceTypes. For more information, see Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) GetSubnetCidrReservations added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) GetSubnetCidrReservations(ctx context.Context, params *GetSubnetCidrReservationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSubnetCidrReservationsOutput, error)

Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations.

func (*Client) GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations 

func (c *Client) GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations(ctx context.Context, params *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput, error)

Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes.

func (*Client) GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations 

func (c *Client) GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain.

func (*Client) GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences(ctx context.Context, params *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesOutput, error)

Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations 

func (c *Client) GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput, error)

Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations 

func (c *Client) GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations(ctx context.Context, params *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput, error)

Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfiguration added in v1.18.0 

func (c *Client) GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationOutput, error)

Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection.

func (*Client) GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes added in v1.18.0 

func (c *Client) GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes(ctx context.Context, params *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput, error)

Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided. The request has no additional parameters. You can also see the list of device types with sample configuration files available under Your customer gateway device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/your-cgw.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList 

func (c *Client) ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList(ctx context.Context, params *ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput, error)

Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint. Uploading a client certificate revocation list overwrites the existing client certificate revocation list. Uploading a client certificate revocation list resets existing client connections.

func (*Client) ImportImage 

func (c *Client) ImportImage(ctx context.Context, params *ImportImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportImageOutput, error)

Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For more information, see Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

func (*Client) ImportInstance 

func (c *Client) ImportInstance(ctx context.Context, params *ImportInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportInstanceOutput, error)

Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image. This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use ImportImage instead. This API action is not supported by the Command Line Interface (CLI). For information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, which is deprecated, see Importing a VM to Amazon EC2 (https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#UsingVirtualMachinesinAmazonEC2) in the Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).

func (*Client) ImportKeyPair 

func (c *Client) ImportKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *ImportKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportKeyPairOutput, error)

Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created with a third-party tool. Compare this with CreateKeyPair, in which Amazon Web Services creates the key pair and gives the keys to you (Amazon Web Services keeps a copy of the public key). With ImportKeyPair, you create the key pair and give Amazon Web Services just the public key. The private key is never transferred between you and Amazon Web Services. For more information about key pairs, see Amazon EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ImportSnapshot 

func (c *Client) ImportSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *ImportSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportSnapshotOutput, error)

Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot. For more information, see Importing a disk as a snapshot using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-import-snapshot.html) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

func (*Client) ImportVolume 

func (c *Client) ImportVolume(ctx context.Context, params *ImportVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportVolumeOutput, error)

Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image. This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use ImportImage instead. To import a disk to a snapshot, use ImportSnapshot instead. This API action is not supported by the Command Line Interface (CLI). For information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, which is deprecated, see Importing Disks to Amazon EBS (https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#importing-your-volumes-into-amazon-ebs) in the Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).

func (*Client) ListImagesInRecycleBin added in v1.30.0 

func (c *Client) ListImagesInRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *ListImagesInRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput, error)

Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinOutput, error)

Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin.

func (*Client) ModifyAddressAttribute added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyAddressAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAddressAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAddressAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS).

func (*Client) ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup 

func (c *Client) ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupOutput, error)

Changes the opt-in status of the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone group for your account. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html) to view the value for GroupName.

func (*Client) ModifyCapacityReservation 

func (c *Client) ModifyCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCapacityReservationOutput, error)

Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity and the conditions under which it is to be released. You cannot change a Capacity Reservation's instance type, EBS optimization, instance store settings, platform, Availability Zone, or instance eligibility. If you need to modify any of these attributes, we recommend that you cancel the Capacity Reservation, and then create a new one with the required attributes.

func (*Client) ModifyCapacityReservationFleet added in v1.19.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyCapacityReservationFleet(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCapacityReservationFleetOutput, error)

Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet. When you modify the total target capacity of a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the Fleet automatically creates new Capacity Reservations, or modifies or cancels existing Capacity Reservations in the Fleet to meet the new total target capacity. When you modify the end date for the Fleet, the end dates for all of the individual Capacity Reservations in the Fleet are updated accordingly.

func (*Client) ModifyClientVpnEndpoint 

func (c *Client) ModifyClientVpnEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClientVpnEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClientVpnEndpointOutput, error)

Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint. Modifying the DNS server resets existing client connections.

func (*Client) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification 

func (c *Client) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error)

Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per Amazon Web Services Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable performance instances in the account launch using the default credit option. ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification is an asynchronous operation, which works at an Amazon Web Services Region level and modifies the credit option for each Availability Zone. All zones in a Region are updated within five minutes. But if instances are launched during this operation, they might not get the new credit option until the zone is updated. To verify whether the update has occurred, you can call GetDefaultCreditSpecification and check DefaultCreditSpecification for updates. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId 

func (c *Client) ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error)

Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. Amazon Web Services creates a unique Amazon Web Services managed KMS key in each Region for use with encryption by default. If you change the default KMS key to a symmetric customer managed KMS key, it is used instead of the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key. To reset the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS, use ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. If you delete or disable the customer managed KMS key that you specified for use with encryption by default, your instances will fail to launch. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyFleet 

func (c *Client) ModifyFleet(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyFleetOutput, error)

Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet. You can only modify an EC2 Fleet request of type maintain. While the EC2 Fleet is being modified, it is in the modifying state. To scale up your EC2 Fleet, increase its target capacity. The EC2 Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for the EC2 Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 Fleet distributes the instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are launching. To scale down your EC2 Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the EC2 Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the EC2 Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, you can request that the EC2 Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually. If you are finished with your EC2 Fleet for now, but will use it again later, you can set the target capacity to 0.

func (*Client) ModifyFpgaImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyFpgaImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

func (*Client) ModifyHosts 

func (c *Client) ModifyHosts(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyHostsOutput, error)

Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, any instances that you launch with a tenancy of host but without a specific host ID are placed onto any available Dedicated Host in your account that has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID to have the instance launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with auto-placement enabled. You can also use this API action to modify a Dedicated Host to support either multiple instance types in an instance family, or to support a specific instance type only.

func (*Client) ModifyIdFormat 

func (c *Client) ModifyIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIdFormatOutput, error)

Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created. This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period include: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. This setting applies to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply to the entire Amazon Web Services account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user. If you're using this action as the root user, then these settings apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user explicitly overrides these settings for themselves. For more information, see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type.

func (*Client) ModifyIdentityIdFormat 

func (c *Client) ModifyIdentityIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput, error)

Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created. This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period include: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. For more information, see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. This setting applies to the principal specified in the request; it does not apply to the principal that makes the request. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type.

func (*Client) ModifyImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyImageAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time. You can use the Attribute parameter to specify the attribute or one of the following parameters: Description or LaunchPermission. Images with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code cannot be made public. To enable the SriovNetSupport enhanced networking attribute of an image, enable SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an AMI from the instance.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time. Note: Using this action to change the security groups associated with an elastic network interface (ENI) attached to an instance in a VPC can result in an error if the instance has more than one ENI. To change the security groups associated with an ENI attached to an instance that has multiple ENIs, we recommend that you use the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute action. To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information, see Modify a stopped instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_ChangingAttributesWhileInstanceStopped.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributes 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesOutput, error)

Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance. Use this action to configure an instance to target a specific Capacity Reservation, run in any open Capacity Reservation with matching attributes, or run On-Demand Instance capacity.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput, error)

Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceEventStartTime 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceEventStartTime(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput, error)

Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceEventWindow added in v1.13.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceEventWindowOutput, error)

Modifies the specified event window. You can define either a set of time ranges or a cron expression when modifying the event window, but not both. To modify the targets associated with the event window, use the AssociateInstanceEventWindow and DisassociateInstanceEventWindow API. If Amazon Web Services has already scheduled an event, modifying an event window won't change the time of the scheduled event. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions added in v1.34.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsOutput, error)

Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default. The default configuration will not enable simplified automatic recovery for an unsupported instance type. For more information, see Simplified automatic recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery).

func (*Client) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error)

Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. When you modify the parameters on a stopped instance, they are applied when the instance is started. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, the API responds with a state of “pending”. After the parameter modifications are successfully applied to the instance, the state of the modifications changes from “pending” to “applied” in subsequent describe-instances API calls. For more information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyInstancePlacement 

func (c *Client) ModifyInstancePlacement(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstancePlacementInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error)

Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance. You can do the following:

* Modify the affinity between an instance and a Dedicated Host (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html). When affinity is set to host and the instance is not associated with a specific Dedicated Host, the next time the instance is launched, it is automatically associated with the host on which it lands. If the instance is restarted or rebooted, this relationship persists.

* Change the Dedicated Host with which an instance is associated.

* Change the instance tenancy of an instance.

* Move an instance to or from a placement group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html).

At least one attribute for affinity, host ID, tenancy, or placement group name must be specified in the request. Affinity and tenancy can be modified in the same request. To modify the host ID, tenancy, placement group, or partition for an instance, the instance must be in the stopped state.

func (*Client) ModifyIpam added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyIpam(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamOutput, error)

Modify the configurations of an IPAM.

func (*Client) ModifyIpamPool added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamPoolOutput, error)

Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool. For more information, see Modify a pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyIpamResourceCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyIpamResourceCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamResourceCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamResourceCidrOutput, error)

Modify a resource CIDR. You can use this action to transfer resource CIDRs between scopes and ignore resource CIDRs that you do not want to manage. If set to false, the resource will not be tracked for overlap, it cannot be auto-imported into a pool, and it will be removed from any pool it has an allocation in. For more information, see Move resource CIDRs between scopes and Change the monitoring state of resource CIDRs in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyIpamScope added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyIpamScope(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamScopeOutput, error)

Modify an IPAM scope.

func (*Client) ModifyLaunchTemplate 

func (c *Client) ModifyLaunchTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput, error)

Modifies a launch template. You can specify which version of the launch template to set as the default version. When launching an instance, the default version applies when a launch template version is not specified.

func (*Client) ModifyManagedPrefixList 

func (c *Client) ModifyManagedPrefixList(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyManagedPrefixListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyManagedPrefixListOutput, error)

Modifies the specified managed prefix list. Adding or removing entries in a prefix list creates a new version of the prefix list. Changing the name of the prefix list does not affect the version. If you specify a current version number that does not match the true current version number, the request fails.

func (*Client) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. You can use this action to attach and detach security groups from an existing EC2 instance.

func (*Client) ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptions added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsOutput, error)

Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance.

func (*Client) ModifyReservedInstances 

func (c *Client) ModifyReservedInstances(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyReservedInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyReservedInstancesOutput, error)

Modifies the Availability Zone, instance count, instance type, or network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC) of your Reserved Instances. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type. For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifySecurityGroupRules added in v1.12.0 

func (c *Client) ModifySecurityGroupRules(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySecurityGroupRulesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySecurityGroupRulesOutput, error)

Modifies the rules of a security group.

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified Amazon Web Services account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single operation. Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default KMS key cannot be shared with other accounts. For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotTier added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotTier(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotTierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotTierOutput, error)

Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshot-archive.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifySpotFleetRequest 

func (c *Client) ModifySpotFleetRequest(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput, error)

Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request. You can only modify a Spot Fleet request of type maintain. While the Spot Fleet request is being modified, it is in the modifying state. To scale up your Spot Fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for the Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet distributes the instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, Spot Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are launching. To scale down your Spot Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, the Spot Fleet terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, you can request that the Spot Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually. If you are finished with your Spot Fleet for now, but will use it again later, you can set the target capacity to 0.

func (*Client) ModifySubnetAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifySubnetAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySubnetAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySubnetAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time. Use this action to modify subnets on Amazon Web Services Outposts.

* To modify a subnet on an Outpost rack, set both MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch and CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool. These two parameters act as a single attribute.

* To modify a subnet on an Outpost server, set either EnableLniAtDeviceIndex or DisableLniAtDeviceIndex.

For more information about Amazon Web Services Outposts, see the following:

* Outpost servers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-servers-work.html)

* Outpost racks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-racks-work.html)

func (*Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices 

func (c *Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesOutput, error)

Allows or restricts mirroring network services. By default, Amazon DNS network services are not eligible for Traffic Mirror. Use AddNetworkServices to add network services to a Traffic Mirror filter. When a network service is added to the Traffic Mirror filter, all traffic related to that network service will be mirrored. When you no longer want to mirror network services, use RemoveNetworkServices to remove the network services from the Traffic Mirror filter.

func (*Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule 

func (c *Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput, error)

Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule. DestinationCidrBlock and SourceCidrBlock must both be an IPv4 range or an IPv6 range.

func (*Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorSession 

func (c *Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorSession(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionOutput, error)

Modifies a Traffic Mirror session.

func (*Client) ModifyTransitGateway added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyTransitGateway(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTransitGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTransitGatewayOutput, error)

Modifies the specified transit gateway. When you modify a transit gateway, the modified options are applied to new transit gateway attachments only. Your existing transit gateway attachments are not modified.

func (*Client) ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReference added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReference(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput, error)

Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachment 

func (c *Client) ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error)

Modifies the specified VPC attachment.

func (*Client) ModifyVolume 

func (c *Client) ModifyVolume(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVolumeOutput, error)

You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modify-volume.html) (Linux instances) or Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-modify-volume.html) (Windows instances). When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extend a Linux file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-linux) or Extend a Windows file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-windows). You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/). You can also track the status of a modification using DescribeVolumesModifications. For information about tracking status changes using either method, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html). With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance. After modifying a volume, you must wait at least six hours and ensure that the volume is in the in-use or available state before you can modify the same volume. This is sometimes referred to as a cooldown period.

func (*Client) ModifyVolumeAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyVolumeAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies a volume attribute. By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data on the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent undetectable, latent data corruption. The I/O access to the volume can be resumed by first enabling I/O access and then checking the data consistency on your volume. You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless or disposable.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcAttribute 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcAttributeOutput, error)

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcEndpoint 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointOutput, error)

Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you can modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface, gateway, or Gateway Load Balancer). For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/).

func (*Client) ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error)

Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. You can change the SNS topic for the notification, or the events for which to be notified.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error)

Modifies the attributes of your VPC endpoint service configuration. You can change the Network Load Balancers or Gateway Load Balancers for your service, and you can specify whether acceptance is required for requests to connect to your endpoint service through an interface VPC endpoint. If you set or modify the private DNS name, you must prove that you own the private DNS domain name.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility added in v1.27.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityOutput, error)

Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error)

Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service. You can add or remove permissions for service consumers (IAM users, IAM roles, and Amazon Web Services accounts) to connect to your endpoint service. If you grant permissions to all principals, the service is public. Any users who know the name of a public service can send a request to attach an endpoint. If the service does not require manual approval, attachments are automatically approved.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput, error)

Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection. You can do the following:

* Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to your VPC (using ClassicLink) and instances in the peer VPC.

* Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between instances in your VPC and an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to the peer VPC.

* Enable/disable the ability to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC.

If the peered VPCs are in the same Amazon Web Services account, you can enable DNS resolution for queries from the local VPC. This ensures that queries from the local VPC resolve to private IP addresses in the peer VPC. This option is not available if the peered VPCs are in different different Amazon Web Services accounts or different Regions. For peered VPCs in different Amazon Web Services accounts, each Amazon Web Services account owner must initiate a separate request to modify the peering connection options. For inter-region peering connections, you must use the Region for the requester VPC to modify the requester VPC peering options and the Region for the accepter VPC to modify the accepter VPC peering options. To verify which VPCs are the accepter and the requester for a VPC peering connection, use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections command.

func (*Client) ModifyVpcTenancy 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpcTenancy(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcTenancyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcTenancyOutput, error)

Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC. You can change the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to default only. You cannot change the instance tenancy attribute to dedicated. After you modify the tenancy of the VPC, any new instances that you launch into the VPC have a tenancy of default, unless you specify otherwise during launch. The tenancy of any existing instances in the VPC is not affected. For more information, see Dedicated Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyVpnConnection 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpnConnection(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnConnectionOutput, error)

Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. To modify the target gateway, the following migration options are available:

* An existing virtual private gateway to a new virtual private gateway

* An existing virtual private gateway to a transit gateway

* An existing transit gateway to a new transit gateway

* An existing transit gateway to a virtual private gateway

Before you perform the migration to the new gateway, you must configure the new gateway. Use CreateVpnGateway to create a virtual private gateway, or CreateTransitGateway to create a transit gateway. This step is required when you migrate from a virtual private gateway with static routes to a transit gateway. You must delete the static routes before you migrate to the new gateway. Keep a copy of the static route before you delete it. You will need to add back these routes to the transit gateway after the VPN connection migration is complete. After you migrate to the new gateway, you might need to modify your VPC route table. Use CreateRoute and DeleteRoute to make the changes described in Update VPC route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/modify-vpn-target.html#step-update-routing) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. When the new gateway is a transit gateway, modify the transit gateway route table to allow traffic between the VPC and the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. Use CreateTransitGatewayRoute to add the routes. If you deleted VPN static routes, you must add the static routes to the transit gateway route table. After you perform this operation, the VPN endpoint's IP addresses on the Amazon Web Services side and the tunnel options remain intact. Your Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection will be temporarily unavailable for a brief period while we provision the new endpoints.

func (*Client) ModifyVpnConnectionOptions added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpnConnectionOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsOutput, error)

Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection. When you modify the VPN connection options, the VPN endpoint IP addresses on the Amazon Web Services side do not change, and the tunnel options do not change. Your VPN connection will be temporarily unavailable for a brief period while the VPN connection is updated.

func (*Client) ModifyVpnTunnelCertificate 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpnTunnelCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateOutput, error)

Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate.

func (*Client) ModifyVpnTunnelOptions 

func (c *Client) ModifyVpnTunnelOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsOutput, error)

Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. You can modify multiple options for a tunnel in a single request, but you can only modify one tunnel at a time. For more information, see Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPNTunnels.html) in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

func (*Client) MonitorInstances 

func (c *Client) MonitorInstances(ctx context.Context, params *MonitorInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MonitorInstancesOutput, error)

Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. For more information, see Monitor your instances using CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. To disable detailed monitoring, see UnmonitorInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_UnmonitorInstances.html).

func (*Client) MoveAddressToVpc 

func (c *Client) MoveAddressToVpc(ctx context.Context, params *MoveAddressToVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MoveAddressToVpcOutput, error)

Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the Elastic IP address is moved, it is no longer available for use in the EC2-Classic platform, unless you move it back using the RestoreAddressToClassic request. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic platform.

func (*Client) MoveByoipCidrToIpam added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) MoveByoipCidrToIpam(ctx context.Context, params *MoveByoipCidrToIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MoveByoipCidrToIpamOutput, error)

Move an BYOIP IPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool. If you already have an IPv4 BYOIP CIDR with Amazon Web Services, you can move the CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool. You cannot move an IPv6 CIDR to IPAM. If you are bringing a new IP address to Amazon Web Services for the first time, complete the steps in Tutorial: BYOIP address CIDRs to IPAM.

func (*Client) ProvisionByoipCidr 

func (c *Client) ProvisionByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionByoipCidrOutput, error)

Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool. After the address range is provisioned, it is ready to be advertised using AdvertiseByoipCidr. Amazon Web Services verifies that you own the address range and are authorized to advertise it. You must ensure that the address range is registered to you and that you created an RPKI ROA to authorize Amazon ASNs 16509 and 14618 to advertise the address range. For more information, see Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Provisioning an address range is an asynchronous operation, so the call returns immediately, but the address range is not ready to use until its status changes from pending-provision to provisioned. To monitor the status of an address range, use DescribeByoipCidrs. To allocate an Elastic IP address from your IPv4 address pool, use AllocateAddress with either the specific address from the address pool or the ID of the address pool.

func (*Client) ProvisionIpamPoolCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ProvisionIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionIpamPoolCidrOutput, error)

Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool. You can use this action to provision new CIDRs to a top-level pool or to transfer a CIDR from a top-level pool to a pool within it. For more information, see Provision CIDRs to pools in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput, error)

Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) PurchaseHostReservation 

func (c *Client) PurchaseHostReservation(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseHostReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseHostReservationOutput, error)

Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased and charged to your account.

func (*Client) PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering 

func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput, error)

Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing. Use DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings to get a list of Reserved Instance offerings that match your specifications. After you've purchased a Reserved Instance, you can check for your new Reserved Instance with DescribeReservedInstances. To queue a purchase for a future date and time, specify a purchase time. If you do not specify a purchase time, the default is the current time. For more information, see Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) and Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) PurchaseScheduledInstances 

func (c *Client) PurchaseScheduledInstances(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput, error)

Purchases the Scheduled Instances with the specified schedule. Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by the hour for a one-year term. Before you can purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability to check for available schedules and obtain a purchase token. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call RunScheduledInstances during each scheduled time period. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell your purchase.

func (*Client) RebootInstances 

func (c *Client) RebootInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RebootInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RebootInstancesOutput, error)

Requests a reboot of the specified instances. This operation is asynchronous; it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot terminated instances are ignored. If an instance does not cleanly shut down within a few minutes, Amazon EC2 performs a hard reboot. For more information about troubleshooting, see Troubleshoot an unreachable instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) RegisterImage 

func (c *Client) RegisterImage(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterImageOutput, error)

Registers an AMI. When you're creating an AMI, this is the final step you must complete before you can launch an instance from the AMI. For more information about creating AMIs, see Creating your own AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For Amazon EBS-backed instances, CreateImage creates and registers the AMI in a single request, so you don't have to register the AMI yourself. If needed, you can deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make to an AMI backed by an instance store volume invalidates its registration. If you make changes to an image, deregister the previous image and register the new image. Register a snapshot of a root device volume You can use RegisterImage to create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI from a snapshot of a root device volume. You specify the snapshot using a block device mapping. You can't set the encryption state of the volume using the block device mapping. If the snapshot is encrypted, or encryption by default is enabled, the root volume of an instance launched from the AMI is encrypted. For more information, see Create a Linux AMI from a snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html#creating-launching-ami-from-snapshot) and Use encryption with Amazon EBS-backed AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AMIEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes If any snapshots have Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes, they are copied to the new AMI. Windows and some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the Amazon EC2 billing product code associated with an AMI to verify the subscription status for package updates. To create a new AMI for operating systems that require a billing product code, instead of registering the AMI, do the following to preserve the billing product code association:

* Launch an instance from an existing AMI with that billing product code.

* Customize the instance.

* Create an AMI from the instance using CreateImage.

If you purchase a Reserved Instance to apply to an On-Demand Instance that was launched from an AMI with a billing product code, make sure that the Reserved Instance has the matching billing product code. If you purchase a Reserved Instance without the matching billing product code, the Reserved Instance will not be applied to the On-Demand Instance. For information about how to obtain the platform details and billing information of an AMI, see Understanding AMI billing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-billing-info.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes 

func (c *Client) RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput, error)

Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources. To remove tags, use DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.html).

func (*Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers 

func (c *Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput, error)

Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group. A member is a network interface associated with a supported EC2 instance that receives multicast traffic. For information about supported instances, see Multicast Consideration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits) in Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. After you add the members, use SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html) to verify that the members were added to the transit gateway multicast group.

func (*Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources 

func (c *Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput, error)

Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group. A multicast source is a network interface attached to a supported instance that sends multicast traffic. For information about supported instances, see Multicast Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits) in Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. After you add the source, use SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html) to verify that the source was added to the multicast group.

func (*Client) RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.

func (*Client) RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment 

func (c *Client) RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput, error)

Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request.

func (*Client) RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment 

func (c *Client) RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error)

Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. The VPC attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to view your pending VPC attachment requests. Use AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment to accept a VPC attachment request.

func (*Client) RejectVpcEndpointConnections 

func (c *Client) RejectVpcEndpointConnections(ctx context.Context, params *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error)

Rejects one or more VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.

func (*Client) RejectVpcPeeringConnection 

func (c *Client) RejectVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error)

Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance state. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use DeleteVpcPeeringConnection.

func (*Client) ReleaseAddress 

func (c *Client) ReleaseAddress(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseAddressOutput, error)

Releases the specified Elastic IP address. [EC2-Classic, default VPC] Releasing an Elastic IP address automatically disassociates it from any instance that it's associated with. To disassociate an Elastic IP address without releasing it, use DisassociateAddress. [Nondefault VPC] You must use DisassociateAddress to disassociate the Elastic IP address before you can release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an error (InvalidIPAddress.InUse). After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool. Be sure to update your DNS records and any servers or devices that communicate with the address. If you attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you already released, you'll get an AuthFailure error if the address is already allocated to another Amazon Web Services account. [EC2-VPC] After you release an Elastic IP address for use in a VPC, you might be able to recover it. For more information, see AllocateAddress.

func (*Client) ReleaseHosts 

func (c *Client) ReleaseHosts(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseHostsOutput, error)

When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released state. The host ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another request, for example, to modify the host. You must stop or terminate all instances on a host before it can be released. When Dedicated Hosts are released, it may take some time for them to stop counting toward your limit and you may receive capacity errors when trying to allocate new Dedicated Hosts. Wait a few minutes and then try again. Released hosts still appear in a DescribeHosts response.

func (*Client) ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationOutput, error)

Release an allocation within an IPAM pool. You can only use this action to release manual allocations. To remove an allocation for a resource without deleting the resource, set its monitored state to false using ModifyIpamResourceCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.html). For more information, see Release an allocation in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation 

func (c *Client) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput, error)

Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance. You can use this action to change the IAM instance profile that's associated with an instance without having to disassociate the existing IAM instance profile first. Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID.

func (*Client) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation 

func (c *Client) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput, error)

Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_ACLs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. This is an idempotent operation.

func (*Client) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry 

func (c *Client) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput, error)

Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_ACLs.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ReplaceRoute 

func (c *Client) ReplaceRoute(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceRouteOutput, error)

Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must provide only one of the following: internet gateway, virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network interface, egress-only internet gateway, or transit gateway. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ReplaceRouteTableAssociation 

func (c *Client) ReplaceRouteTableAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput, error)

Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet or gateway uses the routes in the new route table. For more information about route tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. You can also use this operation to change which table is the main route table in the VPC. Specify the main route table's association ID and the route table ID of the new main route table.

func (*Client) ReplaceTransitGatewayRoute 

func (c *Client) ReplaceTransitGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteOutput, error)

Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) ReportInstanceStatus 

func (c *Client) ReportInstanceStatus(ctx context.Context, params *ReportInstanceStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReportInstanceStatusOutput, error)

Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the running state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance status returned by DescribeInstanceStatus, use ReportInstanceStatus to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks. Use of this action does not change the value returned by DescribeInstanceStatus.

func (*Client) RequestSpotFleet 

func (c *Client) RequestSpotFleet(ctx context.Context, params *RequestSpotFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RequestSpotFleetOutput, error)

Creates a Spot Fleet request. The Spot Fleet request specifies the total target capacity and the On-Demand target capacity. Amazon EC2 calculates the difference between the total capacity and On-Demand capacity, and launches the difference as Spot capacity. You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. By default, the Spot Fleet requests Spot Instances in the Spot Instance pool where the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include its own instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your application workload. Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot Fleet distribute the target capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch specifications. By ensuring that the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet are in different Spot pools, you can improve the availability of your fleet. You can specify tags for the Spot Fleet request and instances launched by the fleet. You cannot tag other resource types in a Spot Fleet request because only the spot-fleet-request and instance resource types are supported. For more information, see Spot Fleet requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotFleet API because it is a legacy API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best Spot request method to use? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

func (*Client) RequestSpotInstances 

func (c *Client) RequestSpotInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RequestSpotInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RequestSpotInstancesOutput, error)

Creates a Spot Instance request. For more information, see Spot Instance requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotInstances API because it is a legacy API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best Spot request method to use? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

func (*Client) ResetAddressAttribute added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) ResetAddressAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetAddressAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetAddressAttributeOutput, error)

Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS).

func (*Client) ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId 

func (c *Client) ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error)

Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS. After resetting the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key, you can continue to encrypt by a customer managed KMS key by specifying it when you create the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) ResetFpgaImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) ResetFpgaImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error)

Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value. You can only reset the load permission attribute.

func (*Client) ResetImageAttribute 

func (c *Client) ResetImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetImageAttributeOutput, error)

Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value.

func (*Client) ResetInstanceAttribute 

func (c *Client) ResetInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetInstanceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetInstanceAttributeOutput, error)

Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel or ramdisk, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck, the instance can be either running or stopped. The sourceDestCheck attribute controls whether source/destination checking is enabled. The default value is true, which means checking is enabled. This value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see NAT Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html) in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

func (*Client) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute 

func (c *Client) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error)

Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

func (*Client) ResetSnapshotAttribute 

func (c *Client) ResetSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) RestoreAddressToClassic 

func (c *Client) RestoreAddressToClassic(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreAddressToClassicInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreAddressToClassicOutput, error)

Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC platform back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must not be associated with an instance or network interface.

func (*Client) RestoreImageFromRecycleBin added in v1.30.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreImageFromRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreImageFromRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreImageFromRecycleBinOutput, error)

Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) RestoreManagedPrefixListVersion 

func (c *Client) RestoreManagedPrefixListVersion(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionOutput, error)

Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list.

func (*Client) RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput, error)

Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin-working-with-snaps.html#recycle-bin-restore-snaps) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) RestoreSnapshotTier added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreSnapshotTier(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreSnapshotTierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreSnapshotTierOutput, error)

Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored. For more information see Restore an archived snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#restore-archived-snapshot) and modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#modify-temp-restore-period) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

func (*Client) RevokeClientVpnIngress 

func (c *Client) RevokeClientVpnIngress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeClientVpnIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeClientVpnIngressOutput, error)

Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint.

func (*Client) RevokeSecurityGroupEgress 

func (c *Client) RevokeSecurityGroupEgress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error)

[VPC only] Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from a security group for EC2-VPC. This action does not apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from and to ports, and destination (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the description to revoke the rule. [Default VPC] If the values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules that were not revoked. Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify that the rules were removed. Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

func (*Client) RevokeSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Client) RevokeSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group. You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from and to ports, and source (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the description to revoke the rule. [EC2-Classic, default VPC] If the values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules that were not revoked. Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify that the rules were removed. Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

func (*Client) RunInstances 

func (c *Client) RunInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RunInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RunInstancesOutput, error)

Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions. You can specify a number of options, or leave the default options. The following rules apply:

* [EC2-VPC] If you don't specify a subnet ID, we choose a default subnet from your default VPC for you. If you don't have a default VPC, you must specify a subnet ID in the request.

* [EC2-Classic] If don't specify an Availability Zone, we choose one for you.

* Some instance types must be launched into a VPC. If you do not have a default VPC, or if you do not specify a subnet ID, the request fails. For more information, see Instance types available only in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-vpc.html#vpc-only-instance-types).

* [EC2-VPC] All instances have a network interface with a primary private IPv4 address. If you don't specify this address, we choose one from the IPv4 range of your subnet.

* Not all instance types support IPv6 addresses. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html).

* If you don't specify a security group ID, we use the default security group. For more information, see Security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html).

* If any of the AMIs have a product code attached for which the user has not subscribed, the request fails.

You can create a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html), which is a resource that contains the parameters to launch an instance. When you launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify the launch template instead of specifying the launch parameters. To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller batches. For example, create five separate launch requests for 100 instances each instead of one launch request for 500 instances. An instance is ready for you to use when it's in the running state. You can check the state of your instance using DescribeInstances. You can tag instances and EBS volumes during launch, after launch, or both. For more information, see CreateTags and Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html). Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You can use this key to provide secure access to the instance. Amazon EC2 public images use this feature to provide secure access without passwords. For more information, see Key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html). For troubleshooting, see What to do if an instance immediately terminates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_InstanceStraightToTerminated.html), and Troubleshooting connecting to your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesConnecting.html).

func (*Client) RunScheduledInstances 

func (c *Client) RunScheduledInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RunScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RunScheduledInstancesOutput, error)

Launches the specified Scheduled Instances. Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain an identifier using PurchaseScheduledInstances. You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time period. You can't stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you can terminate it as needed. If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the current scheduled time period ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information, see Scheduled Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-scheduled-instances.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) SearchLocalGatewayRoutes 

func (c *Client) SearchLocalGatewayRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesOutput, error)

Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table.

func (*Client) SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups 

func (c *Client) SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups(ctx context.Context, params *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsOutput, error)

Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information.

func (*Client) SearchTransitGatewayRoutes 

func (c *Client) SearchTransitGatewayRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *SearchTransitGatewayRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTransitGatewayRoutesOutput, error)

Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table.

func (*Client) SendDiagnosticInterrupt 

func (c *Client) SendDiagnosticInterrupt(ctx context.Context, params *SendDiagnosticInterruptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SendDiagnosticInterruptOutput, error)

Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances). For instances based on Intel and AMD processors, the interrupt is received as a non-maskable interrupt (NMI). In general, the operating system crashes and reboots when a kernel panic or stop error is triggered. The operating system can also be configured to perform diagnostic tasks, such as generating a memory dump file, loading a secondary kernel, or obtaining a call trace. Before sending a diagnostic interrupt to your instance, ensure that its operating system is configured to perform the required diagnostic tasks. For more information about configuring your operating system to generate a crash dump when a kernel panic or stop error occurs, see Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/diagnostic-interrupt.html) (Linux instances) or Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/diagnostic-interrupt.html) (Windows instances).

func (*Client) StartInstances 

func (c *Client) StartInstances(ctx context.Context, params *StartInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartInstancesOutput, error)

Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped. Instances that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly stopped and started. When an instance is stopped, the compute resources are released and you are not billed for instance usage. However, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. You can restart your instance at any time. Every time you start your instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for instance usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage. Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM. Performing this operation on an instance that uses an instance store as its root device returns an error. If you attempt to start a T3 instance with host tenancy and the unlimted CPU credit option, the request fails. The unlimited CPU credit option is not supported on Dedicated Hosts. Before you start the instance, either change its CPU credit option to standard, or change its tenancy to default or dedicated. For more information, see Stop and start your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis(ctx context.Context, params *StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput, error)

Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope.

func (*Client) StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis(ctx context.Context, params *StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput, error)

Starts analyzing the specified path. If the path is reachable, the operation returns the shortest feasible path.

func (*Client) StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification 

func (c *Client) StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification(ctx context.Context, params *StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationOutput, error)

Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service. The service provider must successfully perform the verification before the consumer can use the name to access the service. Before the service provider runs this command, they must add a record to the DNS server.

func (*Client) StopInstances 

func (c *Client) StopInstances(ctx context.Context, params *StopInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopInstancesOutput, error)

Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. For more information, see Stop and start your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. You can use the Stop action to hibernate an instance if the instance is enabled for hibernation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#enabling-hibernation) and it meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. We don't charge usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; however, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. Every time you start your instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for instance usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage. You can't stop or hibernate instance store-backed instances. You can't use the Stop action to hibernate Spot Instances, but you can specify that Amazon EC2 should hibernate Spot Instances when they are interrupted. For more information, see Hibernating interrupted Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-interruptions.html#hibernate-spot-instances) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. When you stop or hibernate an instance, we shut it down. You can restart your instance at any time. Before stopping or hibernating an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM, but hibernating an instance does preserve data stored in RAM. If an instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown occurs. Stopping and hibernating an instance is different to rebooting or terminating it. For example, when you stop or hibernate an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, the root device and any other devices attached during the instance launch are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between rebooting, stopping, hibernating, and terminating instances, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it down forcibly after a short while. If your instance appears stuck in the stopping state after a period of time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more information, see Troubleshoot stopping your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesStopping.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) TerminateClientVpnConnections 

func (c *Client) TerminateClientVpnConnections(ctx context.Context, params *TerminateClientVpnConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TerminateClientVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections. This action can be used to terminate a specific client connection, or up to five connections established by a specific user.

func (*Client) TerminateInstances 

func (c *Client) TerminateInstances(ctx context.Context, params *TerminateInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TerminateInstancesOutput, error)

Shuts down the specified instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds. If you specify multiple instances and the request fails (for example, because of a single incorrect instance ID), none of the instances are terminated. If you terminate multiple instances across multiple Availability Zones, and one or more of the specified instances are enabled for termination protection, the request fails with the following results:

* The specified instances that are in the same Availability Zone as the protected instance are not terminated.

* The specified instances that are in different Availability Zones, where no other specified instances are protected, are successfully terminated.

For example, say you have the following instances:

* Instance A: us-east-1a; Not protected

* Instance B: us-east-1a; Not protected

* Instance C: us-east-1b; Protected

* Instance D: us-east-1b; not protected

If you attempt to terminate all of these instances in the same request, the request reports failure with the following results:

* Instance A and Instance B are successfully terminated because none of the specified instances in us-east-1a are enabled for termination protection.

* Instance C and Instance D fail to terminate because at least one of the specified instances in us-east-1b (Instance C) is enabled for termination protection.

Terminated instances remain visible after termination (for approximately one hour). By default, Amazon EC2 deletes all EBS volumes that were attached when the instance launched. Volumes attached after instance launch continue running. You can stop, start, and terminate EBS-backed instances. You can only terminate instance store-backed instances. What happens to an instance differs if you stop it or terminate it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, any attached EBS volumes with the DeleteOnTermination block device mapping parameter set to true are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between stopping and terminating instances, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information about troubleshooting, see Troubleshooting terminating your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesShuttingDown.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) UnassignIpv6Addresses 

func (c *Client) UnassignIpv6Addresses(ctx context.Context, params *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput, error)

Unassigns one or more IPv6 addresses IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.

func (*Client) UnassignPrivateIpAddresses 

func (c *Client) UnassignPrivateIpAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error)

Unassigns one or more secondary private IP addresses, or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.

func (*Client) UnmonitorInstances 

func (c *Client) UnmonitorInstances(ctx context.Context, params *UnmonitorInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UnmonitorInstancesOutput, error)

Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see Monitoring your instances and volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress 

func (c *Client) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput, error)

[VPC only] Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.

func (*Client) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress 

func (c *Client) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput, error)

Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.

func (*Client) WithdrawByoipCidr 

func (c *Client) WithdrawByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *WithdrawByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*WithdrawByoipCidrOutput, error)

Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool. You can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you specify different address ranges each time. It can take a few minutes before traffic to the specified addresses stops routing to Amazon Web Services because of BGP propagation delays.

type ConfirmProductInstanceInput 

type ConfirmProductInstanceInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The product code. This must be a product code that you own.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ProductCode *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ConfirmProductInstanceOutput 

type ConfirmProductInstanceOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the instance owner. This is only present
	// if the product code is attached to the instance.
	OwnerId *string

	// The return value of the request. Returns true if the specified product code is
	// owned by the requester and associated with the specified instance.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter defines the waiters for ConversionTaskCancelled

func NewConversionTaskCancelledWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewConversionTaskCancelledWaiter(client DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) *ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter

NewConversionTaskCancelledWaiter constructs a ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter.

func (*ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskCancelled waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskCancelled waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions are waiter options for ConversionTaskCancelledWaiter

type ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter defines the waiters for ConversionTaskCompleted

func NewConversionTaskCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewConversionTaskCompletedWaiter(client DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) *ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter

NewConversionTaskCompletedWaiter constructs a ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter.

func (*ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskCompleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskCompleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for ConversionTaskCompletedWaiter

type ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for ConversionTaskDeleted

func NewConversionTaskDeletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewConversionTaskDeletedWaiter(client DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions)) *ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter

NewConversionTaskDeletedWaiter constructs a ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter.

func (*ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ConversionTaskDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for ConversionTaskDeletedWaiter

type CopyFpgaImageInput 

type CopyFpgaImageInput struct {

	// The ID of the source AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceFpgaImageId *string

	// The Region that contains the source AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceRegion *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The description for the new AFI.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name for the new AFI. The default is the name of the source AFI.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CopyFpgaImageOutput 

type CopyFpgaImageOutput struct {

	// The ID of the new AFI.
	FpgaImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CopyImageInput 

type CopyImageInput struct {

	// The name of the new AMI in the destination Region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the AMI to copy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceImageId *string

	// The name of the Region that contains the AMI to copy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceRegion *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
	// request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the new AMI in the destination Region.
	Description *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the AMI. Only
	// specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to
	// an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot
	// copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within
	// the same Outpost. For more information, see  Copying AMIs from an Amazon Web
	// Services Region to an Outpost
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-amis)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	DestinationOutpostArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be
	// encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you cannot
	// create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key for
	// Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service (KMS)
	// KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The identifier of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use when
	// creating encrypted volumes. If this parameter is not specified, your Amazon Web
	// Services managed KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If you specify a KMS key, you
	// must also set the encrypted state to true. You can specify a KMS key using any
	// of the following:
	//
	// * Key ID. For example,
	// 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// * Key alias. For example,
	// alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * Key ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// *
	// Alias ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an
	// identifier that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually
	// fails. The specified KMS key must exist in the destination Region. Amazon EBS
	// does not support asymmetric KMS keys.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CopyImage.

type CopyImageOutput 

type CopyImageOutput struct {

	// The ID of the new AMI.
	ImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CopyImage.

type CopySnapshotInput 

type CopySnapshotInput struct {

	// The ID of the Region that contains the snapshot to be copied.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceRegion *string

	// The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceSnapshotId *string

	// A description for the EBS snapshot.
	Description *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the snapshot.
	// Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services
	// Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination
	// Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one
	// Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. For more information, see  Copy
	// snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-snapshots)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	DestinationOutpostArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// To encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot if encryption by default is not
	// enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter.
	// Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and
	// encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false.
	// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon EBS
	// encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is
	// used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true. You can
	// specify the KMS key using any of the following:
	//
	// * Key ID. For example,
	// 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// * Key alias. For example,
	// alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * Key ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// *
	// Alias ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID,
	// alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but
	// eventually fails.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// When you copy an encrypted source snapshot using the Amazon EC2 Query API, you
	// must supply a pre-signed URL. This parameter is optional for unencrypted
	// snapshots. For more information, see Query requests
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html).
	// The PresignedUrl should use the snapshot source endpoint, the CopySnapshot
	// action, and include the SourceRegion, SourceSnapshotId, and DestinationRegion
	// parameters. The PresignedUrl must be signed using Amazon Web Services Signature
	// Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm
	// for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
	// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. An invalid or improperly
	// signed PresignedUrl will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and
	// the snapshot will move to an error state.
	PresignedUrl *string

	// The tags to apply to the new snapshot.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CopySnapshotOutput 

type CopySnapshotOutput struct {

	// The ID of the new snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Any tags applied to the new snapshot.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput added in v1.19.0 

type CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput struct {

	// Information about the instance types for which to reserve the capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceTypeSpecifications []types.ReservationFleetInstanceSpecification

	// The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation
	// Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to
	// each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which
	// the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for
	// your workload. For more information, see  Total target capacity
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TotalTargetCapacity *int32

	// The strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet to determine which of the
	// specified instance types to use. Currently, only the prioritized allocation
	// strategy is supported. For more information, see  Allocation strategy
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#allocation-strategy)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Valid values: prioritized
	AllocationStrategy *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the
	// Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the
	// Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. The Capacity Reservation Fleet
	// expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify
	// 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire
	// between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.
	EndDate *time.Time

	// Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation Fleet
	// accepts. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this instance matching
	// criteria. Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching
	// criteria only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance
	// type, platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations
	// automatically. Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation
	// Fleet to use its reserved capacity.
	InstanceMatchCriteria types.FleetInstanceMatchCriteria

	// The tags to assign to the Capacity Reservation Fleet. The tags are automatically
	// assigned to the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. All Capacity
	// Reservations in the Fleet inherit this tenancy. The Capacity Reservation Fleet
	// can have one of the following tenancy settings:
	//
	// * default - The Capacity
	// Reservation Fleet is created on hardware that is shared with other Amazon Web
	// Services accounts.
	//
	// * dedicated - The Capacity Reservations are created on
	// single-tenant hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services
	// account.
	Tenancy types.FleetCapacityReservationTenancy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCapacityReservationFleetOutput added in v1.19.0 

type CreateCapacityReservationFleetOutput struct {

	// The allocation strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	AllocationStrategy *string

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	CapacityReservationFleetId *string

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires.
	EndDate *time.Time

	// Information about the individual Capacity Reservations in the Capacity
	// Reservation Fleet.
	FleetCapacityReservations []types.FleetCapacityReservation

	// The instance matching criteria for the Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	InstanceMatchCriteria types.FleetInstanceMatchCriteria

	// The status of the Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	State types.CapacityReservationFleetState

	// The tags assigned to the Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Indicates the tenancy of Capacity Reservation Fleet.
	Tenancy types.FleetCapacityReservationTenancy

	// The requested capacity units that have been successfully reserved.
	TotalFulfilledCapacity *float64

	// The total number of capacity units for which the Capacity Reservation Fleet
	// reserves capacity.
	TotalTargetCapacity *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCapacityReservationInput 

type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct {

	// The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. Valid range: 1 - 1000
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceCount *int32

	// The type of operating system for which to reserve capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstancePlatform types.CapacityReservationInstancePlatform

	// The instance type for which to reserve capacity. For more information, see
	// Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceType *string

	// The Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation.
	AvailabilityZoneId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether the Capacity Reservation supports EBS-optimized instances.
	// This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized
	// configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't
	// available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an
	// EBS- optimized instance.
	EbsOptimized *bool

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity
	// Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer
	// launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired
	// when it reaches its end date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if
	// EndDateType is limited. Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited. If the
	// EndDateType is limited, the Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour
	// from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the
	// Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on
	// 5/31/2019.
	EndDate *time.Time

	// Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation
	// can have one of the following end types:
	//
	// * unlimited - The Capacity Reservation
	// remains active until you explicitly cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate if the
	// EndDateType is unlimited.
	//
	// * limited - The Capacity Reservation expires
	// automatically at a specified date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if
	// the EndDateType value is limited.
	EndDateType types.EndDateType

	// Indicates whether the Capacity Reservation supports instances with temporary,
	// block-level storage.
	EphemeralStorage *bool

	// Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts.
	// The options include:
	//
	// * open - The Capacity Reservation automatically matches
	// all instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and
	// Availability Zone). Instances that have matching attributes run in the Capacity
	// Reservation automatically without specifying any additional parameters.
	//
	// *
	// targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have matching
	// attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and explicitly
	// target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted instances can
	// use the reserved capacity.
	//
	// Default: open
	InstanceMatchCriteria types.InstanceMatchCriteria

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the Capacity
	// Reservation.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster placement group in which to create
	// the Capacity Reservation. For more information, see  Capacity Reservations for
	// cluster placement groups
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cr-cpg.html) in the Amazon
	// EC2 User Guide.
	PlacementGroupArn *string

	// The tags to apply to the Capacity Reservation during launch.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can
	// have one of the following tenancy settings:
	//
	// * default - The Capacity
	// Reservation is created on hardware that is shared with other Amazon Web Services
	// accounts.
	//
	// * dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant
	// hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account.
	Tenancy types.CapacityReservationTenancy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCapacityReservationOutput 

type CreateCapacityReservationOutput struct {

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation.
	CapacityReservation *types.CapacityReservation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCarrierGatewayInput added in v0.29.0 

type CreateCarrierGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC to associate with the carrier gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to associate with the carrier gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCarrierGatewayOutput added in v0.29.0 

type CreateCarrierGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the carrier gateway.
	CarrierGateway *types.CarrierGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput 

type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput struct {

	// Information about the authentication method to be used to authenticate clients.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationOptions []types.ClientVpnAuthenticationRequest

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, from which to assign client IP
	// addresses. The address range cannot overlap with the local CIDR of the VPC in
	// which the associated subnet is located, or the routes that you add manually. The
	// address range cannot be changed after the Client VPN endpoint has been created.
	// The CIDR block should be /22 or greater.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientCidrBlock *string

	// Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client
	// connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs
	// log stream. The following information is logged:
	//
	// * Client connection
	// requests
	//
	// * Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful)
	//
	// * Reasons
	// for unsuccessful client connection requests
	//
	// * Client connection termination
	// time
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionLogOptions *types.ConnectionLogOptions

	// The ARN of the server certificate. For more information, see the Certificate
	// Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateArn *string

	// The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections.
	ClientConnectOptions *types.ClientConnectOptions

	// Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon
	// Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established.
	ClientLoginBannerOptions *types.ClientLoginBannerOptions

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint.
	Description *string

	// Information about the DNS servers to be used for DNS resolution. A Client VPN
	// endpoint can have up to two DNS servers. If no DNS server is specified, the DNS
	// address configured on the device is used for the DNS server.
	DnsServers []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network. You must
	// also specify the ID of the VPC that contains the security groups.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint.
	// Default Value: enabled
	SelfServicePortal types.SelfServicePortal

	// The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24
	// Default value: 24
	SessionTimeoutHours *int32

	// Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled on the Client VPN endpoint. By
	// default, split-tunnel on a VPN endpoint is disabled. For information about
	// split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html)
	// in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.
	SplitTunnel *bool

	// The tags to apply to the Client VPN endpoint during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The transport protocol to be used by the VPN session. Default value: udp
	TransportProtocol types.TransportProtocol

	// The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. If no security
	// group IDs are specified in the request, the default security group for the VPC
	// is applied.
	VpcId *string

	// The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic.
	// Valid Values: 443 | 1194 Default Value: 443
	VpnPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClientVpnEndpointOutput 

type CreateClientVpnEndpointOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The DNS name to be used by clients when establishing their VPN session.
	DnsName *string

	// The current state of the Client VPN endpoint.
	Status *types.ClientVpnEndpointStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClientVpnRouteInput 

type CreateClientVpnRouteInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which to add the route.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route destination. For
	// example:
	//
	// * To add a route for Internet access, enter 0.0.0.0/0
	//
	// * To add a
	// route for a peered VPC, enter the peered VPC's IPv4 CIDR range
	//
	// * To add a route
	// for an on-premises network, enter the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN
	// connection's IPv4 CIDR range
	//
	// * To add a route for the local network, enter the
	// client CIDR range
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the subnet through which you want to route traffic. The specified
	// subnet must be an existing target network of the Client VPN endpoint.
	// Alternatively, if you're adding a route for the local network, specify local.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetVpcSubnetId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A brief description of the route.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClientVpnRouteOutput 

type CreateClientVpnRouteOutput struct {

	// The current state of the route.
	Status *types.ClientVpnRouteStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCustomerGatewayInput 

type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct {

	// For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. Default: 65000
	//
	// This member is required.
	BgpAsn *int32

	// The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (ipsec.1).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.GatewayType

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer gateway certificate.
	CertificateArn *string

	// A name for the customer gateway device. Length Constraints: Up to 255
	// characters.
	DeviceName *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface.
	// The address must be static.
	PublicIp *string

	// The tags to apply to the customer gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateCustomerGateway.

type CreateCustomerGatewayOutput 

type CreateCustomerGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the customer gateway.
	CustomerGateway *types.CustomerGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateCustomerGateway.

type CreateDefaultSubnetInput 

type CreateDefaultSubnetInput struct {

	// The Availability Zone in which to create the default subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet. If you already have a default
	// subnet for this Availability Zone, you must delete it before you can create an
	// IPv6 only subnet.
	Ipv6Native *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDefaultSubnetOutput 

type CreateDefaultSubnetOutput struct {

	// Information about the subnet.
	Subnet *types.Subnet

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDefaultVpcInput 

type CreateDefaultVpcInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDefaultVpcOutput 

type CreateDefaultVpcOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC.
	Vpc *types.Vpc

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDhcpOptionsInput 

type CreateDhcpOptionsInput struct {

	// A DHCP configuration option.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DhcpConfigurations []types.NewDhcpConfiguration

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the DHCP option.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDhcpOptionsOutput 

type CreateDhcpOptionsOutput struct {

	// A set of DHCP options.
	DhcpOptions *types.DhcpOptions

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput 

type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only internet gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the egress-only internet gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput 

type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the egress-only internet gateway.
	EgressOnlyInternetGateway *types.EgressOnlyInternetGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFleetInput 

type CreateFleetInput struct {

	// The configuration for the EC2 Fleet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LaunchTemplateConfigs []types.FleetLaunchTemplateConfigRequest

	// The number of units to request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetCapacitySpecification *types.TargetCapacitySpecificationRequest

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Reserved.
	Context *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target
	// capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet.
	ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

	// Describes the configuration of On-Demand Instances in an EC2 Fleet.
	OnDemandOptions *types.OnDemandOptionsRequest

	// Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy Spot Instances. Supported
	// only for fleets of type maintain. For more information, see EC2 Fleet health
	// checks
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#ec2-fleet-health-checks)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	ReplaceUnhealthyInstances *bool

	// Describes the configuration of Spot Instances in an EC2 Fleet.
	SpotOptions *types.SpotOptionsRequest

	// The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. For more
	// information, see Tagging your resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#tag-resources).
	// If the fleet type is instant, specify a resource type of fleet to tag the fleet
	// or instance to tag the instances at launch. If the fleet type is maintain or
	// request, specify a resource type of fleet to tag the fleet. You cannot specify a
	// resource type of instance. To tag instances at launch, specify the tags in a
	// launch template
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template).
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// Indicates whether running instances should be terminated when the EC2 Fleet
	// expires.
	TerminateInstancesWithExpiration *bool

	// The fleet type. The default value is maintain.
	//
	// * maintain - The EC2 Fleet
	// places an asynchronous request for your desired capacity, and continues to
	// maintain your desired Spot capacity by replenishing interrupted Spot
	// Instances.
	//
	// * request - The EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous one-time request
	// for your desired capacity, but does submit Spot requests in alternative capacity
	// pools if Spot capacity is unavailable, and does not maintain Spot capacity if
	// Spot Instances are interrupted.
	//
	// * instant - The EC2 Fleet places a synchronous
	// one-time request for your desired capacity, and returns errors for any instances
	// that could not be launched.
	//
	// For more information, see EC2 Fleet request types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-request-type.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	Type types.FleetType

	// The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). The default is to start fulfilling the request
	// immediately.
	ValidFrom *time.Time

	// The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). At this point, no new EC2 Fleet requests are placed or
	// able to fulfill the request. If no value is specified, the request remains until
	// you cancel it.
	ValidUntil *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFleetOutput 

type CreateFleetOutput struct {

	// Information about the instances that could not be launched by the fleet.
	// Supported only for fleets of type instant.
	Errors []types.CreateFleetError

	// The ID of the EC2 Fleet.
	FleetId *string

	// Information about the instances that were launched by the fleet. Supported only
	// for fleets of type instant.
	Instances []types.CreateFleetInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFlowLogsInput 

type CreateFlowLogsInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet, network interface, or VPC for which you want to create a
	// flow log. Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceIds []string

	// The type of resource for which to create the flow log. For example, if you
	// specified a VPC ID for the ResourceId property, specify VPC for this property.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceType types.FlowLogsResourceType

	// The type of traffic to log. You can log traffic that the resource accepts or
	// rejects, or all traffic.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficType types.TrafficType

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to a
	// CloudWatch Logs log group in your account. If you specify LogDestinationType as
	// s3, do not specify DeliverLogsPermissionArn or LogGroupName.
	DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string

	// The destination options.
	DestinationOptions *types.DestinationOptionsRequest

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The destination to which the flow log data is to be published. Flow log data can
	// be published to a CloudWatch Logs log group or an Amazon S3 bucket. The value
	// specified for this parameter depends on the value specified for
	// LogDestinationType. If LogDestinationType is not specified or cloud-watch-logs,
	// specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CloudWatch Logs log group. For
	// example, to publish to a log group called my-logs, specify
	// arn:aws:logs:us-east-1:123456789012:log-group:my-logs. Alternatively, use
	// LogGroupName instead. If LogDestinationType is s3, specify the ARN of the Amazon
	// S3 bucket. You can also specify a subfolder in the bucket. To specify a
	// subfolder in the bucket, use the following ARN format:
	// bucket_ARN/subfolder_name/. For example, to specify a subfolder named my-logs in
	// a bucket named my-bucket, use the following ARN:
	// arn:aws:s3:::my-bucket/my-logs/. You cannot use AWSLogs as a subfolder name.
	// This is a reserved term.
	LogDestination *string

	// The type of destination to which the flow log data is to be published. Flow log
	// data can be published to CloudWatch Logs or Amazon S3. To publish flow log data
	// to CloudWatch Logs, specify cloud-watch-logs. To publish flow log data to Amazon
	// S3, specify s3. If you specify LogDestinationType as s3, do not specify
	// DeliverLogsPermissionArn or LogGroupName. Default: cloud-watch-logs
	LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType

	// The fields to include in the flow log record, in the order in which they should
	// appear. For a list of available fields, see Flow log records
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records).
	// If you omit this parameter, the flow log is created using the default format. If
	// you specify this parameter, you must specify at least one field. Specify the
	// fields using the ${field-id} format, separated by spaces. For the CLI, surround
	// this parameter value with single quotes on Linux or double quotes on Windows.
	LogFormat *string

	// The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2
	// publishes your flow logs. If you specify LogDestinationType as s3, do not
	// specify DeliverLogsPermissionArn or LogGroupName.
	LogGroupName *string

	// The maximum interval of time during which a flow of packets is captured and
	// aggregated into a flow log record. You can specify 60 seconds (1 minute) or 600
	// seconds (10 minutes). When a network interface is attached to a Nitro-based
	// instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances),
	// the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless of the value
	// that you specify. Default: 600
	MaxAggregationInterval *int32

	// The tags to apply to the flow logs.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFlowLogsOutput 

type CreateFlowLogsOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// The IDs of the flow logs.
	FlowLogIds []string

	// Information about the flow logs that could not be created successfully.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFpgaImageInput 

type CreateFpgaImageInput struct {

	// The location of the encrypted design checkpoint in Amazon S3. The input must be
	// a tarball.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputStorageLocation *types.StorageLocation

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the AFI.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The location in Amazon S3 for the output logs.
	LogsStorageLocation *types.StorageLocation

	// A name for the AFI.
	Name *string

	// The tags to apply to the FPGA image during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateFpgaImageOutput 

type CreateFpgaImageOutput struct {

	// The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID).
	FpgaImageGlobalId *string

	// The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).
	FpgaImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateImageInput 

type CreateImageInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// A name for the new image. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters,
	// parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/),
	// dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The block device mappings. This parameter cannot be used to modify the
	// encryption status of existing volumes or snapshots. To create an AMI with
	// encrypted snapshots, use the CopyImage action.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping

	// A description for the new image.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// By default, when Amazon EC2 creates the new AMI, it reboots the instance so that
	// it can take snapshots of the attached volumes while data is at rest, in order to
	// ensure a consistent state. You can set the NoReboot parameter to true in the API
	// request, or use the --no-reboot option in the CLI to prevent Amazon EC2 from
	// shutting down and rebooting the instance. If you choose to bypass the shutdown
	// and reboot process by setting the NoReboot parameter to true in the API request,
	// or by using the --no-reboot option in the CLI, we can't guarantee the file
	// system integrity of the created image. Default: false (follow standard reboot
	// process)
	NoReboot *bool

	// The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, the
	// snapshots, or both.
	//
	// * To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be
	// image.
	//
	// * To tag the snapshots that are created of the root volume and of other
	// Amazon EBS volumes that are attached to the instance, the value for ResourceType
	// must be snapshot. The same tag is applied to all of the snapshots that are
	// created.
	//
	// If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails. To
	// tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateImageOutput 

type CreateImageOutput struct {

	// The ID of the new AMI.
	ImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInstanceEventWindowInput added in v1.13.0 

type CreateInstanceEventWindowInput struct {

	// The cron expression for the event window, for example, * 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5. If
	// you specify a cron expression, you can't specify a time range. Constraints:
	//
	// *
	// Only hour and day of the week values are supported.
	//
	// * For day of the week
	// values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6, or alternative single
	// values SUN through SAT.
	//
	// * The minute, month, and year must be specified by
	// *.
	//
	// * The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or
	// 0-4,20-23.
	//
	// * Each hour range must be >= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23.
	//
	// *
	// The event window must be >= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the event
	// window must be >= 4 hours.
	//
	// For more information about cron expressions, see
	// cron (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) on the Wikipedia website.
	CronExpression *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the event window.
	Name *string

	// The tags to apply to the event window.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The time range for the event window. If you specify a time range, you can't
	// specify a cron expression.
	TimeRanges []types.InstanceEventWindowTimeRangeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInstanceEventWindowOutput added in v1.13.0 

type CreateInstanceEventWindowOutput struct {

	// Information about the event window.
	InstanceEventWindow *types.InstanceEventWindow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInstanceExportTaskInput 

type CreateInstanceExportTaskInput struct {

	// The format and location for an export instance task.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ExportToS3Task *types.ExportToS3TaskSpecification

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The target virtualization environment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetEnvironment types.ExportEnvironment

	// A description for the conversion task or the resource being exported. The
	// maximum length is 255 characters.
	Description *string

	// The tags to apply to the export instance task during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput 

type CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput struct {

	// Information about the export instance task.
	ExportTask *types.ExportTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInternetGatewayInput 

type CreateInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the internet gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInternetGatewayOutput 

type CreateInternetGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the internet gateway.
	InternetGateway *types.InternetGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamInput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamInput struct {

	// A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
	// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the IPAM.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services
	// Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only
	// discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select
	// as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create
	// an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	OperatingRegions []types.AddIpamOperatingRegion

	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamOutput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPAM created.
	Ipam *types.Ipam

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamPoolInput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamPoolInput struct {

	// The IP protocol assigned to this IPAM pool. You must choose either IPv4 or IPv6
	// protocol for a pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AddressFamily types.AddressFamily

	// The ID of the scope in which you would like to create the IPAM pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamScopeId *string

	// The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example,
	// the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new
	// allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16.
	AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength *int32

	// The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be
	// compliant. The maximum netmask length must be greater than the minimum netmask
	// length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask
	// lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.
	AllocationMaxNetmaskLength *int32

	// The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be
	// compliant. The minimum netmask length must be less than the maximum netmask
	// length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask
	// lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.
	AllocationMinNetmaskLength *int32

	// Tags that are required for resources that use CIDRs from this IPAM pool.
	// Resources that do not have these tags will not be allowed to allocate space from
	// the pool. If the resources have their tags changed after they have allocated
	// space or if the allocation tagging requirements are changed on the pool, the
	// resource may be marked as noncompliant.
	AllocationResourceTags []types.RequestIpamResourceTag

	// If selected, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of
	// this pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs
	// that will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to
	// other resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR
	// regardless of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource
	// might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers
	// multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM
	// discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of
	// them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work.
	AutoImport *bool

	// Limits which service in Amazon Web Services that the pool can be used in. "ec2",
	// for example, allows users to use space for Elastic IP addresses and VPCs.
	AwsService types.IpamPoolAwsService

	// A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
	// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the IPAM pool.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// In IPAM, the locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where you want to make an
	// IPAM pool available for allocations. Only resources in the same Region as the
	// locale of the pool can get IP address allocations from the pool. You can only
	// allocate a CIDR for a VPC, for example, from an IPAM pool that shares a locale
	// with the VPC’s Region. Note that once you choose a Locale for a pool, you cannot
	// modify it. If you do not choose a locale, resources in Regions others than the
	// IPAM's home region cannot use CIDRs from this pool. Possible values: Any Amazon
	// Web Services Region, such as us-east-1.
	Locale *string

	// Determines if the pool is publicly advertisable. This option is not available
	// for pools with AddressFamily set to ipv4.
	PubliclyAdvertisable *bool

	// The ID of the source IPAM pool. Use this option to create a pool within an
	// existing pool. Note that the CIDR you provision for the pool within the source
	// pool must be available in the source pool's CIDR range.
	SourceIpamPoolId *string

	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamPoolOutput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamPoolOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPAM pool created.
	IpamPool *types.IpamPool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamScopeInput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamScopeInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM for which you're creating this scope.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamId *string

	// A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
	// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the scope you're creating.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateIpamScopeOutput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateIpamScopeOutput struct {

	// Information about the created scope.
	IpamScope *types.IpamScope

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateKeyPairInput 

type CreateKeyPairInput struct {

	// A unique name for the key pair. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters
	//
	// This member is required.
	KeyName *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The format of the key pair. Default: pem
	KeyFormat types.KeyFormat

	// The type of key pair. Note that ED25519 keys are not supported for Windows
	// instances. Default: rsa
	KeyType types.KeyType

	// The tags to apply to the new key pair.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateKeyPairOutput 

type CreateKeyPairOutput struct {

	// * For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded
	// private key.
	//
	// * For ED25519 key pairs, the key fingerprint is the base64-encoded
	// SHA-256 digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8.
	KeyFingerprint *string

	// An unencrypted PEM encoded RSA or ED25519 private key.
	KeyMaterial *string

	// The name of the key pair.
	KeyName *string

	// The ID of the key pair.
	KeyPairId *string

	// Any tags applied to the key pair.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a key pair.

type CreateLaunchTemplateInput 

type CreateLaunchTemplateInput struct {

	// The information for the launch template.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LaunchTemplateData *types.RequestLaunchTemplateData

	// A name for the launch template.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LaunchTemplateName *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the launch template during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// A description for the first version of the launch template.
	VersionDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLaunchTemplateOutput 

type CreateLaunchTemplateOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template.
	LaunchTemplate *types.LaunchTemplate

	// If the launch template contains parameters or parameter combinations that are
	// not valid, an error code and an error message are returned for each issue that's
	// found.
	Warning *types.ValidationWarning

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput 

type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput struct {

	// The information for the launch template.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LaunchTemplateData *types.RequestLaunchTemplateData

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or
	// launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateId *string

	// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID
	// or launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateName *string

	// The version number of the launch template version on which to base the new
	// version. The new version inherits the same launch parameters as the source
	// version, except for parameters that you specify in LaunchTemplateData. Snapshots
	// applied to the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version
	// unless they are explicitly included.
	SourceVersion *string

	// A description for the version of the launch template.
	VersionDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput 

type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template version.
	LaunchTemplateVersion *types.LaunchTemplateVersion

	// If the new version of the launch template contains parameters or parameter
	// combinations that are not valid, an error code and an error message are returned
	// for each issue that's found.
	Warning *types.ValidationWarning

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteInput 

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the
	// most specific match.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// The ID of the virtual interface group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteOutput 

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteOutput struct {

	// Information about the route.
	Route *types.LocalGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput 

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput struct {

	// The ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the local gateway route table VPC association.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput 

type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput struct {

	// Information about the association.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation *types.LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateManagedPrefixListInput 

type CreateManagedPrefixListInput struct {

	// The IP address type. Valid Values: IPv4 | IPv6
	//
	// This member is required.
	AddressFamily *string

	// The maximum number of entries for the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MaxEntries *int32

	// A name for the prefix list. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. The
	// name cannot start with com.amazonaws.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListName *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraints: Up to 255 UTF-8 characters in length.
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more entries for the prefix list.
	Entries []types.AddPrefixListEntry

	// The tags to apply to the prefix list during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateManagedPrefixListOutput 

type CreateManagedPrefixListOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list.
	PrefixList *types.ManagedPrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNatGatewayInput 

type CreateNatGatewayInput struct {

	// The subnet in which to create the NAT gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// [Public NAT gateways only] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to
	// associate with the NAT gateway. You cannot specify an Elastic IP address with a
	// private NAT gateway. If the Elastic IP address is associated with another
	// resource, you must first disassociate it.
	AllocationId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters.
	ClientToken *string

	// Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public or private connectivity. The
	// default is public connectivity.
	ConnectivityType types.ConnectivityType

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the NAT gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNatGatewayOutput 

type CreateNatGatewayOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure the idempotency of the request. Only
	// returned if a client token was provided in the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the NAT gateway.
	NatGateway *types.NatGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput 

type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct {

	// Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving the
	// subnet).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Egress *bool

	// The ID of the network ACL.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkAclId *string

	// The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or
	// a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on
	// all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you
	// specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block,
	// traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you
	// specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block,
	// you must specify an ICMP type and code.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Protocol *string

	// Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleAction types.RuleAction

	// The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in
	// ascending order by rule number. Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766.
	// The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleNumber *int32

	// The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
	// 172.16.0.0/24). We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for
	// example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18.
	CidrBlock *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol
	// 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.
	IcmpTypeCode *types.IcmpTypeCode

	// The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
	// 2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64).
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if
	// specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP).
	PortRange *types.PortRange
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput 

type CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkAclInput 

type CreateNetworkAclInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the network ACL.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkAclOutput 

type CreateNetworkAclOutput struct {

	// Information about the network ACL.
	NetworkAcl *types.NetworkAcl

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The paths to exclude.
	ExcludePaths []types.AccessScopePathRequest

	// The paths to match.
	MatchPaths []types.AccessScopePathRequest

	// The tags to apply.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput added in v1.25.0 

type CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput struct {

	// The Network Access Scope.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScope *types.NetworkInsightsAccessScope

	// The Network Access Scope content.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent *types.NetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientToken *string

	// The Amazon Web Services resource that is the destination of the path.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *string

	// The protocol.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Protocol types.Protocol

	// The Amazon Web Services resource that is the source of the path.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Source *string

	// The IP address of the Amazon Web Services resource that is the destination of
	// the path.
	DestinationIp *string

	// The destination port.
	DestinationPort *int32

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IP address of the Amazon Web Services resource that is the source of the
	// path.
	SourceIp *string

	// The tags to add to the path.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkInsightsPathOutput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateNetworkInsightsPathOutput struct {

	// Information about the path.
	NetworkInsightsPath *types.NetworkInsightsPath

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput 

type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// A description for the network interface.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of one or more security groups.
	Groups []string

	// The type of network interface. The default is interface. The only supported
	// values are efa and trunk.
	InterfaceType types.NetworkInterfaceCreationType

	// The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to
	// the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv4 Prefixes
	// option.
	Ipv4PrefixCount *int32

	// One or more IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this
	// option if you use the Ipv4PrefixCount option.
	Ipv4Prefixes []types.Ipv4PrefixSpecificationRequest

	// The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2
	// automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use
	// this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. If your subnet has the
	// AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation attribute set to true, you can specify 0 to override
	// this setting.
	Ipv6AddressCount *int32

	// One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your
	// subnet. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6
	// addresses.
	Ipv6Addresses []types.InstanceIpv6Address

	// The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to
	// the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv6Prefixes
	// option.
	Ipv6PrefixCount *int32

	// One or more IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this
	// option if you use the Ipv6PrefixCount option.
	Ipv6Prefixes []types.Ipv6PrefixSpecificationRequest

	// The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify
	// an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet's IPv4 CIDR
	// range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses
	// specified in privateIpAddresses as primary (only one IP address can be
	// designated as primary).
	PrivateIpAddress *string

	// One or more private IPv4 addresses.
	PrivateIpAddresses []types.PrivateIpAddressSpecification

	// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface.
	// When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 selects these
	// IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't specify this option
	// and specify more than one private IP address using privateIpAddresses. The
	// number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by instance
	// type. For more information, see IP Addresses Per ENI Per Instance Type
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI)
	// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
	SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int32

	// The tags to apply to the new network interface.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkInterface.

type CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput 

type CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the network interface.
	NetworkInterface *types.NetworkInterface

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateNetworkInterface.

type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput 

type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The type of permission to grant.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Permission types.InterfacePermissionType

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID.
	AwsAccountId *string

	// The Amazon Web Service. Currently not supported.
	AwsService *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.

type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput 

type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput struct {

	// Information about the permission for the network interface.
	InterfacePermission *types.NetworkInterfacePermission

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.

type CreatePlacementGroupInput 

type CreatePlacementGroupInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// A name for the placement group. Must be unique within the scope of your account
	// for the Region. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters
	GroupName *string

	// The number of partitions. Valid only when Strategy is set to partition.
	PartitionCount *int32

	// The placement strategy.
	Strategy types.PlacementStrategy

	// The tags to apply to the new placement group.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePlacementGroupOutput 

type CreatePlacementGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a placement group.
	PlacementGroup *types.PlacementGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePublicIpv4PoolInput added in v1.25.0 

type CreatePublicIpv4PoolInput struct {

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePublicIpv4PoolOutput added in v1.25.0 

type CreatePublicIpv4PoolOutput struct {

	// The ID of the public IPv4 pool.
	PoolId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput added in v1.3.0 

type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance for which to replace the root volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is
	// used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring
	// idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the snapshot from which to restore the replacement root volume. If you
	// want to restore the volume to the initial launch state, omit this parameter.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The tags to apply to the root volume replacement task.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskOutput added in v1.3.0 

type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskOutput struct {

	// Information about the root volume replacement task.
	ReplaceRootVolumeTask *types.ReplaceRootVolumeTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateReservedInstancesListingInput 

type CreateReservedInstancesListingInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your
	// listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see
	// Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientToken *string

	// The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to be
	// listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less than or
	// equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance ID specified
	// in this call.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceCount *int32

	// A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month
	// remaining in the Reserved Instance term.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PriceSchedules []types.PriceScheduleSpecification

	// The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstancesId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateReservedInstancesListing.

type CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput 

type CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput struct {

	// Information about the Standard Reserved Instance listing.
	ReservedInstancesListings []types.ReservedInstancesListing

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateReservedInstancesListing.

type CreateRestoreImageTaskInput added in v1.4.0 

type CreateRestoreImageTaskInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the stored AMI object.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Bucket *string

	// The name of the stored AMI object in the bucket.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ObjectKey *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name for the restored AMI. The name must be unique for AMIs in the Region
	// for this account. If you do not provide a name, the new AMI gets the same name
	// as the original AMI.
	Name *string

	// The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on restoration. You can tag the AMI,
	// the snapshots, or both.
	//
	// * To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be
	// image.
	//
	// * To tag the snapshots, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot. The
	// same tag is applied to all of the snapshots that are created.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRestoreImageTaskOutput added in v1.4.0 

type CreateRestoreImageTaskOutput struct {

	// The AMI ID.
	ImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRouteInput 

type CreateRouteInput struct {

	// The ID of the route table for the route.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// The ID of the carrier gateway. You can only use this option when the VPC
	// contains a subnet which is associated with a Wavelength Zone.
	CarrierGatewayId *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network.
	CoreNetworkArn *string

	// The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions
	// are based on the most specific match. We modify the specified CIDR block to its
	// canonical form; for example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify it to
	// 100.68.0.0/18.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based
	// on the most specific match.
	DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string

	// The ID of a prefix list used for the destination match.
	DestinationPrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway.
	EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string

	// The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC.
	GatewayId *string

	// The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify an
	// instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of the local gateway.
	LocalGatewayId *string

	// [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.
	NatGatewayId *string

	// The ID of a network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The ID of a transit gateway.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only.
	VpcEndpointId *string

	// The ID of a VPC peering connection.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRouteOutput 

type CreateRouteOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRouteTableInput 

type CreateRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the route table.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRouteTableOutput 

type CreateRouteTableOutput struct {

	// Information about the route table.
	RouteTable *types.RouteTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// A description for the security group. This is informational only. Constraints:
	// Up to 255 characters in length Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters
	// Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// The name of the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length.
	// Cannot start with sg-. Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters Constraints
	// for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the security group.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC. Required for EC2-VPC.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// The ID of the security group.
	GroupId *string

	// The tags assigned to the security group.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSnapshotInput 

type CreateSnapshotInput struct {

	// The ID of the Amazon EBS volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// A description for the snapshot.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create a local
	// snapshot.
	//
	// * To create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, omit this parameter.
	// The snapshot is created in the same Region as the volume.
	//
	// * To create a
	// snapshot of a volume on an Outpost and store the snapshot in the Region, omit
	// this parameter. The snapshot is created in the Region for the Outpost.
	//
	// * To
	// create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost and store the snapshot on an
	// Outpost, specify the ARN of the destination Outpost. The snapshot must be
	// created on the same Outpost as the volume.
	//
	// For more information, see Create
	// local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-snapshot)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The tags to apply to the snapshot during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSnapshotOutput 

type CreateSnapshotOutput struct {

	// The data encryption key identifier for the snapshot. This value is a unique
	// identifier that corresponds to the data encryption key that was used to encrypt
	// the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited
	// by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same
	// data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot
	// lineage. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots.
	DataEncryptionKeyId *string

	// The description for the snapshot.
	Description *string

	// Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key that
	// was used to protect the volume encryption key for the parent volume.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information,
	// see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html) in
	// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The Amazon Web Services owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon).
	// This is not the user-configured Amazon Web Services account alias set using the
	// IAM console.
	OwnerAlias *string

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the EBS snapshot.
	OwnerId *string

	// The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage.
	Progress *string

	// Only for archived snapshots that are temporarily restored. Indicates the date
	// and time when a temporarily restored snapshot will be automatically re-archived.
	RestoreExpiryTime *time.Time

	// The ID of the snapshot. Each snapshot receives a unique identifier when it is
	// created.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The snapshot state.
	State types.SnapshotState

	// Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy
	// operation fails (for example, if the proper Key Management Service (KMS)
	// permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help
	// you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by
	// DescribeSnapshots.
	StateMessage *string

	// The storage tier in which the snapshot is stored. standard indicates that the
	// snapshot is stored in the standard snapshot storage tier and that it is ready
	// for use. archive indicates that the snapshot is currently archived and that it
	// must be restored before it can be used.
	StorageTier types.StorageTier

	// Any tags assigned to the snapshot.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by
	// the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for
	// any purpose.
	VolumeId *string

	// The size of the volume, in GiB.
	VolumeSize *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot.

type CreateSnapshotsInput 

type CreateSnapshotsInput struct {

	// The instance to specify which volumes should be included in the snapshots.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceSpecification *types.InstanceSpecification

	// Copies the tags from the specified volume to corresponding snapshot.
	CopyTagsFromSource types.CopyTagsFromSource

	// A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the local
	// snapshots.
	//
	// * To create snapshots from an instance in a Region, omit this
	// parameter. The snapshots are created in the same Region as the instance.
	//
	// * To
	// create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost and store the snapshots in the
	// Region, omit this parameter. The snapshots are created in the Region for the
	// Outpost.
	//
	// * To create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost and store the
	// snapshots on an Outpost, specify the ARN of the destination Outpost. The
	// snapshots must be created on the same Outpost as the instance.
	//
	// For more
	// information, see  Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances on an
	// Outpost
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-multivol-snapshot)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	OutpostArn *string

	// Tags to apply to every snapshot specified by the instance.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSnapshotsOutput 

type CreateSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// List of snapshots.
	Snapshots []types.SnapshotInfo

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput 

type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed.
	// For more information about bucket names, see Rules for bucket naming
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html#bucketnamingrules)
	// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Bucket *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The prefix for the data feed file names.
	Prefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.

type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput 

type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// The Spot Instance data feed subscription.
	SpotDatafeedSubscription *types.SpotDatafeedSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.

type CreateStoreImageTaskInput added in v1.4.0 

type CreateStoreImageTaskInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which the AMI object will be stored. The
	// bucket must be in the Region in which the request is being made. The AMI object
	// appears in the bucket only after the upload task has completed.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Bucket *string

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3ObjectTags []types.S3ObjectTag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateStoreImageTaskOutput added in v1.4.0 

type CreateStoreImageTaskOutput struct {

	// The name of the stored AMI object in the S3 bucket.
	ObjectKey *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput added in v1.13.0 

type CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput struct {

	// The IPv4 or IPV6 CIDR range to reserve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// The type of reservation. The following are valid values:
	//
	// * prefix: The Amazon
	// EC2 Prefix Delegation feature assigns the IP addresses to network interfaces
	// that are associated with an instance. For information about Prefix Delegation,
	// see Prefix Delegation for Amazon EC2 network interfaces
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-delegation.html)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	//
	// * explicit: You manually assign
	// the IP addresses to resources that reside in your subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservationType types.SubnetCidrReservationType

	// The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// The description to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSubnetCidrReservationOutput added in v1.13.0 

type CreateSubnetCidrReservationOutput struct {

	// Information about the created subnet CIDR reservation.
	SubnetCidrReservation *types.SubnetCidrReservation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSubnetInput 

type CreateSubnetInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// The Availability Zone or Local Zone for the subnet. Default: Amazon Web Services
	// selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we do not
	// necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. To create a subnet in a
	// Local Zone, set this value to the Local Zone ID, for example us-west-2-lax-1a.
	// For information about the Regions that support Local Zones, see Available
	// Regions
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html#concepts-available-regions)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. To create a subnet in an
	// Outpost, set this value to the Availability Zone for the Outpost and specify the
	// Outpost ARN.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The AZ ID or the Local Zone ID of the subnet.
	AvailabilityZoneId *string

	// The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example,
	// 10.0.0.0/24. We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for
	// example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18. This
	// parameter is not supported for an IPv6 only subnet.
	CidrBlock *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. The subnet size must
	// use a /64 prefix length. This parameter is required for an IPv6 only subnet.
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet.
	Ipv6Native *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. If you specify an Outpost ARN,
	// you must also specify the Availability Zone of the Outpost subnet.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The tags to assign to the subnet.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSubnetOutput 

type CreateSubnetOutput struct {

	// Information about the subnet.
	Subnet *types.Subnet

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTagsInput 

type CreateTagsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource
	// IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Resources []string

	// The tags. The value parameter is required, but if you don't want the tag to have
	// a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set the value to an empty
	// string.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTagsOutput 

type CreateTagsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The description of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror filter.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterOutput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the Traffic Mirror filter.
	TrafficMirrorFilter *types.TrafficMirrorFilter

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct {

	// The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The action to take on the filtered traffic.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleAction types.TrafficMirrorRuleAction

	// The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each
	// Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending
	// order by rule number.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleNumber *int32

	// The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceCidrBlock *string

	// The type of traffic.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficDirection types.TrafficDirection

	// The ID of the filter that this rule is associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The description of the Traffic Mirror rule.
	Description *string

	// The destination port range.
	DestinationPortRange *types.TrafficMirrorPortRangeRequest

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The protocol, for example UDP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. For
	// information about the protocol value, see Protocol Numbers
	// (https://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) on
	// the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) website.
	Protocol *int32

	// The source port range.
	SourcePortRange *types.TrafficMirrorPortRangeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The Traffic Mirror rule.
	TrafficMirrorFilterRule *types.TrafficMirrorFilterRule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the source network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an
	// interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter
	// is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SessionNumber *int32

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorTargetId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The description of the Traffic Mirror session.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN
	// header. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet.
	// To mirror a subset of the packet, set this to the length (in bytes) that you
	// want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100
	// bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. If you do not want
	// to mirror the entire packet, use the PacketLength parameter to specify the
	// number of bytes in each packet to mirror.
	PacketLength *int32

	// The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror session.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The VXLAN ID for the Traffic Mirror session. For more information about the
	// VXLAN protocol, see RFC 7348 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7348). If you do
	// not specify a VirtualNetworkId, an account-wide unique id is chosen at random.
	VirtualNetworkId *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionOutput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the Traffic Mirror session.
	TrafficMirrorSession *types.TrafficMirrorSession

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The description of the Traffic Mirror target.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The network interface ID that is associated with the target.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Network Load Balancer that is associated
	// with the target.
	NetworkLoadBalancerArn *string

	// The tags to assign to the Traffic Mirror target.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetOutput 

type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the Traffic Mirror target.
	TrafficMirrorTarget *types.TrafficMirrorTarget

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectInput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectInput struct {

	// The Connect attachment options.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Options *types.CreateTransitGatewayConnectRequestOptions

	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment. You can specify a VPC attachment or
	// Amazon Web Services Direct Connect attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the Connect attachment.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectOutput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectOutput struct {

	// Information about the Connect attachment.
	TransitGatewayConnect *types.TransitGatewayConnect

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput struct {

	// The range of inside IP addresses that are used for BGP peering. You must specify
	// a size /29 IPv4 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The first address from
	// the range must be configured on the appliance as the BGP IP address. You can
	// also optionally specify a size /125 IPv6 CIDR block from the fd00::/8 range.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InsideCidrBlocks []string

	// The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the appliance side of the Connect
	// peer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PeerAddress *string

	// The ID of the Connect attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The BGP options for the Connect peer.
	BgpOptions *types.TransitGatewayConnectRequestBgpOptions

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the Connect peer.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the transit gateway side of the
	// Connect peer, which must be specified from a transit gateway CIDR block. If not
	// specified, Amazon automatically assigns the first available IP address from the
	// transit gateway CIDR block.
	TransitGatewayAddress *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput added in v0.31.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput struct {

	// Information about the Connect peer.
	TransitGatewayConnectPeer *types.TransitGatewayConnectPeer

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayInput struct {

	// A description of the transit gateway.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The transit gateway options.
	Options *types.TransitGatewayRequestOptions

	// The tags to apply to the transit gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The options for the transit gateway multicast domain.
	Options *types.CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainRequestOptions

	// The tags for the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomain *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomain

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway.
	TransitGateway *types.TransitGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the peer transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PeerAccountId *string

	// The Region where the peer transit gateway is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PeerRegion *string

	// The ID of the peer transit gateway with which to create the peering attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PeerTransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the transit gateway peering attachment.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput struct {

	// The transit gateway peering attachment.
	TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment *types.TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput added in v0.29.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list that is used for destination matches.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.
	Blackhole *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput added in v0.29.0 

type CreateTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list reference.
	TransitGatewayPrefixListReference *types.TransitGatewayPrefixListReference

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the
	// most specific match.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.
	Blackhole *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the attachment.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteOutput struct {

	// Information about the route.
	Route *types.TransitGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the transit gateway route table.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway route table.
	TransitGatewayRouteTable *types.TransitGatewayRouteTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput 

type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput struct {

	// The IDs of one or more subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
	// Zone. You must specify at least one subnet, but we recommend that you specify
	// two subnets for better availability. The transit gateway uses one IP address
	// from each specified subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The VPC attachment options.
	Options *types.CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions

	// The tags to apply to the VPC attachment.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput 

type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC attachment.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachment *types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVolumeInput 

type CreateVolumeInput struct {

	// The Availability Zone in which to create the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the
	// encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot),
	// starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is
	// enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-by-default)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes
	// must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more
	// information, see Supported instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances).
	Encrypted *bool

	// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes,
	// this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For gp2
	// volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at
	// which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. The following are the
	// supported values for each volume type:
	//
	// * gp3: 3,000-16,000 IOPS
	//
	// * io1:
	// 100-64,000 IOPS
	//
	// * io2: 100-64,000 IOPS
	//
	// io1 and io2 volumes support up to
	// 64,000 IOPS only on Instances built on the Nitro System
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances).
	// Other instance families support performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This parameter is
	// required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes is 3,000 IOPS.
	// This parameter is not supported for gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.
	Iops *int32

	// The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon EBS
	// encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is
	// used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true. You can
	// specify the KMS key using any of the following:
	//
	// * Key ID. For example,
	// 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// * Key alias. For example,
	// alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * Key ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// *
	// Alias ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID,
	// alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but
	// eventually fails.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach,
	// you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances)
	// in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2
	// volumes only. For more information, see  Amazon EBS Multi-Attach
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) in
	// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	MultiAttachEnabled *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a
	// volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You
	// can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. The
	// following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:
	//
	// * gp2 and gp3:
	// 1-16,384
	//
	// * io1 and io2: 4-16,384
	//
	// * st1 and sc1: 125-16,384
	//
	// * standard:
	// 1-1,024
	Size *int32

	// The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot
	// ID or a volume size.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The tags to apply to the volume during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. This
	// parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125.
	// Maximum value of 1000.
	Throughput *int32

	// The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:
	//
	// * General
	// Purpose SSD: gp2 | gp3
	//
	// * Provisioned IOPS SSD: io1 | io2
	//
	// * Throughput
	// Optimized HDD: st1
	//
	// * Cold HDD: sc1
	//
	// * Magnetic: standard
	//
	// For more information,
	// see Amazon EBS volume types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Default: gp2
	VolumeType types.VolumeType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVolumeOutput 

type CreateVolumeOutput struct {

	// Information about the volume attachments.
	Attachments []types.VolumeAttachment

	// The Availability Zone for the volume.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The time stamp when volume creation was initiated.
	CreateTime *time.Time

	// Indicates whether the volume is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool

	// Indicates whether the volume was created using fast snapshot restore.
	FastRestored *bool

	// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes,
	// this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For gp2
	// volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at
	// which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting.
	Iops *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key that
	// was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Indicates whether Amazon EBS Multi-Attach is enabled.
	MultiAttachEnabled *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The size of the volume, in GiBs.
	Size *int32

	// The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The volume state.
	State types.VolumeState

	// Any tags assigned to the volume.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The throughput that the volume supports, in MiB/s.
	Throughput *int32

	// The ID of the volume.
	VolumeId *string

	// The volume type.
	VolumeType types.VolumeType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a volume.

type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput 

type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput struct {

	// One or more endpoint events for which to receive notifications. Valid values are
	// Accept, Connect, Delete, and Reject.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionEvents []string

	// The ARN of the SNS topic for the notifications.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionNotificationArn *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the endpoint service.
	ServiceId *string

	// The ID of the endpoint.
	VpcEndpointId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput 

type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the notification.
	ConnectionNotification *types.ConnectionNotification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcEndpointInput 

type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct {

	// The service name. To get a list of available services, use the
	// DescribeVpcEndpointServices request, or get the name from the service provider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceName *string

	// The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint will be used.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// (Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that
	// controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. If this
	// parameter is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows full access
	// to the service.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// (Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate a private hosted zone with
	// the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default
	// public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example,
	// kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com), which resolves to the private IP addresses of
	// the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to
	// the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that
	// are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service. To use a private hosted
	// zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to true: enableDnsHostnames and
	// enableDnsSupport. Use ModifyVpcAttribute to set the VPC attributes. Default:
	// true
	PrivateDnsEnabled *bool

	// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route table IDs.
	RouteTableIds []string

	// (Interface endpoint) The ID of one or more security groups to associate with the
	// endpoint network interface.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// (Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The ID of one or more subnets in
	// which to create an endpoint network interface. For a Gateway Load Balancer
	// endpoint, you can specify one subnet only.
	SubnetIds []string

	// The tags to associate with the endpoint.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The type of endpoint. Default: Gateway
	VpcEndpointType types.VpcEndpointType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateVpcEndpoint.

type CreateVpcEndpointOutput 

type CreateVpcEndpointOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the endpoint.
	VpcEndpoint *types.VpcEndpoint

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateVpcEndpoint.

type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput 

type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput struct {

	// Indicates whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to your
	// service must be accepted manually.
	AcceptanceRequired *bool

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of one or more Gateway Load Balancers.
	GatewayLoadBalancerArns []string

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of one or more Network Load Balancers for your
	// service.
	NetworkLoadBalancerArns []string

	// (Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the VPC
	// endpoint service.
	PrivateDnsName *string

	// The tags to associate with the service.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput 

type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request.
	ClientToken *string

	// Information about the service configuration.
	ServiceConfiguration *types.ServiceConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcInput 

type CreateVpcInput struct {

	// Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the
	// VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR
	// block.
	AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock *bool

	// The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/16.
	// We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you
	// specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18.
	CidrBlock *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For default, instances
	// are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any
	// tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For dedicated, instances are launched as
	// dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a
	// tenancy of dedicated or host into a dedicated tenancy VPC. Important: The host
	// value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values
	// only. Default: default
	InstanceTenancy types.Tenancy

	// The ID of an IPv4 IPAM pool you want to use for allocating this VPC's CIDR. For
	// more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv4IpamPoolId *string

	// The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an
	// Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see
	// What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv4NetmaskLength *int32

	// The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool
	// in the request. To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this
	// parameter.
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this
	// parameter to limit the address to this location. You must set
	// AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter.
	Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup *string

	// The ID of an IPv6 IPAM pool which will be used to allocate this VPC an IPv6
	// CIDR. IPAM is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address
	// management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and
	// auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout
	// your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see What is IPAM?
	// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv6IpamPoolId *string

	// The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an
	// Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see
	// What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	Ipv6NetmaskLength *int32

	// The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block.
	Ipv6Pool *string

	// The tags to assign to the VPC.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcOutput 

type CreateVpcOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC.
	Vpc *types.Vpc

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput 

type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC. Default:
	// Your Amazon Web Services account ID
	PeerOwnerId *string

	// The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a Region
	// other than the Region in which you make the request. Default: The Region in
	// which you make the request.
	PeerRegion *string

	// The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. You
	// must specify this parameter in the request.
	PeerVpcId *string

	// The tags to assign to the peering connection.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The ID of the requester VPC. You must specify this parameter in the request.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput 

type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC peering connection.
	VpcPeeringConnection *types.VpcPeeringConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpnConnectionInput 

type CreateVpnConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the customer gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomerGatewayId *string

	// The type of VPN connection (ipsec.1).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The options for the VPN connection.
	Options *types.VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification

	// The tags to apply to the VPN connection.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The ID of the transit gateway. If you specify a transit gateway, you cannot
	// specify a virtual private gateway.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway. If you specify a virtual private gateway,
	// you cannot specify a transit gateway.
	VpnGatewayId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnection.

type CreateVpnConnectionOutput 

type CreateVpnConnectionOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPN connection.
	VpnConnection *types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateVpnConnection.

type CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput 

type CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnectionRoute.

type CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput 

type CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVpnGatewayInput 

type CreateVpnGatewayInput struct {

	// The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.GatewayType

	// A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session.
	// If you're using a 16-bit ASN, it must be in the 64512 to 65534 range. If you're
	// using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range. Default:
	// 64512
	AmazonSideAsn *int64

	// The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the virtual private gateway.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for CreateVpnGateway.

type CreateVpnGatewayOutput 

type CreateVpnGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the virtual private gateway.
	VpnGateway *types.VpnGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of CreateVpnGateway.

type CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for CustomerGatewayAvailable

func NewCustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewCustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter(client DescribeCustomerGatewaysAPIClient, optFns ...func(*CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) *CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter

NewCustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter constructs a CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter.

func (*CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for CustomerGatewayAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for CustomerGatewayAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds.
	// Note that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, *DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiter

type DeleteCarrierGatewayInput added in v0.29.0 

type DeleteCarrierGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the carrier gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CarrierGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCarrierGatewayOutput added in v0.29.0 

type DeleteCarrierGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the carrier gateway.
	CarrierGateway *types.CarrierGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClientVpnEndpointInput 

type DeleteClientVpnEndpointInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClientVpnEndpointOutput 

type DeleteClientVpnEndpointOutput struct {

	// The current state of the Client VPN endpoint.
	Status *types.ClientVpnEndpointStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClientVpnRouteInput 

type DeleteClientVpnRouteInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which the route is to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the target subnet used by the route.
	TargetVpcSubnetId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClientVpnRouteOutput 

type DeleteClientVpnRouteOutput struct {

	// The current state of the route.
	Status *types.ClientVpnRouteStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCustomerGatewayInput 

type DeleteCustomerGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the customer gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomerGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteCustomerGateway.

type DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput 

type DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDhcpOptionsInput 

type DeleteDhcpOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DHCP options set.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DhcpOptionsId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput 

type DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput 

type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the egress-only internet gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput 

type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	ReturnCode *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFleetsInput 

type DeleteFleetsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the EC2 Fleets.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FleetIds []string

	// Indicates whether to terminate the instances when the EC2 Fleet is deleted. The
	// default is to terminate the instances. To let the instances continue to run
	// after the EC2 Fleet is deleted, specify NoTerminateInstances. Supported only for
	// fleets of type maintain and request. For instant fleets, you cannot specify
	// NoTerminateInstances. A deleted instant fleet with running instances is not
	// supported.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TerminateInstances *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFleetsOutput 

type DeleteFleetsOutput struct {

	// Information about the EC2 Fleets that are successfully deleted.
	SuccessfulFleetDeletions []types.DeleteFleetSuccessItem

	// Information about the EC2 Fleets that are not successfully deleted.
	UnsuccessfulFleetDeletions []types.DeleteFleetErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFlowLogsInput 

type DeleteFlowLogsInput struct {

	// One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FlowLogIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFlowLogsOutput 

type DeleteFlowLogsOutput struct {

	// Information about the flow logs that could not be deleted successfully.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFpgaImageInput 

type DeleteFpgaImageInput struct {

	// The ID of the AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FpgaImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteFpgaImageOutput 

type DeleteFpgaImageOutput struct {

	// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInstanceEventWindowInput added in v1.13.0 

type DeleteInstanceEventWindowInput struct {

	// The ID of the event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceEventWindowId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specify true to force delete the event window. Use the force delete parameter if
	// the event window is currently associated with targets.
	ForceDelete *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInstanceEventWindowOutput added in v1.13.0 

type DeleteInstanceEventWindowOutput struct {

	// The state of the event window.
	InstanceEventWindowState *types.InstanceEventWindowStateChange

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInternetGatewayInput 

type DeleteInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the internet gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InternetGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInternetGatewayOutput 

type DeleteInternetGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamId *string

	// Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM, private scopes, pools in private scopes,
	// and any allocations in the pools in private scopes. You cannot delete the IPAM
	// with this option if there is a pool in your public scope. If you use this
	// option, IPAM does the following:
	//
	// * Deallocates any CIDRs allocated to VPC
	// resources (such as VPCs) in pools in private scopes. No VPC resources are
	// deleted as a result of enabling this option. The CIDR associated with the
	// resource will no longer be allocated from an IPAM pool, but the CIDR itself will
	// remain unchanged.
	//
	// * Deprovisions all IPv4 CIDRs provisioned to IPAM pools in
	// private scopes.
	//
	// * Deletes all IPAM pools in private scopes.
	//
	// * Deletes all
	// non-default private scopes in the IPAM.
	//
	// * Deletes the default public and
	// private scopes and the IPAM.
	Cascade *bool

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamOutput struct {

	// Information about the results of the deletion.
	Ipam *types.Ipam

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamPoolInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamPoolInput struct {

	// The ID of the pool to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamPoolOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamPoolOutput struct {

	// Information about the results of the deletion.
	IpamPool *types.IpamPool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamScopeInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamScopeInput struct {

	// The ID of the scope to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamScopeId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteIpamScopeOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteIpamScopeOutput struct {

	// Information about the results of the deletion.
	IpamScope *types.IpamScope

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteKeyPairInput 

type DeleteKeyPairInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the key pair.
	KeyName *string

	// The ID of the key pair.
	KeyPairId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteKeyPairOutput 

type DeleteKeyPairOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLaunchTemplateInput 

type DeleteLaunchTemplateInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or
	// launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateId *string

	// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID
	// or launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput 

type DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template.
	LaunchTemplate *types.LaunchTemplate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput 

type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct {

	// The version numbers of one or more launch template versions to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Versions []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or
	// launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateId *string

	// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID
	// or launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput 

type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template versions that were successfully deleted.
	SuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions []types.DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem

	// Information about the launch template versions that could not be deleted.
	UnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions []types.DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteInput 

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteOutput 

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteOutput struct {

	// Information about the route.
	Route *types.LocalGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput 

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationInput struct {

	// The ID of the association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput 

type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationOutput struct {

	// Information about the association.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation *types.LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteManagedPrefixListInput 

type DeleteManagedPrefixListInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteManagedPrefixListOutput 

type DeleteManagedPrefixListOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list.
	PrefixList *types.ManagedPrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNatGatewayInput 

type DeleteNatGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the NAT gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NatGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNatGatewayOutput 

type DeleteNatGatewayOutput struct {

	// The ID of the NAT gateway.
	NatGatewayId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput 

type DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput struct {

	// Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Egress *bool

	// The ID of the network ACL.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkAclId *string

	// The rule number of the entry to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleNumber *int32

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput 

type DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkAclInput 

type DeleteNetworkAclInput struct {

	// The ID of the network ACL.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkAclId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkAclOutput 

type DeleteNetworkAclOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput struct {

	// The ID of the network insights analysis.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAnalysisId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput struct {

	// The ID of the network insights analysis.
	NetworkInsightsAnalysisId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsPathInput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsPathInput struct {

	// The ID of the path.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsPathId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInsightsPathOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteNetworkInsightsPathOutput struct {

	// The ID of the path.
	NetworkInsightsPathId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput 

type DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkInterface.

type DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput 

type DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput 

type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface permission.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfacePermissionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specify true to remove the permission even if the network interface is attached
	// to an instance.
	Force *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission.

type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput 

type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds, otherwise returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output for DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission.

type DeletePlacementGroupInput 

type DeletePlacementGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the placement group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePlacementGroupOutput 

type DeletePlacementGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePublicIpv4PoolInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeletePublicIpv4PoolInput struct {

	// The ID of the public IPv4 pool you want to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePublicIpv4PoolOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeletePublicIpv4PoolOutput struct {

	// Information about the result of deleting the public IPv4 pool.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesInput 

type DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Reserved Instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstancesIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesOutput 

type DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about the queued purchases that could not be deleted.
	FailedQueuedPurchaseDeletions []types.FailedQueuedPurchaseDeletion

	// Information about the queued purchases that were successfully deleted.
	SuccessfulQueuedPurchaseDeletions []types.SuccessfulQueuedPurchaseDeletion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRouteInput 

type DeleteRouteInput struct {

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for
	// the route exactly.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for
	// the route exactly.
	DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the prefix list for the route.
	DestinationPrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRouteOutput 

type DeleteRouteOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRouteTableInput 

type DeleteRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRouteTableOutput 

type DeleteRouteTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the security group. Required for a nondefault VPC.
	GroupId *string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify
	// either the security group name or the security group ID.
	GroupName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSnapshotInput 

type DeleteSnapshotInput struct {

	// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput 

type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.

type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput 

type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSubnetCidrReservationInput added in v1.13.0 

type DeleteSubnetCidrReservationInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet CIDR reservation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetCidrReservationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSubnetCidrReservationOutput added in v1.13.0 

type DeleteSubnetCidrReservationOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted subnet CIDR reservation.
	DeletedSubnetCidrReservation *types.SubnetCidrReservation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSubnetInput 

type DeleteSubnetInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSubnetOutput 

type DeleteSubnetOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTagsInput 

type DeleteTagsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource
	// IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Resources []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to delete. Specify a tag key and an optional tag value to delete
	// specific tags. If you specify a tag key without a tag value, we delete any tag
	// with this key regardless of its value. If you specify a tag key with an empty
	// string as the tag value, we delete the tag only if its value is an empty string.
	// If you omit this parameter, we delete all user-defined tags for the specified
	// resources. We do not delete Amazon Web Services-generated tags (tags that have
	// the aws: prefix). Constraints: Up to 1000 tags.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTagsOutput 

type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterInput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterOutput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput struct {

	// The ID of the deleted Traffic Mirror rule.
	TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionInput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorSessionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionOutput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorSessionOutput struct {

	// The ID of the deleted Traffic Mirror session.
	TrafficMirrorSessionId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetInput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorTargetId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetOutput 

type DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetOutput struct {

	// The ID of the deleted Traffic Mirror target.
	TrafficMirrorTargetId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectInput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectInput struct {

	// The ID of the Connect attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted Connect attachment.
	TransitGatewayConnect *types.TransitGatewayConnect

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput struct {

	// The ID of the Connect peer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayConnectPeerId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted Connect peer.
	TransitGatewayConnectPeer *types.TransitGatewayConnectPeer

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomain *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomain

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted transit gateway.
	TransitGateway *types.TransitGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput struct {

	// The transit gateway peering attachment.
	TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment *types.TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput added in v0.29.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput added in v0.29.0 

type DeleteTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted prefix list reference.
	TransitGatewayPrefixListReference *types.TransitGatewayPrefixListReference

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteOutput struct {

	// Information about the route.
	Route *types.TransitGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted transit gateway route table.
	TransitGatewayRouteTable *types.TransitGatewayRouteTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput 

type DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput struct {

	// Information about the deleted VPC attachment.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachment *types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVolumeInput 

type DeleteVolumeInput struct {

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVolumeOutput 

type DeleteVolumeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput struct {

	// One or more notification IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionNotificationIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the notifications that could not be deleted successfully.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The IDs of one or more services.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the service configurations that were not deleted, if
	// applicable.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcEndpointsInput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointsInput struct {

	// One or more VPC endpoint IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcEndpointIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteVpcEndpoints.

type DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput 

type DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC endpoints that were not successfully deleted.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DeleteVpcEndpoints.

type DeleteVpcInput 

type DeleteVpcInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcOutput 

type DeleteVpcOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput 

type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput 

type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpnConnectionInput 

type DeleteVpnConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnection.

type DeleteVpnConnectionOutput 

type DeleteVpnConnectionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput 

type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnectionRoute.

type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput 

type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVpnGatewayInput 

type DeleteVpnGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnGateway.

type DeleteVpnGatewayOutput 

type DeleteVpnGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionByoipCidrInput 

type DeprovisionByoipCidrInput struct {

	// The address range, in CIDR notation. The prefix must be the same prefix that you
	// specified when you provisioned the address range.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionByoipCidrOutput 

type DeprovisionByoipCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the address range.
	ByoipCidr *types.ByoipCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrInput struct {

	// The ID of the pool that has the CIDR you want to deprovision.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The CIDR which you want to deprovision from the pool.
	Cidr *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrOutput struct {

	// The deprovisioned pool CIDR.
	IpamPoolCidr *types.IpamPoolCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput struct {

	// The CIDR you want to deprovision from the pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// The ID of the pool that you want to deprovision the CIDR from.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DeprovisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput struct {

	// The deprovisioned CIDRs.
	DeprovisionedAddresses []string

	// The ID of the pool that you deprovisioned the CIDR from.
	PoolId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterImageInput 

type DeregisterImageInput struct {

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DeregisterImage.

type DeregisterImageOutput 

type DeregisterImageOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput 

type DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Information about the tag keys to deregister.
	InstanceTagAttribute *types.DeregisterInstanceTagAttributeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput 

type DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput struct {

	// The resulting set of tag keys.
	InstanceTagAttribute *types.InstanceTagNotificationAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput 

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.
	GroupIpAddress *string

	// The IDs of the group members' network interfaces.
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput 

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput struct {

	// Information about the deregistered members.
	DeregisteredMulticastGroupMembers *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDeregisteredGroupMembers

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput 

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.
	GroupIpAddress *string

	// The IDs of the group sources' network interfaces.
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput 

type DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput struct {

	// Information about the deregistered group sources.
	DeregisteredMulticastGroupSources *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDeregisteredGroupSources

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {

	// The account attribute names.
	AttributeNames []types.AccountAttributeName

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {

	// Information about the account attributes.
	AccountAttributes []types.AccountAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAddressesAttributeAPIClient added in v1.2.0 

type DescribeAddressesAttributeAPIClient interface {
	DescribeAddressesAttribute(context.Context, *DescribeAddressesAttributeInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput, error)
}

DescribeAddressesAttributeAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeAddressesAttribute operation.

type DescribeAddressesAttributeInput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeAddressesAttributeInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The allocation IDs.
	AllocationIds []string

	// The attribute of the IP address.
	Attribute types.AddressAttributeName

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput struct {

	// Information about the IP addresses.
	Addresses []types.AddressAttribute

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator added in v1.2.0 

type DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator is a paginator for DescribeAddressesAttribute

func NewDescribeAddressesAttributePaginator added in v1.2.0 

func NewDescribeAddressesAttributePaginator(client DescribeAddressesAttributeAPIClient, params *DescribeAddressesAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeAddressesAttributePaginatorOptions)) *DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator

NewDescribeAddressesAttributePaginator returns a new DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator

func (*DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.2.0 

func (p *DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator) NextPage added in v1.2.0 

func (p *DescribeAddressesAttributePaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeAddressesAttribute page.

type DescribeAddressesAttributePaginatorOptions added in v1.2.0 

type DescribeAddressesAttributePaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeAddressesAttributePaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeAddressesAttribute

type DescribeAddressesInput 

type DescribeAddressesInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] Information about the allocation IDs.
	AllocationIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// *
	// allocation-id - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID for the address.
	//
	// * association-id -
	// [EC2-VPC] The association ID for the address.
	//
	// * domain - Indicates whether the
	// address is for use in EC2-Classic (standard) or in a VPC (vpc).
	//
	// * instance-id -
	// The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any.
	//
	// *
	// network-border-group - A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or
	// Wavelength Zones from where Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface-id - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface that the
	// address is associated with, if any.
	//
	// * network-interface-owner-id - The Amazon
	// Web Services account ID of the owner.
	//
	// * private-ip-address - [EC2-VPC] The
	// private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address.
	//
	// * public-ip - The
	// Elastic IP address, or the carrier IP address.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more Elastic IP addresses. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP
	// addresses.
	PublicIps []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAddressesOutput 

type DescribeAddressesOutput struct {

	// Information about the Elastic IP addresses.
	Addresses []types.Address

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput 

type DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput 

type DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput struct {

	// Information about each resource's ID format.
	Statuses []types.IdFormat

	// Indicates whether all resource types in the Region are configured to use longer
	// IDs. This value is only true if all users are configured to use longer IDs for
	// all resources types in the Region.
	UseLongIdsAggregated *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput 

type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput struct {

	// Include all Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones regardless of
	// your opt-in status. If you do not use this parameter, the results include only
	// the zones for the Regions where you have chosen the option to opt in.
	AllAvailabilityZones *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * group-name - For Availability Zones, use the Region name. For
	// Local Zones, use the name of the group associated with the Local Zone (for
	// example, us-west-2-lax-1) For Wavelength Zones, use the name of the group
	// associated with the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1).
	//
	// *
	// message - The Zone message.
	//
	// * opt-in-status - The opt-in status (opted-in, and
	// not-opted-in | opt-in-not-required).
	//
	// * parent-zoneID - The ID of the zone that
	// handles some of the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone control plane operations,
	// such as API calls.
	//
	// * parent-zoneName - The ID of the zone that handles some of
	// the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone control plane operations, such as API
	// calls.
	//
	// * region-name - The name of the Region for the Zone (for example,
	// us-east-1).
	//
	// * state - The state of the Availability Zone, the Local Zone, or
	// the Wavelength Zone (available).
	//
	// * zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone
	// (for example, use1-az1), the Local Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1), or the
	// Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1).
	//
	// * zone-type - The type
	// of zone, for example, local-zone.
	//
	// * zone-name - The name of the Availability
	// Zone (for example, us-east-1a), the Local Zone (for example, us-west-2-lax-1a),
	// or the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1).
	//
	// * zone-type -
	// The type of zone, for example, local-zone.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones.
	ZoneIds []string

	// The names of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones.
	ZoneNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput 

type DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput struct {

	// Information about the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones.
	AvailabilityZones []types.AvailabilityZone

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeBundleTasksAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeBundleTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeBundleTasks(context.Context, *DescribeBundleTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeBundleTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeBundleTasks operation.

type DescribeBundleTasksInput 

type DescribeBundleTasksInput struct {

	// The bundle task IDs. Default: Describes all your bundle tasks.
	BundleIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * bundle-id - The ID of the bundle task.
	//
	// * error-code - If the
	// task failed, the error code returned.
	//
	// * error-message - If the task failed, the
	// error message returned.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
	//
	// * progress -
	// The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%).
	//
	// * s3-bucket -
	// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI.
	//
	// * s3-prefix - The beginning of the AMI
	// name.
	//
	// * start-time - The time the task started (for example,
	// 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
	//
	// * state - The state of the task (pending |
	// waiting-for-shutdown | bundling | storing | cancelling | complete | failed).
	//
	// *
	// update-time - The time of the most recent update for the task.
	Filters []types.Filter
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeBundleTasksOutput 

type DescribeBundleTasksOutput struct {

	// Information about the bundle tasks.
	BundleTasks []types.BundleTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeByoipCidrsAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeByoipCidrsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeByoipCidrs(context.Context, *DescribeByoipCidrsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput, error)
}

DescribeByoipCidrsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeByoipCidrs operation.

type DescribeByoipCidrsInput 

type DescribeByoipCidrsInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MaxResults *int32

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeByoipCidrsOutput 

type DescribeByoipCidrsOutput struct {

	// Information about your address ranges.
	ByoipCidrs []types.ByoipCidr

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeByoipCidrs

func NewDescribeByoipCidrsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

func NewDescribeByoipCidrsPaginator(client DescribeByoipCidrsAPIClient, params *DescribeByoipCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeByoipCidrsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator

NewDescribeByoipCidrsPaginator returns a new DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator

func (*DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeByoipCidrsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeByoipCidrs page.

type DescribeByoipCidrsPaginatorOptions added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeByoipCidrsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeByoipCidrsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeByoipCidrs

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsAPIClient added in v1.19.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCapacityReservationFleets(context.Context, *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsOutput, error)
}

DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCapacityReservationFleets operation.

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput added in v1.19.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to describe.
	CapacityReservationFleetIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * state - The state of the Fleet (submitted | modifying |
	// active | partially_fulfilled | expiring | expired | cancelling | cancelled |
	// failed).
	//
	// * instance-match-criteria - The instance matching criteria for the
	// Fleet. Only open is supported.
	//
	// * tenancy - The tenancy of the Fleet (default |
	// dedicated).
	//
	// * allocation-strategy - The allocation strategy used by the Fleet.
	// Only prioritized is supported.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsOutput added in v1.19.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation Fleets.
	CapacityReservationFleets []types.CapacityReservationFleet

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator added in v1.19.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeCapacityReservationFleets

func NewDescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator added in v1.19.0 

func NewDescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator(client DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsAPIClient, params *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator

NewDescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator returns a new DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator

func (*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.19.0 

func (p *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.19.0 

func (p *DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeCapacityReservationFleets page.

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginatorOptions added in v1.19.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeCapacityReservationFleets

type DescribeCapacityReservationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCapacityReservations(context.Context, *DescribeCapacityReservationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeCapacityReservationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCapacityReservations operation.

type DescribeCapacityReservationsInput 

type DescribeCapacityReservationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation.
	CapacityReservationIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * instance-type - The type of instance for which the
	// Capacity Reservation reserves capacity.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web
	// Services account that owns the Capacity Reservation.
	//
	// * instance-platform - The
	// type of operating system for which the Capacity Reservation reserves
	// capacity.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the Capacity
	// Reservation.
	//
	// * tenancy - Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A
	// Capacity Reservation can have one of the following tenancy settings:
	//
	// * default
	// - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared with other
	// Amazon Web Services accounts.
	//
	// * dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created
	// on single-tenant hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services
	// account.
	//
	// * outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which
	// the Capacity Reservation was created.
	//
	// * state - The current state of the
	// Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can be in one of the following
	// states:
	//
	// * active- The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is
	// available for your use.
	//
	// * expired - The Capacity Reservation expired
	// automatically at the date and time specified in your request. The reserved
	// capacity is no longer available for your use.
	//
	// * cancelled - The Capacity
	// Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is no longer available for your
	// use.
	//
	// * pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the
	// capacity provisioning is still pending.
	//
	// * failed - The Capacity Reservation
	// request has failed. A request might fail due to invalid request parameters,
	// capacity constraints, or instance limit constraints. Failed requests are
	// retained for 60 minutes.
	//
	// * start-date - The date and time at which the Capacity
	// Reservation was started.
	//
	// * end-date - The date and time at which the Capacity
	// Reservation expires. When a Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity
	// is released and you can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity
	// Reservation's state changes to expired when it reaches its end date and time.
	//
	// *
	// end-date-type - Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A
	// Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:
	//
	// * unlimited - The
	// Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly cancel it.
	//
	// * limited -
	// The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date and time.
	//
	// *
	// instance-match-criteria - Indicates the type of instance launches that the
	// Capacity Reservation accepts. The options include:
	//
	// * open - The Capacity
	// Reservation accepts all instances that have matching attributes (instance type,
	// platform, and Availability Zone). Instances that have matching attributes launch
	// into the Capacity Reservation automatically without specifying any additional
	// parameters.
	//
	// * targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that
	// have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and
	// explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted
	// instances can use the reserved capacity.
	//
	// * placement-group-arn - The ARN of the
	// cluster placement group in which the Capacity Reservation was created.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput 

type DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Capacity Reservations.
	CapacityReservations []types.CapacityReservation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeCapacityReservations

func NewDescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator(client DescribeCapacityReservationsAPIClient, params *DescribeCapacityReservationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator

NewDescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator returns a new DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator

func (*DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeCapacityReservations page.

type DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeCapacityReservations

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCarrierGateways(context.Context, *DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCarrierGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeCarrierGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCarrierGateways operation.

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput added in v0.29.0 

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput struct {

	// One or more carrier gateway IDs.
	CarrierGatewayIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * carrier-gateway-id - The ID of the carrier gateway.
	//
	// *
	// state - The state of the carrier gateway (pending | failed | available |
	// deleting | deleted).
	//
	// * owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the
	// owner of the carrier gateway.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC associated with the
	// carrier gateway.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysOutput added in v0.29.0 

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about the carrier gateway.
	CarrierGateways []types.CarrierGateway

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeCarrierGateways

func NewDescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeCarrierGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCarrierGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeCarrierGateways page.

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeCarrierGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeCarrierGateways

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClassicLinkInstances(context.Context, *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error)
}

DescribeClassicLinkInstancesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClassicLinkInstances operation.

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput 

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * group-id - The ID of a VPC security group that's
	// associated with the instance.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
	//
	// * tag: -
	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The
	// ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that
	// the instance is linked to.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more instance IDs. Must be instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink.
	InstanceIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput 

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more linked EC2-Classic instances.
	Instances []types.ClassicLinkInstance

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClassicLinkInstances

func NewDescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator(client DescribeClassicLinkInstancesAPIClient, params *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator

NewDescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator returns a new DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator

func (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClassicLinkInstances page.

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClassicLinkInstances

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules(context.Context, *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput, error)
}

DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules operation.

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput 

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// * description
	// - The description of the authorization rule.
	//
	// * destination-cidr - The CIDR of
	// the network to which the authorization rule applies.
	//
	// * group-id - The ID of the
	// Active Directory group to which the authorization rule grants access.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput 

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput struct {

	// Information about the authorization rules.
	AuthorizationRules []types.AuthorizationRule

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules

func NewDescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator(client DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesAPIClient, params *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator

NewDescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator returns a new DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator

func (*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules page.

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClientVpnConnections(context.Context, *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClientVpnConnectionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClientVpnConnections operation.

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput 

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// *
	// connection-id - The ID of the connection.
	//
	// * username - For Active Directory
	// client authentication, the user name of the client who established the client
	// connection.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput 

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the active and terminated client connections.
	Connections []types.ClientVpnConnection

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClientVpnConnections

func NewDescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator(client DescribeClientVpnConnectionsAPIClient, params *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator

NewDescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator returns a new DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator

func (*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClientVpnConnections page.

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClientVpnConnections

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClientVpnEndpoints(context.Context, *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClientVpnEndpointsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClientVpnEndpoints operation.

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput 

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	ClientVpnEndpointIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// * endpoint-id
	// - The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// * transport-protocol - The transport
	// protocol (tcp | udp).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput 

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Client VPN endpoints.
	ClientVpnEndpoints []types.ClientVpnEndpoint

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClientVpnEndpoints

func NewDescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator(client DescribeClientVpnEndpointsAPIClient, params *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator

NewDescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator returns a new DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator

func (*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClientVpnEndpoints page.

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClientVpnEndpoints

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClientVpnRoutes(context.Context, *DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput, error)
}

DescribeClientVpnRoutesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClientVpnRoutes operation.

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput 

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// *
	// destination-cidr - The CIDR of the route destination.
	//
	// * origin - How the route
	// was associated with the Client VPN endpoint (associate | add-route).
	//
	// *
	// target-subnet - The ID of the subnet through which traffic is routed.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput 

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the Client VPN endpoint routes.
	Routes []types.ClientVpnRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClientVpnRoutes

func NewDescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator(client DescribeClientVpnRoutesAPIClient, params *DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator

NewDescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator returns a new DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator

func (*DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClientVpnRoutes page.

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClientVpnRoutesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClientVpnRoutes

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks(context.Context, *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput, error)
}

DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks operation.

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput 

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IDs of the target network associations.
	AssociationIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// *
	// association-id - The ID of the association.
	//
	// * target-network-id - The ID of the
	// subnet specified as the target network.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which
	// the target network is located.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput 

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput struct {

	// Information about the associated target networks.
	ClientVpnTargetNetworks []types.TargetNetwork

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks

func NewDescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator(client DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksAPIClient, params *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator

NewDescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator returns a new DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator

func (*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks page.

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks

type DescribeCoipPoolsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCoipPoolsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCoipPools(context.Context, *DescribeCoipPoolsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCoipPoolsOutput, error)
}

DescribeCoipPoolsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCoipPools operation.

type DescribeCoipPoolsInput 

type DescribeCoipPoolsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * coip-pool.local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the
	// local gateway route table.
	//
	// * coip-pool.pool-id - The ID of the address pool.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the address pools.
	PoolIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCoipPoolsOutput 

type DescribeCoipPoolsOutput struct {

	// Information about the address pools.
	CoipPools []types.CoipPool

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeCoipPools

func NewDescribeCoipPoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeCoipPoolsPaginator(client DescribeCoipPoolsAPIClient, params *DescribeCoipPoolsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeCoipPoolsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator

NewDescribeCoipPoolsPaginator returns a new DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator

func (*DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeCoipPoolsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCoipPoolsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeCoipPools page.

type DescribeCoipPoolsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeCoipPoolsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeCoipPoolsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeCoipPools

type DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeConversionTasks(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeConversionTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeConversionTasks operation.

type DescribeConversionTasksInput 

type DescribeConversionTasksInput struct {

	// The conversion task IDs.
	ConversionTaskIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeConversionTasksOutput 

type DescribeConversionTasksOutput struct {

	// Information about the conversion tasks.
	ConversionTasks []types.ConversionTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCustomerGateways(context.Context, *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeCustomerGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCustomerGateways operation.

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput 

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput struct {

	// One or more customer gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your customer gateways.
	CustomerGatewayIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * bgp-asn - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol
	// (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN).
	//
	// * customer-gateway-id - The ID of the
	// customer gateway.
	//
	// * ip-address - The IP address of the customer gateway's
	// Internet-routable external interface.
	//
	// * state - The state of the customer
	// gateway (pending | available | deleting | deleted).
	//
	// * type - The type of
	// customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is ipsec.1.
	//
	// * tag: - The
	// key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the
	// filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeCustomerGateways.

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more customer gateways.
	CustomerGateways []types.CustomerGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeCustomerGateways.

type DescribeDhcpOptionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDhcpOptionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeDhcpOptions(context.Context, *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeDhcpOptionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeDhcpOptions operation.

type DescribeDhcpOptionsInput 

type DescribeDhcpOptionsInput struct {

	// The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. Default: Describes all your DHCP
	// options sets.
	DhcpOptionsIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * dhcp-options-id - The ID of a DHCP options set.
	//
	// * key -
	// The key for one of the options (for example, domain-name).
	//
	// * value - The value
	// for one of the options.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account
	// that owns the DHCP options set.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput 

type DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more DHCP options sets.
	DhcpOptions []types.DhcpOptions

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeDhcpOptions

func NewDescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator(client DescribeDhcpOptionsAPIClient, params *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator returns a new DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator

func (*DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeDhcpOptions page.

type DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeDhcpOptions

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways(context.Context, *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways operation.

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput 

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more egress-only internet gateway IDs.
	EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds []string

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about the egress-only internet gateways.
	EgressOnlyInternetGateways []types.EgressOnlyInternetGateway

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways

func NewDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways page.

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways

type DescribeElasticGpusInput 

type DescribeElasticGpusInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Elastic Graphics accelerator IDs.
	ElasticGpuIds []string

	// The filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the Elastic
	// Graphics accelerator resides.
	//
	// * elastic-gpu-health - The status of the Elastic
	// Graphics accelerator (OK | IMPAIRED).
	//
	// * elastic-gpu-state - The state of the
	// Elastic Graphics accelerator (ATTACHED).
	//
	// * elastic-gpu-type - The type of
	// Elastic Graphics accelerator; for example, eg1.medium.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID
	// of the instance to which the Elastic Graphics accelerator is associated.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeElasticGpusOutput 

type DescribeElasticGpusOutput struct {

	// Information about the Elastic Graphics accelerators.
	ElasticGpuSet []types.ElasticGpus

	// The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is
	// more than the value specified in max-items then a Next-Token will be provided in
	// the output that you can use to resume pagination.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeExportImageTasksAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeExportImageTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeExportImageTasks(context.Context, *DescribeExportImageTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeExportImageTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeExportImageTasks operation.

type DescribeExportImageTasksInput 

type DescribeExportImageTasksInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the export image tasks.
	ExportImageTaskIds []string

	// Filter tasks using the task-state filter and one of the following values:
	// active, completed, deleting, or deleted.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A token that indicates the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeExportImageTasksOutput 

type DescribeExportImageTasksOutput struct {

	// Information about the export image tasks.
	ExportImageTasks []types.ExportImageTask

	// The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is null when there
	// are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeExportImageTasks

func NewDescribeExportImageTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeExportImageTasksPaginator(client DescribeExportImageTasksAPIClient, params *DescribeExportImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeExportImageTasksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator

NewDescribeExportImageTasksPaginator returns a new DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator

func (*DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeExportImageTasksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeExportImageTasks page.

type DescribeExportImageTasksPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeExportImageTasksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeExportImageTasksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeExportImageTasks

type DescribeExportTasksAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeExportTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeExportTasks(context.Context, *DescribeExportTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeExportTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeExportTasks operation.

type DescribeExportTasksInput 

type DescribeExportTasksInput struct {

	// The export task IDs.
	ExportTaskIds []string

	// the filters for the export tasks.
	Filters []types.Filter
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeExportTasksOutput 

type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct {

	// Information about the export tasks.
	ExportTasks []types.ExportTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesAPIClient added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeFastLaunchImages(context.Context, *DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastLaunchImagesOutput, error)
}

DescribeFastLaunchImagesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeFastLaunchImages operation.

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Use the following filters to streamline results.
	//
	// * resource-type - The resource
	// type for pre-provisioning.
	//
	// * launch-template - The launch template that is
	// associated with the pre-provisioned Windows AMI.
	//
	// * owner-id - The owner ID for
	// the pre-provisioning resource.
	//
	// * state - The current state of fast launching
	// for the Windows AMI.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// Details for one or more Windows AMI image IDs.
	ImageIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. If
	// this parameter is not specified, then all results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesOutput added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesOutput struct {

	// A collection of details about the fast-launch enabled Windows images that meet
	// the requested criteria.
	FastLaunchImages []types.DescribeFastLaunchImagesSuccessItem

	// The token to use for the next set of results. This value is null when there are
	// no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeFastLaunchImages

func NewDescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator added in v1.28.0 

func NewDescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator(client DescribeFastLaunchImagesAPIClient, params *DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator

NewDescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator returns a new DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator

func (*DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.28.0 

func (p *DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.28.0 

func (p *DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastLaunchImagesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeFastLaunchImages page.

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginatorOptions added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. If
	// this parameter is not specified, then all results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeFastLaunchImages

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresAPIClient interface {
	DescribeFastSnapshotRestores(context.Context, *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error)
}

DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeFastSnapshotRestores operation.

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput 

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * availability-zone: The Availability
	// Zone of the snapshot.
	//
	// * owner-id: The ID of the Amazon Web Services account
	// that enabled fast snapshot restore on the snapshot.
	//
	// * snapshot-id: The ID of
	// the snapshot.
	//
	// * state: The state of fast snapshot restores for the snapshot
	// (enabling | optimizing | enabled | disabling | disabled).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput 

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {

	// Information about the state of fast snapshot restores.
	FastSnapshotRestores []types.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator is a paginator for DescribeFastSnapshotRestores

func NewDescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator(client DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresAPIClient, params *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator

NewDescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator returns a new DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator

func (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeFastSnapshotRestores page.

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeFastSnapshotRestores

type DescribeFleetHistoryInput 

type DescribeFleetHistoryInput struct {

	// The ID of the EC2 Fleet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FleetId *string

	// The start date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	//
	// This member is required.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described.
	EventType types.FleetEventType

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetHistoryOutput 

type DescribeFleetHistoryOutput struct {

	// The ID of the EC Fleet.
	FleetId *string

	// Information about the events in the history of the EC2 Fleet.
	HistoryRecords []types.HistoryRecordEntry

	// The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. If nextToken
	// indicates that there are more results, this value is not present.
	LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The start date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	StartTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetInstancesInput 

type DescribeFleetInstancesInput struct {

	// The ID of the EC2 Fleet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FleetId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetInstancesOutput 

type DescribeFleetInstancesOutput struct {

	// The running instances. This list is refreshed periodically and might be out of
	// date.
	ActiveInstances []types.ActiveInstance

	// The ID of the EC2 Fleet.
	FleetId *string

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFleetsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeFleets(context.Context, *DescribeFleetsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetsOutput, error)
}

DescribeFleetsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeFleets operation.

type DescribeFleetsInput 

type DescribeFleetsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * activity-status - The progress of the EC2 Fleet ( error |
	// pending-fulfillment | pending-termination | fulfilled).
	//
	// *
	// excess-capacity-termination-policy - Indicates whether to terminate running
	// instances if the target capacity is decreased below the current EC2 Fleet size
	// (true | false).
	//
	// * fleet-state - The state of the EC2 Fleet (submitted | active
	// | deleted | failed | deleted-running | deleted-terminating | modifying).
	//
	// *
	// replace-unhealthy-instances - Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace
	// unhealthy instances (true | false).
	//
	// * type - The type of request (instant |
	// request | maintain).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. If a fleet is of type instant, you must specify the
	// fleet ID, otherwise it does not appear in the response.
	FleetIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetsOutput 

type DescribeFleetsOutput struct {

	// Information about the EC2 Fleets.
	Fleets []types.FleetData

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFleetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFleetsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeFleetsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeFleets

func NewDescribeFleetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeFleetsPaginator(client DescribeFleetsAPIClient, params *DescribeFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeFleetsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeFleetsPaginator

NewDescribeFleetsPaginator returns a new DescribeFleetsPaginator

func (*DescribeFleetsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFleetsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeFleetsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFleetsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeFleets page.

type DescribeFleetsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFleetsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeFleetsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeFleets

type DescribeFlowLogsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFlowLogsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeFlowLogs(context.Context, *DescribeFlowLogsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error)
}

DescribeFlowLogsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeFlowLogs operation.

type DescribeFlowLogsInput 

type DescribeFlowLogsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * deliver-log-status - The status of the logs delivery
	// (SUCCESS | FAILED).
	//
	// * log-destination-type - The type of destination to which
	// the flow log publishes data. Possible destination types include cloud-watch-logs
	// and s3.
	//
	// * flow-log-id - The ID of the flow log.
	//
	// * log-group-name - The name of
	// the log group.
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network
	// interface.
	//
	// * traffic-type - The type of traffic (ACCEPT | REJECT | ALL).
	//
	// *
	// tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
	// key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to
	// find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA,
	// specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key
	// - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all
	// resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filter []types.Filter

	// One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs.
	FlowLogIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFlowLogsOutput 

type DescribeFlowLogsOutput struct {

	// Information about the flow logs.
	FlowLogs []types.FlowLog

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFlowLogsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFlowLogsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeFlowLogsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeFlowLogs

func NewDescribeFlowLogsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeFlowLogsPaginator(client DescribeFlowLogsAPIClient, params *DescribeFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeFlowLogsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeFlowLogsPaginator

NewDescribeFlowLogsPaginator returns a new DescribeFlowLogsPaginator

func (*DescribeFlowLogsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFlowLogsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeFlowLogsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFlowLogsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeFlowLogs page.

type DescribeFlowLogsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFlowLogsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeFlowLogsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeFlowLogs

type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput 

type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The AFI attribute.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.FpgaImageAttributeName

	// The ID of the AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FpgaImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput 

type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {

	// Information about the attribute.
	FpgaImageAttribute *types.FpgaImageAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFpgaImagesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFpgaImagesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeFpgaImages(context.Context, *DescribeFpgaImagesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput, error)
}

DescribeFpgaImagesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeFpgaImages operation.

type DescribeFpgaImagesInput 

type DescribeFpgaImagesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * create-time - The creation time of the AFI.
	//
	// * fpga-image-id -
	// The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).
	//
	// * fpga-image-global-id - The global FPGA
	// image identifier (AGFI ID).
	//
	// * name - The name of the AFI.
	//
	// * owner-id - The
	// Amazon Web Services account ID of the AFI owner.
	//
	// * product-code - The product
	// code.
	//
	// * shell-version - The version of the Amazon Web Services Shell that was
	// used to create the bitstream.
	//
	// * state - The state of the AFI (pending | failed
	// | available | unavailable).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * update-time - The time of the most recent
	// update.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The AFI IDs.
	FpgaImageIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Filters the AFI by owner. Specify an Amazon Web Services account ID, self (owner
	// is the sender of the request), or an Amazon Web Services owner alias (valid
	// values are amazon | aws-marketplace).
	Owners []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFpgaImagesOutput 

type DescribeFpgaImagesOutput struct {

	// Information about the FPGA images.
	FpgaImages []types.FpgaImage

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeFpgaImages

func NewDescribeFpgaImagesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeFpgaImagesPaginator(client DescribeFpgaImagesAPIClient, params *DescribeFpgaImagesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeFpgaImagesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator

NewDescribeFpgaImagesPaginator returns a new DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator

func (*DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeFpgaImagesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeFpgaImages page.

type DescribeFpgaImagesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeFpgaImagesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeFpgaImagesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeFpgaImages

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeHostReservationOfferings(context.Context, *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error)
}

DescribeHostReservationOfferingsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeHostReservationOfferings operation.

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput 

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput struct {

	// The filters.
	//
	// * instance-family - The instance family of the offering (for
	// example, m4).
	//
	// * payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront
	// | AllUpfront).
	Filter []types.Filter

	// This is the maximum duration of the reservation to purchase, specified in
	// seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number
	// of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60)
	// times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for
	// three years.
	MaxDuration *int32

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	MaxResults *int32

	// This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase,
	// specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year
	// terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year
	// (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example,
	// specify 31536000 for one year.
	MinDuration *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the reservation offering.
	OfferingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the offerings.
	OfferingSet []types.HostOffering

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeHostReservationOfferings

func NewDescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator(client DescribeHostReservationOfferingsAPIClient, params *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator returns a new DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator

func (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeHostReservationOfferings page.

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeHostReservationOfferings

type DescribeHostReservationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeHostReservations(context.Context, *DescribeHostReservationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeHostReservationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeHostReservations operation.

type DescribeHostReservationsInput 

type DescribeHostReservationsInput struct {

	// The filters.
	//
	// * instance-family - The instance family (for example, m4).
	//
	// *
	// payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront |
	// AllUpfront).
	//
	// * state - The state of the reservation (payment-pending |
	// payment-failed | active | retired).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	Filter []types.Filter

	// The host reservation IDs.
	HostReservationIdSet []string

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostReservationsOutput 

type DescribeHostReservationsOutput struct {

	// Details about the reservation's configuration.
	HostReservationSet []types.HostReservation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostReservationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHostReservationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeHostReservations

func NewDescribeHostReservationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeHostReservationsPaginator(client DescribeHostReservationsAPIClient, params *DescribeHostReservationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeHostReservationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeHostReservationsPaginator

NewDescribeHostReservationsPaginator returns a new DescribeHostReservationsPaginator

func (*DescribeHostReservationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostReservationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeHostReservationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostReservationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeHostReservations page.

type DescribeHostReservationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostReservationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeHostReservationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeHostReservations

type DescribeHostsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeHosts(context.Context, *DescribeHostsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error)
}

DescribeHostsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeHosts operation.

type DescribeHostsInput 

type DescribeHostsInput struct {

	// The filters.
	//
	// * auto-placement - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled
	// (on | off).
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the host.
	//
	// *
	// client-token - The idempotency token that you provided when you allocated the
	// host.
	//
	// * host-reservation-id - The ID of the reservation assigned to this
	// host.
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is
	// configured to support.
	//
	// * state - The allocation state of the Dedicated Host
	// (available | under-assessment | permanent-failure | released |
	// released-permanent-failure).
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific
	// key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filter []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts. The IDs are used for targeted instance launches.
	HostIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter
	// and the host IDs parameter in the same request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostsOutput 

type DescribeHostsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Dedicated Hosts.
	Hosts []types.Host

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHostsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHostsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeHosts

func NewDescribeHostsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeHostsPaginator(client DescribeHostsAPIClient, params *DescribeHostsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeHostsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeHostsPaginator

NewDescribeHostsPaginator returns a new DescribeHostsPaginator

func (*DescribeHostsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeHostsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHostsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeHosts page.

type DescribeHostsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHostsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter
	// and the host IDs parameter in the same request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeHostsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeHosts

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations(context.Context, *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations operation.

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput 

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput struct {

	// The IAM instance profile associations.
	AssociationIds []string

	// The filters.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
	//
	// * state - The state of
	// the association (associating | associated | disassociating).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput 

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the IAM instance profile associations.
	IamInstanceProfileAssociations []types.IamInstanceProfileAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations

func NewDescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator(client DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsAPIClient, params *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator

NewDescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator returns a new DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator

func (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations page.

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations

type DescribeIdFormatInput 

type DescribeIdFormatInput struct {

	// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options
	// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
	// image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl |
	// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment |
	// prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association |
	// security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume |
	// vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection |
	// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway
	Resource *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIdFormatOutput 

type DescribeIdFormatOutput struct {

	// Information about the ID format for the resource.
	Statuses []types.IdFormat

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput 

type DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput struct {

	// The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root user.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrincipalArn *string

	// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options
	// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
	// image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl |
	// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment |
	// prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association |
	// security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume |
	// vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection |
	// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway
	Resource *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput 

type DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput struct {

	// Information about the ID format for the resources.
	Statuses []types.IdFormat

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImageAttributeInput 

type DescribeImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The AMI attribute. Note: The blockDeviceMapping attribute is deprecated. Using
	// this attribute returns the Client.AuthFailure error. To get information about
	// the block device mappings for an AMI, use the DescribeImages action.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.ImageAttributeName

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeImageAttribute.

type DescribeImageAttributeOutput 

type DescribeImageAttributeOutput struct {

	// The block device mapping entries.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping

	// The boot mode.
	BootMode *types.AttributeValue

	// A description for the AMI.
	Description *types.AttributeValue

	// The ID of the AMI.
	ImageId *string

	// The kernel ID.
	KernelId *types.AttributeValue

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the AMI was last used to launch an EC2
	// instance. When the AMI is used, there is a 24-hour delay before that usage is
	// reported. lastLaunchedTime data is available starting April 2017.
	LastLaunchedTime *types.AttributeValue

	// The launch permissions.
	LaunchPermissions []types.LaunchPermission

	// The product codes.
	ProductCodes []types.ProductCode

	// The RAM disk ID.
	RamdiskId *types.AttributeValue

	// Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
	// interface is enabled.
	SriovNetSupport *types.AttributeValue

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an image attribute.

type DescribeImagesAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeImagesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeImages(context.Context, *DescribeImagesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error)
}

DescribeImagesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeImages operation.

type DescribeImagesInput 

type DescribeImagesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an Amazon
	// Web Services account ID, self (the sender of the request), or all (public
	// AMIs).
	//
	// * If you specify an Amazon Web Services account ID that is not your own,
	// only AMIs shared with that specific Amazon Web Services account ID are returned.
	// However, AMIs that are shared with the account’s organization or organizational
	// unit (OU) are not returned.
	//
	// * If you specify self or your own Amazon Web
	// Services account ID, AMIs shared with your account are returned. In addition,
	// AMIs that are shared with the organization or OU of which you are member are
	// also returned.
	//
	// * If you specify all, all public AMIs are returned.
	ExecutableUsers []string

	// The filters.
	//
	// * architecture - The image architecture (i386 | x86_64 |
	// arm64).
	//
	// * block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean value that
	// indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block device
	// mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
	//
	// * block-device-mapping.snapshot-id -
	// The ID of the snapshot used for the Amazon EBS volume.
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.volume-size - The volume size of the Amazon EBS volume, in
	// GiB.
	//
	// * block-device-mapping.volume-type - The volume type of the Amazon EBS
	// volume (io1 | io2 | gp2 | gp3 | sc1 | st1 | standard).
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.encrypted - A Boolean that indicates whether the Amazon EBS
	// volume is encrypted.
	//
	// * creation-date - The time when the image was created, in
	// the ISO 8601 format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for
	// example, 2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z. You can use a wildcard (*), for example,
	// 2021-09-29T*, which matches an entire day.
	//
	// * description - The description of
	// the image (provided during image creation).
	//
	// * ena-support - A Boolean that
	// indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.
	//
	// * hypervisor - The
	// hypervisor type (ovm | xen).
	//
	// * image-id - The ID of the image.
	//
	// * image-type -
	// The image type (machine | kernel | ramdisk).
	//
	// * is-public - A Boolean that
	// indicates whether the image is public.
	//
	// * kernel-id - The kernel ID.
	//
	// *
	// manifest-location - The location of the image manifest.
	//
	// * name - The name of
	// the AMI (provided during image creation).
	//
	// * owner-alias - The owner alias
	// (amazon | aws-marketplace). The valid aliases are defined in an
	// Amazon-maintained list. This is not the Amazon Web Services account alias that
	// can be set using the IAM console. We recommend that you use the Owner request
	// parameter instead of this filter.
	//
	// * owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account
	// ID of the owner. We recommend that you use the Owner request parameter instead
	// of this filter.
	//
	// * platform - The platform. To only list Windows-based AMIs, use
	// windows.
	//
	// * product-code - The product code.
	//
	// * product-code.type - The type of
	// the product code (marketplace).
	//
	// * ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.
	//
	// *
	// root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example,
	// /dev/sda1).
	//
	// * root-device-type - The type of the root device volume (ebs |
	// instance-store).
	//
	// * state - The state of the image (available | pending |
	// failed).
	//
	// * state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.
	//
	// *
	// state-reason-message - The message for the state change.
	//
	// * sriov-net-support -
	// A value of simple indicates that enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 VF
	// interface is enabled.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	//
	// * virtualization-type - The virtualization type (paravirtual | hvm).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The image IDs. Default: Describes all images available to you.
	ImageIds []string

	// If true, all deprecated AMIs are included in the response. If false, no
	// deprecated AMIs are included in the response. If no value is specified, the
	// default value is false. If you are the AMI owner, all deprecated AMIs appear in
	// the response regardless of the value (true or false) that you set for this
	// parameter.
	IncludeDeprecated *bool

	// Scopes the results to images with the specified owners. You can specify a
	// combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, self, amazon, and
	// aws-marketplace. If you omit this parameter, the results include all images for
	// which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership.
	Owners []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImagesOutput 

type DescribeImagesOutput struct {

	// Information about the images.
	Images []types.Image

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImportImageTasksAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportImageTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeImportImageTasks(context.Context, *DescribeImportImageTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeImportImageTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeImportImageTasks operation.

type DescribeImportImageTasksInput 

type DescribeImportImageTasksInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Filter tasks using the task-state filter and one of the following values:
	// active, completed, deleting, or deleted.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the import image tasks.
	ImportTaskIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A token that indicates the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImportImageTasksOutput 

type DescribeImportImageTasksOutput struct {

	// A list of zero or more import image tasks that are currently active or were
	// completed or canceled in the previous 7 days.
	ImportImageTasks []types.ImportImageTask

	// The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is null when there
	// are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeImportImageTasks

func NewDescribeImportImageTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeImportImageTasksPaginator(client DescribeImportImageTasksAPIClient, params *DescribeImportImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeImportImageTasksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator

NewDescribeImportImageTasksPaginator returns a new DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator

func (*DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeImportImageTasksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeImportImageTasks page.

type DescribeImportImageTasksPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportImageTasksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeImportImageTasksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeImportImageTasks

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeImportSnapshotTasks(context.Context, *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeImportSnapshotTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeImportSnapshotTasks operation.

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput 

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// A list of import snapshot task IDs.
	ImportTaskIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A token that indicates the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput 

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput struct {

	// A list of zero or more import snapshot tasks that are currently active or were
	// completed or canceled in the previous 7 days.
	ImportSnapshotTasks []types.ImportSnapshotTask

	// The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is null when there
	// are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks

func NewDescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator(client DescribeImportSnapshotTasksAPIClient, params *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator

NewDescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator returns a new DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator

func (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeImportSnapshotTasks page.

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks

type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput 

type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput struct {

	// The instance attribute. Note: The enaSupport attribute is not supported at this
	// time.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput 

type DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput struct {

	// The block device mapping of the instance.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.InstanceBlockDeviceMapping

	// If the value is true, you can't terminate the instance through the Amazon EC2
	// console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can.
	DisableApiTermination *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.
	EbsOptimized *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.
	EnaSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// To enable the instance for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, set this
	// parameter to true; otherwise, set it to false.
	EnclaveOptions *types.EnclaveOptions

	// The security groups associated with the instance.
	Groups []types.GroupIdentifier

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
	// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
	InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *types.AttributeValue

	// The instance type.
	InstanceType *types.AttributeValue

	// The kernel ID.
	KernelId *types.AttributeValue

	// A list of product codes.
	ProductCodes []types.ProductCode

	// The RAM disk ID.
	RamdiskId *types.AttributeValue

	// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
	RootDeviceName *types.AttributeValue

	// Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is
	// either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the
	// value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are
	// disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks
	// if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or
	// firewalls.
	SourceDestCheck *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
	// interface is enabled.
	SriovNetSupport *types.AttributeValue

	// The user data.
	UserData *types.AttributeValue

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an instance attribute.

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications operation.

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput 

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum
	// 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs.
	InstanceIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput 

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the credit option for CPU usage of an instance.
	InstanceCreditSpecifications []types.InstanceCreditSpecification

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications

func NewDescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator(client DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsAPIClient, params *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator

NewDescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator returns a new DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator

func (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications page.

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications

type DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput 

type DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput 

type DescribeInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput struct {

	// Information about the registered tag keys.
	InstanceTagAttribute *types.InstanceTagNotificationAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsAPIClient added in v1.13.0 

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstanceEventWindows(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstanceEventWindowsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstanceEventWindows operation.

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput added in v1.13.0 

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * dedicated-host-id - The event windows associated with
	// the specified Dedicated Host ID.
	//
	// * event-window-name - The event windows
	// associated with the specified names.
	//
	// * instance-id - The event windows
	// associated with the specified instance ID.
	//
	// * instance-tag - The event windows
	// associated with the specified tag and value.
	//
	// * instance-tag-key - The event
	// windows associated with the specified tag key, regardless of the value.
	//
	// *
	// instance-tag-value - The event windows associated with the specified tag value,
	// regardless of the key.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the event window. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the
	// filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key
	// Owner and the value CMX, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and CMX for the
	// filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the event window. Use
	// this filter to find all event windows that have a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the
	// event window. Use this filter to find all event windows that have a tag with a
	// specific value, regardless of the tag key.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the event windows.
	InstanceEventWindowIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 20 and 500. You cannot specify this parameter and the event
	// window IDs parameter in the same call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describe instance event windows by InstanceEventWindow.

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput added in v1.13.0 

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput struct {

	// Information about the event windows.
	InstanceEventWindows []types.InstanceEventWindow

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator added in v1.13.0 

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstanceEventWindows

func NewDescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator added in v1.13.0 

func NewDescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator(client DescribeInstanceEventWindowsAPIClient, params *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator

NewDescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator returns a new DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator

func (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.13.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.13.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstanceEventWindows page.

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginatorOptions added in v1.13.0 

type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 20 and 500. You cannot specify this parameter and the event
	// window IDs parameter in the same call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstanceEventWindowsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstanceEventWindows

type DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstanceStatus(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstanceStatus operation.

type DescribeInstanceStatusInput 

type DescribeInstanceStatusInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.
	//
	// *
	// event.code - The code for the scheduled event (instance-reboot | system-reboot |
	// system-maintenance | instance-retirement | instance-stop).
	//
	// * event.description
	// - A description of the event.
	//
	// * event.instance-event-id - The ID of the event
	// whose date and time you are modifying.
	//
	// * event.not-after - The latest end time
	// for the scheduled event (for example, 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
	//
	// *
	// event.not-before - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for example,
	// 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
	//
	// * event.not-before-deadline - The deadline for
	// starting the event (for example, 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
	//
	// *
	// instance-state-code - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned
	// integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and should be ignored. The
	// low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0
	// (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and
	// 80 (stopped).
	//
	// * instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending |
	// running | shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).
	//
	// *
	// instance-status.reachability - Filters on instance status where the name is
	// reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).
	//
	// *
	// instance-status.status - The status of the instance (ok | impaired |
	// initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).
	//
	// *
	// system-status.reachability - Filters on system status where the name is
	// reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).
	//
	// *
	// system-status.status - The system status of the instance (ok | impaired |
	// initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// When true, includes the health status for all instances. When false, includes
	// the health status for running instances only. Default: false
	IncludeAllInstances *bool

	// The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum
	// 100 explicitly specified instance IDs.
	InstanceIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceStatusOutput 

type DescribeInstanceStatusOutput struct {

	// Information about the status of the instances.
	InstanceStatuses []types.InstanceStatus

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstanceStatus

func NewDescribeInstanceStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInstanceStatusPaginator(client DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstanceStatusPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator

NewDescribeInstanceStatusPaginator returns a new DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator

func (*DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceStatusPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstanceStatus page.

type DescribeInstanceStatusPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceStatusPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstanceStatusPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstanceStatus

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings operation.

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput 

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// * location -
	// This depends on the location type. For example, if the location type is region
	// (default), the location is the Region code (for example, us-east-2.)
	//
	// *
	// instance-type - The instance type. For example, c5.2xlarge.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The location type.
	LocationType types.LocationType

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next token
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// The instance types offered.
	InstanceTypeOfferings []types.InstanceTypeOffering

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings

func NewDescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator(client DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsAPIClient, params *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator returns a new DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator

func (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings page.

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next token
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings

type DescribeInstanceTypesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstanceTypes(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceTypesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypesOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstanceTypesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstanceTypes operation.

type DescribeInstanceTypesInput 

type DescribeInstanceTypesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// *
	// auto-recovery-supported - Indicates whether auto recovery is supported (true |
	// false).
	//
	// * bare-metal - Indicates whether it is a bare metal instance type (true
	// | false).
	//
	// * burstable-performance-supported - Indicates whether it is a
	// burstable performance instance type (true | false).
	//
	// * current-generation -
	// Indicates whether this instance type is the latest generation instance type of
	// an instance family (true | false).
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-bandwidth-in-mbps - The baseline bandwidth
	// performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-iops - The baseline input/output storage
	// operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-throughput-in-mbps - The baseline
	// throughput performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-bandwidth-in-mbps - The maximum bandwidth
	// performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-iops - The maximum input/output storage
	// operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-throughput-in-mbps - The maximum throughput
	// performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s.
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.ebs-optimized-support - Indicates whether the instance type is
	// EBS-optimized (supported | unsupported | default).
	//
	// *
	// ebs-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether EBS encryption is supported
	// (supported | unsupported).
	//
	// * ebs-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether
	// non-volatile memory express (NVMe) is supported for EBS volumes (required |
	// supported | unsupported).
	//
	// * free-tier-eligible - Indicates whether the instance
	// type is eligible to use in the free tier (true | false).
	//
	// *
	// hibernation-supported - Indicates whether On-Demand hibernation is supported
	// (true | false).
	//
	// * hypervisor - The hypervisor (nitro | xen).
	//
	// *
	// instance-storage-info.disk.count - The number of local disks.
	//
	// *
	// instance-storage-info.disk.size-in-gb - The storage size of each instance
	// storage disk, in GB.
	//
	// * instance-storage-info.disk.type - The storage technology
	// for the local instance storage disks (hdd | ssd).
	//
	// *
	// instance-storage-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether data is encrypted
	// at rest (required | supported | unsupported).
	//
	// *
	// instance-storage-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether non-volatile memory
	// express (NVMe) is supported for instance store (required | supported |
	// unsupported).
	//
	// * instance-storage-info.total-size-in-gb - The total amount of
	// storage available from all local instance storage, in GB.
	//
	// *
	// instance-storage-supported - Indicates whether the instance type has local
	// instance storage (true | false).
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type (for
	// example c5.2xlarge or c5*).
	//
	// * memory-info.size-in-mib - The memory size.
	//
	// *
	// network-info.efa-info.maximum-efa-interfaces - The maximum number of Elastic
	// Fabric Adapters (EFAs) per instance.
	//
	// * network-info.efa-supported - Indicates
	// whether the instance type supports Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA) (true |
	// false).
	//
	// * network-info.ena-support - Indicates whether Elastic Network Adapter
	// (ENA) is supported or required (required | supported | unsupported).
	//
	// *
	// network-info.encryption-in-transit-supported - Indicates whether the instance
	// type automatically encrypts in-transit traffic between instances (true |
	// false).
	//
	// * network-info.ipv4-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of
	// private IPv4 addresses per network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-info.ipv6-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private IPv6
	// addresses per network interface.
	//
	// * network-info.ipv6-supported - Indicates
	// whether the instance type supports IPv6 (true | false).
	//
	// *
	// network-info.maximum-network-cards - The maximum number of network cards per
	// instance.
	//
	// * network-info.maximum-network-interfaces - The maximum number of
	// network interfaces per instance.
	//
	// * network-info.network-performance - The
	// network performance (for example, "25 Gigabit").
	//
	// *
	// processor-info.supported-architecture - The CPU architecture (arm64 | i386 |
	// x86_64).
	//
	// * processor-info.sustained-clock-speed-in-ghz - The CPU clock speed,
	// in GHz.
	//
	// * supported-boot-mode - The boot mode (legacy-bios | uefi).
	//
	// *
	// supported-root-device-type - The root device type (ebs | instance-store).
	//
	// *
	// supported-usage-class - The usage class (on-demand | spot).
	//
	// *
	// supported-virtualization-type - The virtualization type (hvm | paravirtual).
	//
	// *
	// vcpu-info.default-cores - The default number of cores for the instance type.
	//
	// *
	// vcpu-info.default-threads-per-core - The default number of threads per core for
	// the instance type.
	//
	// * vcpu-info.default-vcpus - The default number of vCPUs for
	// the instance type.
	//
	// * vcpu-info.valid-cores - The number of cores that can be
	// configured for the instance type.
	//
	// * vcpu-info.valid-threads-per-core - The
	// number of threads per core that can be configured for the instance type. For
	// example, "1" or "1,2".
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The instance types. For more information, see Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	InstanceTypes []types.InstanceType

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next token
	// value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceTypesOutput 

type DescribeInstanceTypesOutput struct {

	// The instance type. For more information, see Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	InstanceTypes []types.InstanceTypeInfo

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstanceTypes

func NewDescribeInstanceTypesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInstanceTypesPaginator(client DescribeInstanceTypesAPIClient, params *DescribeInstanceTypesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstanceTypesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator

NewDescribeInstanceTypesPaginator returns a new DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator

func (*DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstanceTypesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTypesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstanceTypes page.

type DescribeInstanceTypesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstanceTypesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next token
	// value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstanceTypesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstanceTypes

type DescribeInstancesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstancesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInstances(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)
}

DescribeInstancesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInstances operation.

type DescribeInstancesInput 

type DescribeInstancesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * affinity - The affinity setting for an instance running on a
	// Dedicated Host (default | host).
	//
	// * architecture - The instance architecture
	// (i386 | x86_64 | arm64).
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the
	// instance.
	//
	// * block-device-mapping.attach-time - The attach time for an EBS
	// volume mapped to the instance, for example, 2010-09-15T17:15:20.000Z.
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean that indicates whether
	// the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block device
	// mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
	//
	// * block-device-mapping.status - The
	// status for the EBS volume (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).
	//
	// *
	// block-device-mapping.volume-id - The volume ID of the EBS volume.
	//
	// *
	// capacity-reservation-id - The ID of the Capacity Reservation into which the
	// instance was launched.
	//
	// * client-token - The idempotency token you provided when
	// you launched the instance.
	//
	// * dns-name - The public DNS name of the instance.
	//
	// *
	// group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only.
	//
	// *
	// group-name - The name of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic
	// only.
	//
	// * hibernation-options.configured - A Boolean that indicates whether the
	// instance is enabled for hibernation. A value of true means that the instance is
	// enabled for hibernation.
	//
	// * host-id - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the
	// instance is running, if applicable.
	//
	// * hypervisor - The hypervisor type of the
	// instance (ovm | xen). The value xen is used for both Xen and Nitro
	// hypervisors.
	//
	// * iam-instance-profile.arn - The instance profile associated with
	// the instance. Specified as an ARN.
	//
	// * image-id - The ID of the image used to
	// launch the instance.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
	//
	// *
	// instance-lifecycle - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a Scheduled
	// Instance (spot | scheduled).
	//
	// * instance-state-code - The state of the instance,
	// as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and
	// should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid
	// values are: 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64
	// (stopping), and 80 (stopped).
	//
	// * instance-state-name - The state of the instance
	// (pending | running | shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).
	//
	// *
	// instance-type - The type of instance (for example, t2.micro).
	//
	// *
	// instance.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance.
	//
	// *
	// instance.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance.
	//
	// *
	// ip-address - The public IPv4 address of the instance.
	//
	// * kernel-id - The kernel
	// ID.
	//
	// * key-name - The name of the key pair used when the instance was
	// launched.
	//
	// * launch-index - When launching multiple instances, this is the index
	// for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on).
	//
	// *
	// launch-time - The time when the instance was launched, in the ISO 8601 format in
	// the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example,
	// 2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z. You can use a wildcard (*), for example, 2021-09-29T*,
	// which matches an entire day.
	//
	// * metadata-options.http-tokens - The metadata
	// request authorization state (optional | required)
	//
	// *
	// metadata-options.http-put-response-hop-limit - The http metadata request put
	// response hop limit (integer, possible values 1 to 64)
	//
	// *
	// metadata-options.http-endpoint - Enable or disable metadata access on http
	// endpoint (enabled | disabled)
	//
	// * monitoring-state - Indicates whether detailed
	// monitoring is enabled (disabled | enabled).
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address
	// associated with the network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.addresses.primary -
	// Specifies whether the IPv4 address of the network interface is the primary
	// private IPv4 address.
	//
	// * network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip - The
	// ID of the association of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network
	// interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id - The owner ID
	// of the private IPv4 address associated with the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address
	// (IPv4) bound to the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP address
	// (IPv4) associated with the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when
	// you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.association.association-id - The association ID returned when
	// the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface
	// attachment.
	//
	// * network-interface.attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance
	// to which the network interface is attached.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to
	// which the network interface is attached.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.attachment.device-index - The device index to which the
	// network interface is attached.
	//
	// * network-interface.attachment.status - The
	// status of the attachment (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.attachment.attach-time - The time that the network interface
	// was attached to an instance.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination - Specifies whether the
	// attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.description - The description of the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.group-id - The ID of a security group associated
	// with the network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.group-name - The name of a
	// security group associated with the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated with
	// the network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.mac-address - The MAC address of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.owner-id - The ID of the owner of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.private-dns-name - The private DNS name
	// of the network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.requester-id - The requester ID
	// for the network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.requester-managed - Indicates
	// whether the network interface is being managed by Amazon Web Services.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.status - The status of the network interface (available) |
	// in-use).
	//
	// * network-interface.source-dest-check - Whether the network interface
	// performs source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking is
	// enabled, and false means that checking is disabled. The value must be false for
	// the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your
	// VPC.
	//
	// * network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the instance owner.
	//
	// *
	// placement-group-name - The name of the placement group for the instance.
	//
	// *
	// placement-partition-number - The partition in which the instance is located.
	//
	// *
	// platform - The platform. To list only Windows instances, use windows.
	//
	// *
	// private-dns-name - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance.
	//
	// *
	// private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address of the instance.
	//
	// * product-code -
	// The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the instance.
	//
	// *
	// product-code.type - The type of product code (devpay | marketplace).
	//
	// *
	// ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.
	//
	// * reason - The reason for the current state of
	// the instance (for example, shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or
	// terminate the instance). Similar to the state-reason-code filter.
	//
	// *
	// requester-id - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf
	// (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so
	// on).
	//
	// * reservation-id - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation ID
	// is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one
	// relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more
	// than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the same launch
	// request. For example, if you launch one instance, you get one reservation ID. If
	// you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you also get one
	// reservation ID.
	//
	// * root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume
	// (for example, /dev/sda1).
	//
	// * root-device-type - The type of the root device
	// volume (ebs | instance-store).
	//
	// * source-dest-check - Indicates whether the
	// instance performs source/destination checking. A value of true means that
	// checking is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled. The value must
	// be false for the instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your
	// VPC.
	//
	// * spot-instance-request-id - The ID of the Spot Instance request.
	//
	// *
	// state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.
	//
	// *
	// state-reason-message - A message that describes the state change.
	//
	// * subnet-id -
	// The ID of the subnet for the instance.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a
	// tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag
	// value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag
	// with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name
	// and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag with a specific
	// key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * tenancy - The tenancy of an instance
	// (dedicated | default | host).
	//
	// * virtualization-type - The virtualization type
	// of the instance (paravirtual | hvm).
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that the
	// instance is running in.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances.
	InstanceIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstancesOutput 

type DescribeInstancesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the reservations.
	Reservations []types.Reservation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstancesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstancesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInstances

func NewDescribeInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInstancesPaginator(client DescribeInstancesAPIClient, params *DescribeInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInstancesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInstancesPaginator

NewDescribeInstancesPaginator returns a new DescribeInstancesPaginator

func (*DescribeInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInstancesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInstancesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInstances page.

type DescribeInstancesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInstancesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInstancesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInstances

type DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInternetGateways(context.Context, *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInternetGateways operation.

type DescribeInternetGatewaysInput 

type DescribeInternetGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * attachment.state - The current state of the attachment
	// between the gateway and the VPC (available). Present only if a VPC is
	// attached.
	//
	// * attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.
	//
	// *
	// internet-gateway-id - The ID of the Internet gateway.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of
	// the Amazon Web Services account that owns the internet gateway.
	//
	// * tag: - The
	// key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the
	// filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more internet gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your internet gateways.
	InternetGatewayIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more internet gateways.
	InternetGateways []types.InternetGateway

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInternetGateways

func NewDescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInternetGateways page.

type DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInternetGateways

type DescribeIpamPoolsAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamPoolsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeIpamPools(context.Context, *DescribeIpamPoolsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamPoolsOutput, error)
}

DescribeIpamPoolsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeIpamPools operation.

type DescribeIpamPoolsInput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamPoolsInput struct {

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the IPAM pools you would like information on.
	IpamPoolIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamPoolsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamPoolsOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPAM pools.
	IpamPools []types.IpamPool

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeIpamPools

func NewDescribeIpamPoolsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewDescribeIpamPoolsPaginator(client DescribeIpamPoolsAPIClient, params *DescribeIpamPoolsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeIpamPoolsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator

NewDescribeIpamPoolsPaginator returns a new DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator

func (*DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamPoolsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamPoolsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeIpamPools page.

type DescribeIpamPoolsPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamPoolsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeIpamPoolsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeIpamPools

type DescribeIpamScopesAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamScopesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeIpamScopes(context.Context, *DescribeIpamScopesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamScopesOutput, error)
}

DescribeIpamScopesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeIpamScopes operation.

type DescribeIpamScopesInput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamScopesInput struct {

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the scopes you want information on.
	IpamScopeIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamScopesOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamScopesOutput struct {

	// The scopes you want information on.
	IpamScopes []types.IpamScope

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamScopesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamScopesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeIpamScopesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeIpamScopes

func NewDescribeIpamScopesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewDescribeIpamScopesPaginator(client DescribeIpamScopesAPIClient, params *DescribeIpamScopesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeIpamScopesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeIpamScopesPaginator

NewDescribeIpamScopesPaginator returns a new DescribeIpamScopesPaginator

func (*DescribeIpamScopesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamScopesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeIpamScopesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamScopesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamScopesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeIpamScopes page.

type DescribeIpamScopesPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamScopesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeIpamScopesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeIpamScopes

type DescribeIpamsAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeIpams(context.Context, *DescribeIpamsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamsOutput, error)
}

DescribeIpamsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeIpams operation.

type DescribeIpamsInput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamsInput struct {

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the IPAMs you want information on.
	IpamIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamsOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPAMs.
	Ipams []types.Ipam

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpamsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeIpamsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeIpams

func NewDescribeIpamsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewDescribeIpamsPaginator(client DescribeIpamsAPIClient, params *DescribeIpamsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeIpamsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeIpamsPaginator

NewDescribeIpamsPaginator returns a new DescribeIpamsPaginator

func (*DescribeIpamsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeIpamsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeIpamsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeIpams page.

type DescribeIpamsPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeIpamsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeIpamsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeIpams

type DescribeIpv6PoolsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIpv6PoolsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeIpv6Pools(context.Context, *DescribeIpv6PoolsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpv6PoolsOutput, error)
}

DescribeIpv6PoolsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeIpv6Pools operation.

type DescribeIpv6PoolsInput 

type DescribeIpv6PoolsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the IPv6 address pools.
	PoolIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpv6PoolsOutput 

type DescribeIpv6PoolsOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv6 address pools.
	Ipv6Pools []types.Ipv6Pool

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeIpv6Pools

func NewDescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator(client DescribeIpv6PoolsAPIClient, params *DescribeIpv6PoolsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator

NewDescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator returns a new DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator

func (*DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpv6PoolsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeIpv6Pools page.

type DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeIpv6PoolsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeIpv6Pools

type DescribeKeyPairsAPIClient added in v1.11.0 

type DescribeKeyPairsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeKeyPairs(context.Context, *DescribeKeyPairsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error)
}

DescribeKeyPairsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeKeyPairs operation.

type DescribeKeyPairsInput 

type DescribeKeyPairsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * key-pair-id - The ID of the key pair.
	//
	// * fingerprint - The
	// fingerprint of the key pair.
	//
	// * key-name - The name of the key pair.
	//
	// * tag-key
	// - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all
	// resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// *
	// tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
	// key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to
	// find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA,
	// specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// If true, the public key material is included in the response. Default: false
	IncludePublicKey *bool

	// The key pair names. Default: Describes all of your key pairs.
	KeyNames []string

	// The IDs of the key pairs.
	KeyPairIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeKeyPairsOutput 

type DescribeKeyPairsOutput struct {

	// Information about the key pairs.
	KeyPairs []types.KeyPairInfo

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions(context.Context, *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions operation.

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput 

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * create-time - The time the launch template version was
	// created.
	//
	// * ebs-optimized - A boolean that indicates whether the instance is
	// optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.
	//
	// * http-endpoint - Indicates whether the HTTP
	// metadata endpoint on your instances is enabled (enabled | disabled).
	//
	// *
	// http-protocol-ipv4 - Indicates whether the IPv4 endpoint for the instance
	// metadata service is enabled (enabled | disabled).
	//
	// * host-resource-group-arn -
	// The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances.
	//
	// *
	// http-tokens - The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests
	// (optional | required).
	//
	// * iam-instance-profile - The ARN of the IAM instance
	// profile.
	//
	// * image-id - The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance
	// type.
	//
	// * is-default-version - A boolean that indicates whether the launch
	// template version is the default version.
	//
	// * kernel-id - The kernel ID.
	//
	// *
	// license-configuration-arn - The ARN of the license configuration.
	//
	// *
	// network-card-index - The index of the network card.
	//
	// * ram-disk-id - The RAM
	// disk ID.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The ID of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a specified
	// launch template, you must specify either the launch template ID or the launch
	// template name in the request. To describe all the latest or default launch
	// template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter.
	LaunchTemplateId *string

	// The name of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a specified
	// launch template, you must specify either the launch template ID or the launch
	// template name in the request. To describe all the latest or default launch
	// template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter.
	LaunchTemplateName *string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The version number up to which to describe launch template versions.
	MaxVersion *string

	// The version number after which to describe launch template versions.
	MinVersion *string

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more versions of the launch template. Valid values depend on whether you
	// are describing a specified launch template (by ID or name) or all launch
	// templates in your account. To describe one or more versions of a specified
	// launch template, valid values are $Latest, $Default, and numbers. To describe
	// all launch templates in your account that are defined as the latest version, the
	// valid value is $Latest. To describe all launch templates in your account that
	// are defined as the default version, the valid value is $Default. You can specify
	// $Latest and $Default in the same call. You cannot specify numbers.
	Versions []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput 

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template versions.
	LaunchTemplateVersions []types.LaunchTemplateVersion

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions

func NewDescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator(client DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsAPIClient, params *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator

NewDescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator returns a new DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator

func (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions page.

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLaunchTemplates(context.Context, *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput, error)
}

DescribeLaunchTemplatesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLaunchTemplates operation.

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput 

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * create-time - The time the launch template was
	// created.
	//
	// * launch-template-name - The name of the launch template.
	//
	// * tag: -
	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more launch template IDs.
	LaunchTemplateIds []string

	// One or more launch template names.
	LaunchTemplateNames []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput 

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch templates.
	LaunchTemplates []types.LaunchTemplate

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLaunchTemplates

func NewDescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator(client DescribeLaunchTemplatesAPIClient, params *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator

NewDescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator returns a new DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator

func (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLaunchTemplates page.

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLaunchTemplatesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLaunchTemplates

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local
	// gateway route table for the virtual interface group.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-association-id - The ID of the
	// association.
	//
	// * local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of
	// the virtual interface group.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services
	// account that owns the local gateway virtual interface group association.
	//
	// *
	// state - The state of the association.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the associations.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the associations.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations []types.LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations page.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local
	// gateway route table for the association.
	//
	// * local-gateway-route-table-id - The
	// ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-vpc-association-id - The ID of the association.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway
	// route table for the association.
	//
	// * state - The state of the association.
	//
	// *
	// vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the associations.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the associations.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations []types.LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations page.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local
	// gateway route table.
	//
	// * local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of a local gateway
	// route table.
	//
	// * outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway
	// route table.
	//
	// * state - The state of the local gateway route table.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the local gateway route tables.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesOutput struct {

	// Information about the local gateway route tables.
	LocalGatewayRouteTables []types.LocalGatewayRouteTable

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables page.

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of the virtual interface
	// group.
	//
	// * local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual
	// interface.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the
	// local gateway virtual interface group.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the virtual interface groups.
	LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsOutput struct {

	// The virtual interface groups.
	LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups []types.LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroup

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups page.

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-address - The local address.
	//
	// * local-bgp-asn -
	// The Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN) of the local
	// gateway.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of the local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual interface.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway
	// virtual interface.
	//
	// * peer-address - The peer address.
	//
	// * peer-bgp-asn - The
	// peer BGP ASN.
	//
	// * vlan - The ID of the VLAN.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the virtual interfaces.
	LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesOutput struct {

	// Information about the virtual interfaces.
	LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces []types.LocalGatewayVirtualInterface

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces page.

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces

type DescribeLocalGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeLocalGateways(context.Context, *DescribeLocalGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeLocalGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeLocalGateways operation.

type DescribeLocalGatewaysInput 

type DescribeLocalGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.
	//
	// *
	// outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
	//
	// * owner-id - The
	// ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway.
	//
	// * state -
	// The state of the association.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the local gateways.
	LocalGatewayIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeLocalGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about the local gateways.
	LocalGateways []types.LocalGateway

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeLocalGateways

func NewDescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeLocalGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeLocalGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLocalGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeLocalGateways page.

type DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeLocalGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeLocalGateways

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeManagedPrefixLists(context.Context, *DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput, error)
}

DescribeManagedPrefixListsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeManagedPrefixLists operation.

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput 

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the prefix list owner.
	//
	// *
	// prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// * prefix-list-name - The name of
	// the prefix list.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more prefix list IDs.
	PrefixListIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput 

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the prefix lists.
	PrefixLists []types.ManagedPrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeManagedPrefixLists

func NewDescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator(client DescribeManagedPrefixListsAPIClient, params *DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator

NewDescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator returns a new DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator

func (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeManagedPrefixLists page.

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeManagedPrefixListsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeManagedPrefixLists

type DescribeMovingAddressesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeMovingAddressesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeMovingAddresses(context.Context, *DescribeMovingAddressesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error)
}

DescribeMovingAddressesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeMovingAddresses operation.

type DescribeMovingAddressesInput 

type DescribeMovingAddressesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * moving-status - The status of the Elastic IP address
	// (MovingToVpc | RestoringToClassic).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned.
	// Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more Elastic IP addresses.
	PublicIps []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeMovingAddressesOutput 

type DescribeMovingAddressesOutput struct {

	// The status for each Elastic IP address.
	MovingAddressStatuses []types.MovingAddressStatus

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeMovingAddresses

func NewDescribeMovingAddressesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeMovingAddressesPaginator(client DescribeMovingAddressesAPIClient, params *DescribeMovingAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeMovingAddressesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator

NewDescribeMovingAddressesPaginator returns a new DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator

func (*DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeMovingAddressesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeMovingAddresses page.

type DescribeMovingAddressesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeMovingAddressesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned.
	// Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeMovingAddressesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeMovingAddresses

type DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNatGateways(context.Context, *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNatGateways operation.

type DescribeNatGatewaysInput 

type DescribeNatGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * nat-gateway-id - The ID of the NAT gateway.
	//
	// * state -
	// The state of the NAT gateway (pending | failed | available | deleting |
	// deleted).
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway
	// resides.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
	// example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value
	// TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// *
	// tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all
	// resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// *
	// vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides.
	Filter []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// One or more NAT gateway IDs.
	NatGatewayIds []string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNatGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeNatGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about the NAT gateways.
	NatGateways []types.NatGateway

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNatGateways

func NewDescribeNatGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeNatGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNatGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeNatGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNatGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNatGateways page.

type DescribeNatGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNatGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNatGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNatGateways

type DescribeNetworkAclsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkAclsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkAcls(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkAclsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkAclsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkAcls operation.

type DescribeNetworkAclsInput 

type DescribeNetworkAclsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * association.association-id - The ID of an association ID
	// for the ACL.
	//
	// * association.network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL involved
	// in the association.
	//
	// * association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in
	// the association.
	//
	// * default - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network
	// ACL for the VPC.
	//
	// * entry.cidr - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry.
	//
	// *
	// entry.icmp.code - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any.
	//
	// *
	// entry.icmp.type - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any.
	//
	// *
	// entry.ipv6-cidr - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry.
	//
	// *
	// entry.port-range.from - The start of the port range specified in the entry.
	//
	// *
	// entry.port-range.to - The end of the port range specified in the entry.
	//
	// *
	// entry.protocol - The protocol specified in the entry (tcp | udp | icmp or a
	// protocol number).
	//
	// * entry.rule-action - Allows or denies the matching traffic
	// (allow | deny).
	//
	// * entry.rule-number - The number of an entry (in other words,
	// rule) in the set of ACL entries.
	//
	// * network-acl-id - The ID of the network
	// ACL.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the
	// network ACL.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// One or more network ACL IDs. Default: Describes all your network ACLs.
	NetworkAclIds []string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkAclsOutput 

type DescribeNetworkAclsOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more network ACLs.
	NetworkAcls []types.NetworkAcl

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkAcls

func NewDescribeNetworkAclsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkAclsPaginator(client DescribeNetworkAclsAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkAclsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkAclsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkAclsPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkAclsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkAcls page.

type DescribeNetworkAclsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkAclsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkAclsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkAcls

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses operation.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesInput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesInput struct {

	// Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on
	// or after this time.
	AnalysisStartTimeBegin *time.Time

	// Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on
	// or before this time.
	AnalysisStartTimeEnd *time.Time

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// There are no supported filters.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The IDs of the Network Access Scope analyses.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisIds []string

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId *string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesOutput struct {

	// The Network Access Scope analyses.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses []types.NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses page.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalyses

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes operation.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesInput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// There are no supported filters.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The IDs of the Network Access Scopes.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeIds []string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesOutput struct {

	// The Network Access Scopes.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopes []types.NetworkInsightsAccessScope

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes page.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInsightsAccessScopes

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses operation.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput struct {

	// The time when the network insights analyses ended.
	AnalysisEndTime *time.Time

	// The time when the network insights analyses started.
	AnalysisStartTime *time.Time

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters. The following are the possible values:
	//
	// * PathFound - A Boolean
	// value that indicates whether a feasible path is found.
	//
	// * Status - The status of
	// the analysis (running | succeeded | failed).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The ID of the network insights analyses. You must specify either analysis IDs or
	// a path ID.
	NetworkInsightsAnalysisIds []string

	// The ID of the path. You must specify either a path ID or analysis IDs.
	NetworkInsightsPathId *string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesOutput struct {

	// Information about the network insights analyses.
	NetworkInsightsAnalyses []types.NetworkInsightsAnalysis

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator added in v0.31.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses page.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginatorOptions added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths operation.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters. The following are the possible values:
	//
	// * Destination - The ID of
	// the resource.
	//
	// * DestinationPort - The destination port.
	//
	// * Name - The path
	// name.
	//
	// * Protocol - The protocol.
	//
	// * Source - The ID of the resource.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The IDs of the paths.
	NetworkInsightsPathIds []string

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsOutput struct {

	// Information about the paths.
	NetworkInsightsPaths []types.NetworkInsightsPath

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths page.

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginatorOptions added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths

type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The attribute of the network interface. This parameter is required.
	Attribute types.NetworkInterfaceAttribute

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.

type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {

	// The attachment (if any) of the network interface.
	Attachment *types.NetworkInterfaceAttachment

	// The description of the network interface.
	Description *types.AttributeValue

	// The security groups associated with the network interface.
	Groups []types.GroupIdentifier

	// The ID of the network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled.
	SourceDestCheck *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions operation.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput struct {

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface-permission.network-interface-permission-id - The ID of the
	// permission.
	//
	// * network-interface-permission.network-interface-id - The ID of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface-permission.aws-account-id - The Amazon
	// Web Services account ID.
	//
	// * network-interface-permission.aws-service - The
	// Amazon Web Service.
	//
	// * network-interface-permission.permission - The type of
	// permission (INSTANCE-ATTACH | EIP-ASSOCIATE).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. If this
	// parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default.
	MaxResults *int32

	// One or more network interface permission IDs.
	NetworkInterfacePermissionIds []string

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput struct {

	// The network interface permissions.
	NetworkInterfacePermissions []types.NetworkInterfacePermission

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions

func NewDescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions page.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. If this
	// parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNetworkInterfaces(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error)
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNetworkInterfaces operation.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4
	// addresses associated with the network interface.
	//
	// * addresses.primary - Whether
	// the private IPv4 address is the primary IP address associated with the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * addresses.association.public-ip - The association ID returned when
	// the network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4).
	//
	// *
	// addresses.association.owner-id - The owner ID of the addresses associated with
	// the network interface.
	//
	// * association.association-id - The association ID
	// returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address.
	//
	// *
	// association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the
	// Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.
	//
	// * association.ip-owner-id
	// - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address
	// (IPv4) bound to the network interface.
	//
	// * association.public-dns-name - The
	// public DNS name for the network interface (IPv4).
	//
	// * attachment.attachment-id -
	// The ID of the interface attachment.
	//
	// * attachment.attach-time - The time that
	// the network interface was attached to an instance.
	//
	// *
	// attachment.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the attachment is deleted
	// when an instance is terminated.
	//
	// * attachment.device-index - The device index to
	// which the network interface is attached.
	//
	// * attachment.instance-id - The ID of
	// the instance to which the network interface is attached.
	//
	// *
	// attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to which the network
	// interface is attached.
	//
	// * attachment.status - The status of the attachment
	// (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).
	//
	// * availability-zone - The
	// Availability Zone of the network interface.
	//
	// * description - The description of
	// the network interface.
	//
	// * group-id - The ID of a security group associated with
	// the network interface.
	//
	// * group-name - The name of a security group associated
	// with the network interface.
	//
	// * ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - An IPv6 address
	// associated with the network interface.
	//
	// * interface-type - The type of network
	// interface (api_gateway_managed | aws_codestar_connections_managed | branch | efa
	// | gateway_load_balancer | gateway_load_balancer_endpoint |
	// global_accelerator_managed | interface | iot_rules_managed | lambda |
	// load_balancer | nat_gateway | network_load_balancer | quicksight |
	// transit_gateway | trunk | vpc_endpoint).
	//
	// * mac-address - The MAC address of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the network interface owner.
	//
	// *
	// private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network
	// interface.
	//
	// * private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network interface
	// (IPv4).
	//
	// * requester-id - The alias or Amazon Web Services account ID of the
	// principal or service that created the network interface.
	//
	// * requester-managed -
	// Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by an Amazon Web
	// Service (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, Auto Scaling, and
	// so on).
	//
	// * source-dest-check - Indicates whether the network interface performs
	// source/destination checking. A value of true means checking is enabled, and
	// false means checking is disabled. The value must be false for the network
	// interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC.
	//
	// * status -
	// The status of the network interface. If the network interface is not attached to
	// an instance, the status is available; if a network interface is attached to an
	// instance the status is in-use.
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	// You cannot specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the
	// same request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// One or more network interface IDs. Default: Describes all your network
	// interfaces.
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaces.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more network interfaces.
	NetworkInterfaces []types.NetworkInterface

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaces.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNetworkInterfaces

func NewDescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator(client DescribeNetworkInterfacesAPIClient, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator

NewDescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator returns a new DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator

func (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNetworkInterfaces page.

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	// You cannot specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the
	// same request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNetworkInterfaces

type DescribePlacementGroupsInput 

type DescribePlacementGroupsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * group-name - The name of the placement group.
	//
	// * group-arn - The
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the placement group.
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// placement group (pending | available | deleting | deleted).
	//
	// * strategy - The
	// strategy of the placement group (cluster | spread | partition).
	//
	// * tag: - The
	// key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the
	// filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the placement groups.
	GroupIds []string

	// The names of the placement groups. Default: Describes all your placement groups,
	// or only those otherwise specified.
	GroupNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePlacementGroupsOutput 

type DescribePlacementGroupsOutput struct {

	// Information about the placement groups.
	PlacementGroups []types.PlacementGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePrefixListsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrefixListsAPIClient interface {
	DescribePrefixLists(context.Context, *DescribePrefixListsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error)
}

DescribePrefixListsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribePrefixLists operation.

type DescribePrefixListsInput 

type DescribePrefixListsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * prefix-list-id: The ID of a prefix list.
	//
	// *
	// prefix-list-name: The name of a prefix list.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more prefix list IDs.
	PrefixListIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePrefixListsOutput 

type DescribePrefixListsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// All available prefix lists.
	PrefixLists []types.PrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePrefixListsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrefixListsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribePrefixListsPaginator is a paginator for DescribePrefixLists

func NewDescribePrefixListsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribePrefixListsPaginator(client DescribePrefixListsAPIClient, params *DescribePrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribePrefixListsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribePrefixListsPaginator

NewDescribePrefixListsPaginator returns a new DescribePrefixListsPaginator

func (*DescribePrefixListsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePrefixListsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribePrefixListsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePrefixListsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribePrefixLists page.

type DescribePrefixListsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrefixListsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribePrefixListsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribePrefixLists

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatAPIClient interface {
	DescribePrincipalIdFormat(context.Context, *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput, error)
}

DescribePrincipalIdFormatAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribePrincipalIdFormat operation.

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput 

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options
	// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
	// image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl |
	// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment |
	// prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association |
	// security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume |
	// vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection |
	// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway
	Resources []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput 

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the ID format settings for the ARN.
	Principals []types.PrincipalIdFormat

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator is a paginator for DescribePrincipalIdFormat

func NewDescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator(client DescribePrincipalIdFormatAPIClient, params *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginatorOptions)) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator

NewDescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator returns a new DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator

func (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribePrincipalIdFormat page.

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribePrincipalIdFormatPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribePrincipalIdFormat

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsAPIClient interface {
	DescribePublicIpv4Pools(context.Context, *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput, error)
}

DescribePublicIpv4PoolsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribePublicIpv4Pools operation.

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput 

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput struct {

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the address pools.
	PoolIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput 

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the address pools.
	PublicIpv4Pools []types.PublicIpv4Pool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator is a paginator for DescribePublicIpv4Pools

func NewDescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator(client DescribePublicIpv4PoolsAPIClient, params *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator

NewDescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator returns a new DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator

func (*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribePublicIpv4Pools page.

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribePublicIpv4Pools

type DescribeRegionsInput 

type DescribeRegionsInput struct {

	// Indicates whether to display all Regions, including Regions that are disabled
	// for your account.
	AllRegions *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * endpoint - The endpoint of the Region (for example,
	// ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com).
	//
	// * opt-in-status - The opt-in status of the Region
	// (opt-in-not-required | opted-in | not-opted-in).
	//
	// * region-name - The name of
	// the Region (for example, us-east-1).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The names of the Regions. You can specify any Regions, whether they are enabled
	// and disabled for your account.
	RegionNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeRegionsOutput 

type DescribeRegionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Regions.
	Regions []types.Region

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksAPIClient added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks(context.Context, *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks operation.

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Filter to use:
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the instance for which the root volume
	// replacement task was created.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the root volume replacement task to view.
	ReplaceRootVolumeTaskIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the root volume replacement task.
	ReplaceRootVolumeTasks []types.ReplaceRootVolumeTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks

func NewDescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator added in v1.3.0 

func NewDescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator(client DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksAPIClient, params *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator

NewDescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator returns a new DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator

func (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.3.0 

func (p *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator) NextPage added in v1.3.0 

func (p *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks page.

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginatorOptions added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks

type DescribeReservedInstancesInput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the
	// Reserved Instance can be used.
	//
	// * duration - The duration of the Reserved
	// Instance (one year or three years), in seconds (31536000 | 94608000).
	//
	// * end -
	// The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example,
	// 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).
	//
	// * fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved
	// Instance (for example, 9800.0).
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type that is
	// covered by the reservation.
	//
	// * scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance
	// (Region or Availability Zone).
	//
	// * product-description - The Reserved Instance
	// product platform description. Instances that include (Amazon VPC) in the product
	// platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and
	// are for use with Amazon VPC (Linux/UNIX | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux |
	// SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux
	// (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA (Amazon VPC) | Windows | Windows
	// (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Standard | Windows with SQL Server
	// Standard (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Web | Windows with SQL Server
	// Web (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise | Windows with SQL Server
	// Enterprise (Amazon VPC)).
	//
	// * reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved
	// Instance.
	//
	// * start - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request
	// was placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// Reserved Instance (payment-pending | active | payment-failed | retired).
	//
	// * tag:
	// - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key
	// in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find
	// all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * usage-price
	// - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible.
	OfferingClass types.OfferingClassType

	// The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the
	// 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the Medium Utilization Reserved
	// Instance offering type.
	OfferingType types.OfferingTypeValues

	// One or more Reserved Instance IDs. Default: Describes all your Reserved
	// Instances, or only those otherwise specified.
	ReservedInstancesIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstances.

type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput struct {

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved
	// Instances.
	//
	// * reserved-instances-listing-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances
	// listing.
	//
	// * status - The status of the Reserved Instance listing (pending |
	// active | cancelled | closed).
	//
	// * status-message - The reason for the status.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more Reserved Instance IDs.
	ReservedInstancesId *string

	// One or more Reserved Instance listing IDs.
	ReservedInstancesListingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesListings.

type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput struct {

	// Information about the Reserved Instance listing.
	ReservedInstancesListings []types.ReservedInstancesListing

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesListings.

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(context.Context, *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReservedInstancesModifications operation.

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput struct {

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * client-token - The idempotency token for the
	// modification request.
	//
	// * create-date - The time when the modification request
	// was created.
	//
	// * effective-date - The time when the modification becomes
	// effective.
	//
	// * modification-result.reserved-instances-id - The ID for the
	// Reserved Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only
	// available when the status of the modification is fulfilled.
	//
	// *
	// modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone - The Availability
	// Zone for the new Reserved Instances.
	//
	// *
	// modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count  - The number of new
	// Reserved Instances.
	//
	// * modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type -
	// The instance type of the new Reserved Instances.
	//
	// *
	// modification-result.target-configuration.platform - The network platform of the
	// new Reserved Instances (EC2-Classic | EC2-VPC).
	//
	// * reserved-instances-id - The
	// ID of the Reserved Instances modified.
	//
	// * reserved-instances-modification-id -
	// The ID of the modification request.
	//
	// * status - The status of the Reserved
	// Instances modification request (processing | fulfilled | failed).
	//
	// *
	// status-message - The reason for the status.
	//
	// * update-date - The time when the
	// modification request was last updated.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// IDs for the submitted modification request.
	ReservedInstancesModificationIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The Reserved Instance modification information.
	ReservedInstancesModifications []types.ReservedInstancesModification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReservedInstancesModifications

func NewDescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator(client DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsAPIClient, params *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator

NewDescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator returns a new DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator

func (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReservedInstancesModifications page.

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReservedInstancesModifications

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings(context.Context, *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error)
}

DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings operation.

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput struct {

	// The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the
	// Reserved Instance can be used.
	//
	// * duration - The duration of the Reserved
	// Instance (for example, one year or three years), in seconds (31536000 |
	// 94608000).
	//
	// * fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for
	// example, 9800.0).
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the
	// reservation.
	//
	// * marketplace - Set to true to show only Reserved Instance
	// Marketplace offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default
	// behavior, all offerings from both Amazon Web Services and the Reserved Instance
	// Marketplace are listed.
	//
	// * product-description - The Reserved Instance product
	// platform description. Instances that include (Amazon VPC) in the product
	// platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and
	// are for use with Amazon VPC. (Linux/UNIX | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux
	// | SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux
	// (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA (Amazon VPC) | Windows | Windows
	// (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Standard | Windows with SQL Server
	// Standard (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Web |  Windows with SQL Server
	// Web (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise | Windows with SQL Server
	// Enterprise (Amazon VPC))
	//
	// * reserved-instances-offering-id - The Reserved
	// Instances offering ID.
	//
	// * scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance
	// (Availability Zone or Region).
	//
	// * usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved
	// Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// Include Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings in the response.
	IncludeMarketplace *bool

	// The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance
	// with a tenancy of dedicated is applied to instances that run in a VPC on
	// single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). Important: The host value
	// cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values only.
	// Default: default
	InstanceTenancy types.Tenancy

	// The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, m1.small). For
	// more information, see Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	InstanceType types.InstanceType

	// The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.
	// Default: 94608000 (3 years)
	MaxDuration *int64

	// The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. Default:
	// 20
	MaxInstanceCount *int32

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100
	MaxResults *int32

	// The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.
	// Default: 2592000 (1 month)
	MinDuration *int64

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be standard or convertible.
	OfferingClass types.OfferingClassType

	// The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the
	// 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the Medium Utilization Reserved
	// Instance offering type.
	OfferingType types.OfferingTypeValues

	// The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include
	// (Amazon VPC) in the description are for use with Amazon VPC.
	ProductDescription types.RIProductDescription

	// One or more Reserved Instances offering IDs.
	ReservedInstancesOfferingIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of Reserved Instances offerings.
	ReservedInstancesOfferings []types.ReservedInstancesOffering

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings

func NewDescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator(client DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsAPIClient, params *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator returns a new DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator

func (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings page.

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings

type DescribeReservedInstancesOutput 

type DescribeReservedInstancesOutput struct {

	// A list of Reserved Instances.
	ReservedInstances []types.ReservedInstances

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output for DescribeReservedInstances.

type DescribeRouteTablesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeRouteTablesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeRouteTables(context.Context, *DescribeRouteTablesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error)
}

DescribeRouteTablesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeRouteTables operation.

type DescribeRouteTablesInput 

type DescribeRouteTablesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * association.route-table-association-id - The ID of an
	// association ID for the route table.
	//
	// * association.route-table-id - The ID of
	// the route table involved in the association.
	//
	// * association.subnet-id - The ID
	// of the subnet involved in the association.
	//
	// * association.main - Indicates
	// whether the route table is the main route table for the VPC (true | false).
	// Route tables that do not have an association ID are not returned in the
	// response.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the
	// route table.
	//
	// * route-table-id - The ID of the route table.
	//
	// *
	// route.destination-cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route in the
	// table.
	//
	// * route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in a
	// route in the route table.
	//
	// * route.destination-prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix)
	// of the Amazon Web Service specified in a route in the table.
	//
	// *
	// route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id - The ID of an egress-only Internet
	// gateway specified in a route in the route table.
	//
	// * route.gateway-id - The ID of
	// a gateway specified in a route in the table.
	//
	// * route.instance-id - The ID of an
	// instance specified in a route in the table.
	//
	// * route.nat-gateway-id - The ID of
	// a NAT gateway.
	//
	// * route.transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway.
	//
	// *
	// route.origin - Describes how the route was created. CreateRouteTable indicates
	// that the route was automatically created when the route table was created;
	// CreateRoute indicates that the route was manually added to the route table;
	// EnableVgwRoutePropagation indicates that the route was propagated by route
	// propagation.
	//
	// * route.state - The state of a route in the route table (active |
	// blackhole). The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't
	// available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the
	// specified NAT instance has been terminated, and so on).
	//
	// *
	// route.vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of a VPC peering connection specified
	// in a route in the table.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned
	// to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the
	// filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key
	// Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for
	// the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use
	// this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless
	// of the tag value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the route table.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more route table IDs. Default: Describes all your route tables.
	RouteTableIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeRouteTablesOutput 

type DescribeRouteTablesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more route tables.
	RouteTables []types.RouteTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeRouteTables.

type DescribeRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeRouteTablesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeRouteTablesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeRouteTables

func NewDescribeRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeRouteTablesPaginator(client DescribeRouteTablesAPIClient, params *DescribeRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeRouteTablesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeRouteTablesPaginator

NewDescribeRouteTablesPaginator returns a new DescribeRouteTablesPaginator

func (*DescribeRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeRouteTables page.

type DescribeRouteTablesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeRouteTablesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeRouteTablesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeRouteTables

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityAPIClient interface {
	DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability(context.Context, *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error)
}

DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability operation.

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput 

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput struct {

	// The time period for the first schedule to start.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FirstSlotStartTimeRange *types.SlotDateTimeRangeRequest

	// The schedule recurrence.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Recurrence *types.ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example,
	// us-west-2a).
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).
	//
	// *
	// network-platform - The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
	//
	// * platform -
	// The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results,
	// make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than
	// MinSlotDurationInHours and less than 1,720.
	MaxSlotDurationInHours *int32

	// The minimum available duration, in hours. The minimum required duration is 1,200
	// hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum
	// weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours.
	MinSlotDurationInHours *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput 

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput struct {

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the available Scheduled Instances.
	ScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet []types.ScheduledInstanceAvailability

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator is a paginator for DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability

func NewDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator(client DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityAPIClient, params *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator

NewDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator returns a new DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator

func (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability page.

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results,
	// make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability

type DescribeScheduledInstancesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstancesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeScheduledInstances(context.Context, *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error)
}

DescribeScheduledInstancesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeScheduledInstances operation.

type DescribeScheduledInstancesInput 

type DescribeScheduledInstancesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example,
	// us-west-2a).
	//
	// * instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).
	//
	// *
	// network-platform - The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
	//
	// * platform -
	// The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results,
	// make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The Scheduled Instance IDs.
	ScheduledInstanceIds []string

	// The time period for the first schedule to start.
	SlotStartTimeRange *types.SlotStartTimeRangeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstances.

type DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput 

type DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput struct {

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the Scheduled Instances.
	ScheduledInstanceSet []types.ScheduledInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstances.

type DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeScheduledInstances

func NewDescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator(client DescribeScheduledInstancesAPIClient, params *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator

NewDescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator returns a new DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator

func (*DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeScheduledInstances page.

type DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results,
	// make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeScheduledInstancesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeScheduledInstances

type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput 

type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the security groups in your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput 

type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPCs with the referencing security groups.
	SecurityGroupReferenceSet []types.SecurityGroupReference

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesAPIClient added in v1.12.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSecurityGroupRules(context.Context, *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesOutput, error)
}

DescribeSecurityGroupRulesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSecurityGroupRules operation.

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput added in v1.12.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * group-id - The ID of the security group.
	//
	// *
	// security-group-rule-id - The ID of the security group rule.
	//
	// * tag: - The
	// key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the
	// filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all
	// results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the security group rules.
	SecurityGroupRuleIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesOutput added in v1.12.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about security group rules.
	SecurityGroupRules []types.SecurityGroupRule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator added in v1.12.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSecurityGroupRules

func NewDescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator added in v1.12.0 

func NewDescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator(client DescribeSecurityGroupRulesAPIClient, params *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator

NewDescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator returns a new DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator

func (*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.12.0 

func (p *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.12.0 

func (p *DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupRulesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSecurityGroupRules page.

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginatorOptions added in v1.12.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all
	// results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSecurityGroupRules

type DescribeSecurityGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSecurityGroups(context.Context, *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSecurityGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSecurityGroups operation.

type DescribeSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security
	// groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule -
	// match all filters.
	//
	// * description - The description of the security group.
	//
	// *
	// egress.ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an outbound security group
	// rule.
	//
	// * egress.ip-permission.from-port - For an outbound rule, the start of
	// port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
	//
	// *
	// egress.ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been
	// referenced in an outbound security group rule.
	//
	// *
	// egress.ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is
	// referenced in an outbound security group rule.
	//
	// * egress.ip-permission.ipv6-cidr
	// - An IPv6 CIDR block for an outbound security group rule.
	//
	// *
	// egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list to which a
	// security group rule allows outbound access.
	//
	// * egress.ip-permission.protocol -
	// The IP protocol for an outbound security group rule (tcp | udp | icmp, a
	// protocol number, or -1 for all protocols).
	//
	// * egress.ip-permission.to-port - For
	// an outbound rule, the end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an
	// ICMP code.
	//
	// * egress.ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services
	// account that has been referenced in an outbound security group rule.
	//
	// * group-id
	// - The ID of the security group.
	//
	// * group-name - The name of the security
	// group.
	//
	// * ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an inbound security group
	// rule.
	//
	// * ip-permission.from-port - For an inbound rule, the start of port range
	// for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
	//
	// * ip-permission.group-id
	// - The ID of a security group that has been referenced in an inbound security
	// group rule.
	//
	// * ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is
	// referenced in an inbound security group rule.
	//
	// * ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An
	// IPv6 CIDR block for an inbound security group rule.
	//
	// *
	// ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list from which a security
	// group rule allows inbound access.
	//
	// * ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol
	// for an inbound security group rule (tcp | udp | icmp, a protocol number, or -1
	// for all protocols).
	//
	// * ip-permission.to-port - For an inbound rule, the end of
	// port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code.
	//
	// *
	// ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services account that has been
	// referenced in an inbound security group rule.
	//
	// * owner-id - The Amazon Web
	// Services account ID of the owner of the security group.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC
	// specified when the security group was created.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The IDs of the security groups. Required for security groups in a nondefault
	// VPC. Default: Describes all of your security groups.
	GroupIds []string

	// [EC2-Classic and default VPC only] The names of the security groups. You can
	// specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security
	// groups in a nondefault VPC, use the group-name filter to describe security
	// groups by name. Default: Describes all of your security groups.
	GroupNames []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all
	// results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the security groups.
	SecurityGroups []types.SecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSecurityGroups

func NewDescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator(client DescribeSecurityGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSecurityGroups page.

type DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all
	// results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSecurityGroups

type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput 

type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The snapshot attribute you would like to view.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.SnapshotAttributeName

	// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput 

type DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {

	// The users and groups that have the permissions for creating volumes from the
	// snapshot.
	CreateVolumePermissions []types.CreateVolumePermission

	// The product codes.
	ProductCodes []types.ProductCode

	// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusAPIClient added in v1.24.0 

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSnapshotTierStatus(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusOutput, error)
}

DescribeSnapshotTierStatusAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSnapshotTierStatus operation.

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput added in v1.24.0 

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * snapshot-id - The snapshot ID.
	//
	// * volume-id - The ID of the
	// volume the snapshot is for.
	//
	// * last-tiering-operation - The state of the last
	// archive or restore action. (archival-in-progress | archival-completed |
	// archival-failed | permanent-restore-in-progress | permanent-restore-completed |
	// permanent-restore-failed | temporary-restore-in-progress |
	// temporary-restore-completed | temporary-restore-failed)
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusOutput added in v1.24.0 

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the snapshot's storage tier.
	SnapshotTierStatuses []types.SnapshotTierStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator added in v1.24.0 

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSnapshotTierStatus

func NewDescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator added in v1.24.0 

func NewDescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator(client DescribeSnapshotTierStatusAPIClient, params *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator

NewDescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator returns a new DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator

func (*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.24.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator) NextPage added in v1.24.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotTierStatusOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSnapshotTierStatus page.

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginatorOptions added in v1.24.0 

type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSnapshotTierStatus

type DescribeSnapshotsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSnapshots(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSnapshotsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSnapshots operation.

type DescribeSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * description - A description of the snapshot.
	//
	// * encrypted -
	// Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted (true | false)
	//
	// * owner-alias - The
	// owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon). This is not the
	// user-configured Amazon Web Services account alias set using the IAM console. We
	// recommend that you use the related parameter instead of this filter.
	//
	// * owner-id
	// - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend that you use the
	// related parameter instead of this filter.
	//
	// * progress - The progress of the
	// snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%).
	//
	// * snapshot-id - The snapshot
	// ID.
	//
	// * start-time - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.
	//
	// * status -
	// The status of the snapshot (pending | completed | error).
	//
	// * storage-tier - The
	// storage tier of the snapshot (archive | standard).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * volume-id - The ID of the
	// volume the snapshot is for.
	//
	// * volume-size - The size of the volume, in GiB.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of snapshot results returned by DescribeSnapshots in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, DescribeSnapshots only returns
	// MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
	// DescribeSnapshots request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be
	// between 5 and 1,000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only
	// 1,000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then
	// DescribeSnapshots returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// snapshot IDs parameter in the same request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribeSnapshots request
	// where MaxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
	// Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
	// NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Scopes the results to snapshots with the specified owners. You can specify a
	// combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, self, and amazon.
	OwnerIds []string

	// The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that can create volumes from the
	// snapshot.
	RestorableByUserIds []string

	// The snapshot IDs. Default: Describes the snapshots for which you have create
	// volume permissions.
	SnapshotIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeSnapshots request. When the
	// results of a DescribeSnapshots request exceed MaxResults, this value can be used
	// to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more
	// results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the snapshots.
	Snapshots []types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSnapshots

func NewDescribeSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSnapshotsPaginator(client DescribeSnapshotsAPIClient, params *DescribeSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSnapshotsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSnapshotsPaginator

NewDescribeSnapshotsPaginator returns a new DescribeSnapshotsPaginator

func (*DescribeSnapshotsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSnapshotsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSnapshots page.

type DescribeSnapshotsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of snapshot results returned by DescribeSnapshots in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, DescribeSnapshots only returns
	// MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
	// DescribeSnapshots request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be
	// between 5 and 1,000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only
	// 1,000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then
	// DescribeSnapshots returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// snapshot IDs parameter in the same request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSnapshotsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSnapshots

type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput 

type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.

type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput 

type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// The Spot Instance data feed subscription.
	SpotDatafeedSubscription *types.SpotDatafeedSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.

type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput 

type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetInstances.

type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput 

type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput struct {

	// The running instances. This list is refreshed periodically and might be out of
	// date.
	ActiveInstances []types.ActiveInstance

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetInstances.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput struct {

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	//
	// This member is required.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described.
	EventType types.EventType

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput struct {

	// Information about the events in the history of the Spot Fleet request.
	HistoryRecords []types.HistoryRecord

	// The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. If nextToken
	// indicates that there are more results, this value is not present.
	LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	StartTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSpotFleetRequests(context.Context, *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSpotFleetRequestsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSpotFleetRequests operation.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.
	SpotFleetRequestIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequests.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput struct {

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the configuration of your Spot Fleet.
	SpotFleetRequestConfigs []types.SpotFleetRequestConfig

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequests.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSpotFleetRequests

func NewDescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator(client DescribeSpotFleetRequestsAPIClient, params *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator

NewDescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator returns a new DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator

func (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSpotFleetRequests page.

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSpotFleetRequests

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSpotInstanceRequests(context.Context, *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSpotInstanceRequests operation.

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput 

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone-group - The Availability Zone
	// group.
	//
	// * create-time - The time stamp when the Spot Instance request was
	// created.
	//
	// * fault-code - The fault code related to the request.
	//
	// * fault-message
	// - The fault message related to the request.
	//
	// * instance-id - The ID of the
	// instance that fulfilled the request.
	//
	// * launch-group - The Spot Instance launch
	// group.
	//
	// * launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether
	// the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
	//
	// *
	// launch.block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name for the volume in the
	// block device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
	//
	// *
	// launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot for the EBS
	// volume.
	//
	// * launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size - The size of the EBS volume,
	// in GiB.
	//
	// * launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type - The type of EBS volume: gp2
	// for General Purpose SSD, io1 or io2 for Provisioned IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput
	// Optimized HDD, sc1for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic.
	//
	// * launch.group-id -
	// The ID of the security group for the instance.
	//
	// * launch.group-name - The name
	// of the security group for the instance.
	//
	// * launch.image-id - The ID of the
	// AMI.
	//
	// * launch.instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium).
	//
	// *
	// launch.kernel-id - The kernel ID.
	//
	// * launch.key-name - The name of the key pair
	// the instance launched with.
	//
	// * launch.monitoring-enabled - Whether detailed
	// monitoring is enabled for the Spot Instance.
	//
	// * launch.ramdisk-id - The RAM disk
	// ID.
	//
	// * launched-availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the request
	// is launched.
	//
	// * network-interface.addresses.primary - Indicates whether the IP
	// address is the primary private IP address.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the network
	// interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.description - A description of the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.device-index - The index of the device for the network
	// interface attachment on the instance.
	//
	// * network-interface.group-id - The ID of
	// the security group associated with the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// *
	// network-interface.private-ip-address - The primary private IP address of the
	// network interface.
	//
	// * network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the
	// instance.
	//
	// * product-description - The product description associated with the
	// instance (Linux/UNIX | Windows).
	//
	// * spot-instance-request-id - The Spot Instance
	// request ID.
	//
	// * spot-price - The maximum hourly price for any Spot Instance
	// launched to fulfill the request.
	//
	// * state - The state of the Spot Instance
	// request (open | active | closed | cancelled | failed). Spot request status
	// information can help you track your Amazon EC2 Spot Instance requests. For more
	// information, see Spot request status
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
	//
	// * status-code - The short
	// code describing the most recent evaluation of your Spot Instance request.
	//
	// *
	// status-message - The message explaining the status of the Spot Instance
	// request.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
	// example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value
	// TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// *
	// tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all
	// resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// *
	// type - The type of Spot Instance request (one-time | persistent).
	//
	// * valid-from
	// - The start date of the request.
	//
	// * valid-until - The end date of the request.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with
	// the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next set of results. This value is null when there are
	// no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more Spot Instance request IDs.
	SpotInstanceRequestIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput 

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more Spot Instance requests.
	SpotInstanceRequests []types.SpotInstanceRequest

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSpotInstanceRequests

func NewDescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator(client DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient, params *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator

NewDescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator returns a new DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator

func (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSpotInstanceRequests page.

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with
	// the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSpotInstanceRequests

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSpotPriceHistory(context.Context, *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error)
}

DescribeSpotPriceHistoryAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSpotPriceHistory operation.

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput 

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput struct {

	// Filters the results by the specified Availability Zone.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the
	// price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	EndTime *time.Time

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone for which
	// prices should be returned.
	//
	// * instance-type - The type of instance (for example,
	// m3.medium).
	//
	// * product-description - The product description for the Spot price
	// (Linux/UNIX | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | SUSE Linux | Windows | Linux/UNIX
	// (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC) |
	// Windows (Amazon VPC)).
	//
	// * spot-price - The Spot price. The value must match
	// exactly (or use wildcards; greater than or less than comparison is not
	// supported).
	//
	// * timestamp - The time stamp of the Spot price history, in UTC
	// format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). You can use wildcards (* and ?).
	// Greater than or less than comparison is not supported.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// Filters the results by the specified instance types.
	InstanceTypes []types.InstanceType

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Filters the results by the specified basic product descriptions.
	ProductDescriptions []string

	// The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the
	// price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	StartTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotPriceHistory.

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput 

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput struct {

	// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null or an
	// empty string when there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The historical Spot prices.
	SpotPriceHistory []types.SpotPrice

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeSpotPriceHistory.

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSpotPriceHistory

func NewDescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator(client DescribeSpotPriceHistoryAPIClient, params *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator

NewDescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator returns a new DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator

func (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSpotPriceHistory page.

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSpotPriceHistory

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeStaleSecurityGroups(context.Context, *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeStaleSecurityGroups operation.

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a
	// prior call.)
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no
	// additional items to return, the string is empty.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the stale security groups.
	StaleSecurityGroupSet []types.StaleSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeStaleSecurityGroups

func NewDescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator(client DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeStaleSecurityGroups page.

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeStaleSecurityGroups

type DescribeStoreImageTasksAPIClient added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeStoreImageTasksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeStoreImageTasks(context.Context, *DescribeStoreImageTasksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput, error)
}

DescribeStoreImageTasksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeStoreImageTasks operation.

type DescribeStoreImageTasksInput added in v1.4.0 

type DescribeStoreImageTasksInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * task-state - Returns tasks in a certain state (InProgress |
	// Completed | Failed)
	//
	// * bucket - Returns task information for tasks that targeted
	// a specific bucket. For the filter value, specify the bucket name.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The AMI IDs for which to show progress. Up to 20 AMI IDs can be included in a
	// request.
	ImageIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// ImageIDs parameter in the same call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput added in v1.4.0 

type DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The information about the AMI store tasks.
	StoreImageTaskResults []types.StoreImageTaskResult

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeStoreImageTasks

func NewDescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator added in v1.5.0 

func NewDescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator(client DescribeStoreImageTasksAPIClient, params *DescribeStoreImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator

NewDescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator returns a new DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator

func (*DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator) NextPage added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeStoreImageTasks page.

type DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginatorOptions added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
	// value can be between 1 and 200. You cannot specify this parameter and the
	// ImageIDs parameter in the same call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeStoreImageTasks

type DescribeSubnetsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSubnetsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSubnets(context.Context, *DescribeSubnetsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSubnetsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSubnets operation.

type DescribeSubnetsInput 

type DescribeSubnetsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the
	// subnet. You can also use availabilityZone as the filter name.
	//
	// *
	// availability-zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone for the subnet. You can
	// also use availabilityZoneId as the filter name.
	//
	// * available-ip-address-count -
	// The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet that are available.
	//
	// * cidr-block -
	// The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match
	// the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned for the subnet. You can
	// also use cidr or cidrBlock as the filter names.
	//
	// * default-for-az - Indicates
	// whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone (true | false). You
	// can also use defaultForAz as the filter name.
	//
	// *
	// ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with
	// the subnet.
	//
	// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - An association ID
	// for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet.
	//
	// *
	// ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated
	// with the subnet.
	//
	// * ipv6-native - Indicates whether this is an IPv6 only subnet
	// (true | false).
	//
	// * outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
	// Outpost.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the
	// subnet.
	//
	// * state - The state of the subnet (pending | available).
	//
	// * subnet-arn
	// - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the subnet.
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the
	// subnet.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
	// example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value
	// TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// *
	// tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all
	// resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// *
	// vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the subnet.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more subnet IDs. Default: Describes all your subnets.
	SubnetIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSubnetsOutput 

type DescribeSubnetsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more subnets.
	Subnets []types.Subnet

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSubnetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSubnetsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSubnetsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSubnets

func NewDescribeSubnetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSubnetsPaginator(client DescribeSubnetsAPIClient, params *DescribeSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSubnetsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSubnetsPaginator

NewDescribeSubnetsPaginator returns a new DescribeSubnetsPaginator

func (*DescribeSubnetsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSubnetsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSubnetsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSubnetsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSubnets page.

type DescribeSubnetsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSubnetsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSubnetsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSubnets

type DescribeTagsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTags(context.Context, *DescribeTagsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTagsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTags operation.

type DescribeTagsInput 

type DescribeTagsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * key - The tag key.
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the resource.
	//
	// *
	// resource-type - The resource type (customer-gateway | dedicated-host |
	// dhcp-options | elastic-ip | fleet | fpga-image | host-reservation | image |
	// instance | internet-gateway | key-pair | launch-template | natgateway |
	// network-acl | network-interface | placement-group | reserved-instances |
	// route-table | security-group | snapshot | spot-instances-request | subnet |
	// volume | vpc | vpc-endpoint | vpc-endpoint-service | vpc-peering-connection |
	// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of the tag.
	// For example, specify "tag:Owner" for the filter name and "TeamA" for the filter
	// value to find resources with the tag "Owner=TeamA".
	//
	// * value - The tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with
	// the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTagsOutput 

type DescribeTagsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The tags.
	Tags []types.TagDescription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTagsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTagsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTags

func NewDescribeTagsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTagsPaginator(client DescribeTagsAPIClient, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTagsPaginator

NewDescribeTagsPaginator returns a new DescribeTagsPaginator

func (*DescribeTagsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTagsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTagsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTagsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTags page.

type DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be
	// between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with
	// the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTags

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters(context.Context, *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput, error)
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters operation.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * description: The Traffic Mirror
	// filter description.
	//
	// * traffic-mirror-filter-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror
	// filter.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	TrafficMirrorFilterIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more Traffic Mirror filters.
	TrafficMirrorFilters []types.TrafficMirrorFilter

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator(client DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersAPIClient, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator

NewDescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator returns a new DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters page.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions(context.Context, *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions operation.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * description: The Traffic Mirror
	// session description.
	//
	// * network-interface-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror
	// session network interface.
	//
	// * owner-id: The ID of the account that owns the
	// Traffic Mirror session.
	//
	// * packet-length: The assigned number of packets to
	// mirror.
	//
	// * session-number: The assigned session number.
	//
	// *
	// traffic-mirror-filter-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	//
	// *
	// traffic-mirror-session-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	//
	// *
	// traffic-mirror-target-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.
	//
	// *
	// virtual-network-id: The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	TrafficMirrorSessionIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions. By default, all Traffic Mirror
	// sessions are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
	TrafficMirrorSessions []types.TrafficMirrorSession

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator(client DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsAPIClient, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator

NewDescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator returns a new DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions page.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets(context.Context, *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets operation.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * description: The Traffic Mirror
	// target description.
	//
	// * network-interface-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror
	// session network interface.
	//
	// * network-load-balancer-arn: The Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN) of the Network Load Balancer that is associated with the session.
	//
	// *
	// owner-id: The ID of the account that owns the Traffic Mirror session.
	//
	// *
	// traffic-mirror-target-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror targets.
	TrafficMirrorTargetIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets.
	TrafficMirrorTargets []types.TrafficMirrorTarget

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator(client DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsAPIClient, params *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator

NewDescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator returns a new DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets page.

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * association.state - The state
	// of the association (associating | associated | disassociating).
	//
	// *
	// association.transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the route table for the
	// transit gateway.
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the resource.
	//
	// * resource-owner-id -
	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource.
	//
	// *
	// resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn |
	// direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | deleting | failed | failing |
	// initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack |
	// rejected | rejecting.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the
	// attachment.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns
	// the transit gateway.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the attachments.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the attachments.
	TransitGatewayAttachments []types.TransitGatewayAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// Connect peer (pending | available | deleting | deleted).
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-connect-peer-id - The ID of the Connect peer.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the Connect peers.
	TransitGatewayConnectPeerIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the Connect peers.
	TransitGatewayConnectPeers []types.TransitGatewayConnectPeer

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator added in v0.31.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginatorOptions added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayConnects(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayConnects operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * options.protocol - The tunnel
	// protocol (gre).
	//
	// * state - The state of the attachment (initiating |
	// initiatingRequest | pendingAcceptance | rollingBack | pending | available |
	// modifying | deleting | deleted | failed | rejected | rejecting | failing).
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the Connect attachment.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// *
	// transport-transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the transit gateway
	// attachment from which the Connect attachment was created.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the attachments.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the Connect attachments.
	TransitGatewayConnects []types.TransitGatewayConnect

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayConnects

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator added in v0.31.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.31.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayConnects page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginatorOptions added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayConnects

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// transit gateway multicast domain. Valid values are pending | available |
	// deleting | deleted.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-multicast-domain-id - The ID of the transit gateway multicast
	// domain.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the transit gateway multicast domains.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomains []types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomain

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id -
	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment.
	//
	// * local-owner-id - The ID of your
	// Amazon Web Services account.
	//
	// * remote-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web
	// Services account in the remote Region that owns the transit gateway.
	//
	// * state -
	// The state of the peering attachment. Valid values are available | deleted |
	// deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance
	// | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID
	// of the transit gateway.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more IDs of the transit gateway peering attachments.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The transit gateway peering attachments.
	TransitGatewayPeeringAttachments []types.TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * default-association-route-table
	// - Indicates whether this is the default association route table for the transit
	// gateway (true | false).
	//
	// * default-propagation-route-table - Indicates whether
	// this is the default propagation route table for the transit gateway (true |
	// false).
	//
	// * state - The state of the route table (available | deleting | deleted
	// | pending).
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the transit gateway route tables.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the transit gateway route tables.
	TransitGatewayRouteTables []types.TransitGatewayRouteTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | deleting | failed | failing |
	// initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack |
	// rejected | rejecting.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the
	// attachment.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// * vpc-id -
	// The ID of the VPC.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the attachments.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the VPC attachments.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachments []types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments page.

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments

type DescribeTransitGatewaysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewaysAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTransitGateways(context.Context, *DescribeTransitGatewaysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput, error)
}

DescribeTransitGatewaysAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTransitGateways operation.

type DescribeTransitGatewaysInput 

type DescribeTransitGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// *
	// options.propagation-default-route-table-id - The ID of the default propagation
	// route table.
	//
	// * options.amazon-side-asn - The private ASN for the Amazon side of
	// a BGP session.
	//
	// * options.association-default-route-table-id - The ID of the
	// default association route table.
	//
	// * options.auto-accept-shared-attachments -
	// Indicates whether there is automatic acceptance of attachment requests (enable |
	// disable).
	//
	// * options.default-route-table-association - Indicates whether
	// resource attachments are automatically associated with the default association
	// route table (enable | disable).
	//
	// * options.default-route-table-propagation -
	// Indicates whether resource attachments automatically propagate routes to the
	// default propagation route table (enable | disable).
	//
	// * options.dns-support -
	// Indicates whether DNS support is enabled (enable | disable).
	//
	// *
	// options.vpn-ecmp-support - Indicates whether Equal Cost Multipath Protocol
	// support is enabled (enable | disable).
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web
	// Services account that owns the transit gateway.
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// transit gateway (available | deleted | deleting | modifying | pending).
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the transit gateways.
	TransitGatewayIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the transit gateways.
	TransitGateways []types.TransitGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTransitGateways

func NewDescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator(client DescribeTransitGatewaysAPIClient, params *DescribeTransitGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator

NewDescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator returns a new DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator

func (*DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTransitGateways page.

type DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTransitGatewaysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTransitGateways

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsAPIClient added in v1.15.0 

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations(context.Context, *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations operation.

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the associations.
	AssociationIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * gre-key - The ID of a trunk interface association.
	//
	// *
	// interface-protocol - The interface protocol. Valid values are VLAN and GRE.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the trunk associations.
	InterfaceAssociations []types.TrunkInterfaceAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator added in v1.15.0 

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations

func NewDescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator added in v1.15.0 

func NewDescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator(client DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsAPIClient, params *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator

NewDescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator returns a new DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator

func (*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.15.0 

func (p *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.15.0 

func (p *DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations page.

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.15.0 

type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations

type DescribeVolumeAttributeInput 

type DescribeVolumeAttributeInput struct {

	// The attribute of the volume. This parameter is required.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.VolumeAttributeName

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput 

type DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput struct {

	// The state of autoEnableIO attribute.
	AutoEnableIO *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// A list of product codes.
	ProductCodes []types.ProductCode

	// The ID of the volume.
	VolumeId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumeStatusAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumeStatusAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVolumeStatus(context.Context, *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error)
}

DescribeVolumeStatusAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVolumeStatus operation.

type DescribeVolumeStatusInput 

type DescribeVolumeStatusInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * action.code - The action code for the event (for example,
	// enable-volume-io).
	//
	// * action.description - A description of the action.
	//
	// *
	// action.event-id - The event ID associated with the action.
	//
	// * availability-zone
	// - The Availability Zone of the instance.
	//
	// * event.description - A description of
	// the event.
	//
	// * event.event-id - The event ID.
	//
	// * event.event-type - The event
	// type (for io-enabled: passed | failed; for io-performance:
	// io-performance:degraded | io-performance:severely-degraded |
	// io-performance:stalled).
	//
	// * event.not-after - The latest end time for the
	// event.
	//
	// * event.not-before - The earliest start time for the event.
	//
	// *
	// volume-status.details-name - The cause for volume-status.status (io-enabled |
	// io-performance).
	//
	// * volume-status.details-status - The status of
	// volume-status.details-name (for io-enabled: passed | failed; for io-performance:
	// normal | degraded | severely-degraded | stalled).
	//
	// * volume-status.status - The
	// status of the volume (ok | impaired | warning | insufficient-data).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumeStatus in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns
	// MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	// If this parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumeStatus returns all results.
	// You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same
	// request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeVolumeStatus request. When
	// the results of the request exceed MaxResults, this value can be used to retrieve
	// the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more results to
	// return.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the volumes. Default: Describes all your volumes.
	VolumeIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumeStatusOutput 

type DescribeVolumeStatusOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the status of the volumes.
	VolumeStatuses []types.VolumeStatusItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVolumeStatus

func NewDescribeVolumeStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVolumeStatusPaginator(client DescribeVolumeStatusAPIClient, params *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVolumeStatusPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator

NewDescribeVolumeStatusPaginator returns a new DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator

func (*DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumeStatusPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVolumeStatus page.

type DescribeVolumeStatusPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumeStatusPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumeStatus in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns
	// MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	// If this parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumeStatus returns all results.
	// You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same
	// request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVolumeStatusPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVolumeStatus

type DescribeVolumesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVolumes(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)
}

DescribeVolumesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVolumes operation.

type DescribeVolumesInput 

type DescribeVolumesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * attachment.attach-time - The time stamp when the attachment
	// initiated.
	//
	// * attachment.delete-on-termination - Whether the volume is deleted
	// on instance termination.
	//
	// * attachment.device - The device name specified in the
	// block device mapping (for example, /dev/sda1).
	//
	// * attachment.instance-id - The
	// ID of the instance the volume is attached to.
	//
	// * attachment.status - The
	// attachment state (attaching | attached | detaching).
	//
	// * availability-zone - The
	// Availability Zone in which the volume was created.
	//
	// * create-time - The time
	// stamp when the volume was created.
	//
	// * encrypted - Indicates whether the volume
	// is encrypted (true | false)
	//
	// * multi-attach-enabled - Indicates whether the
	// volume is enabled for Multi-Attach (true | false)
	//
	// * fast-restored - Indicates
	// whether the volume was created from a snapshot that is enabled for fast snapshot
	// restore (true | false).
	//
	// * size - The size of the volume, in GiB.
	//
	// * snapshot-id
	// - The snapshot from which the volume was created.
	//
	// * status - The state of the
	// volume (creating | available | in-use | deleting | deleted | error).
	//
	// * tag: -
	// The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in
	// the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all
	// resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify
	// tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The
	// key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources
	// assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * volume-id -
	// The volume ID.
	//
	// * volume-type - The Amazon EBS volume type (gp2 | gp3 | io1 |
	// io2 | st1 | sc1| standard)
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumes in paginated
	// output. When this parameter is used, DescribeVolumes only returns MaxResults
	// results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining
	// results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeVolumes
	// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500;
	// if MaxResults is given a value larger than 500, only 500 results are returned.
	// If this parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumes returns all results. You
	// cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribeVolumes request
	// where MaxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
	// Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
	// NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The volume IDs.
	VolumeIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumesModificationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesModificationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVolumesModifications(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVolumesModificationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVolumesModifications operation.

type DescribeVolumesModificationsInput 

type DescribeVolumesModificationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The filters.
	//
	// * modification-state - The current modification state (modifying |
	// optimizing | completed | failed).
	//
	// * original-iops - The original IOPS rate of
	// the volume.
	//
	// * original-size - The original size of the volume, in GiB.
	//
	// *
	// original-volume-type - The original volume type of the volume (standard | io1 |
	// io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1).
	//
	// * originalMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether
	// Multi-Attach support was enabled (true | false).
	//
	// * start-time - The
	// modification start time.
	//
	// * target-iops - The target IOPS rate of the volume.
	//
	// *
	// target-size - The target size of the volume, in GiB.
	//
	// * target-volume-type - The
	// target volume type of the volume (standard | io1 | io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1).
	//
	// *
	// targetMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether Multi-Attach support is to be
	// enabled (true | false).
	//
	// * volume-id - The ID of the volume.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a
	// paginated request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The nextToken value returned by a previous paginated request.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the volumes.
	VolumeIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput 

type DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput struct {

	// Token for pagination, null if there are no more results
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the volume modifications.
	VolumesModifications []types.VolumeModification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVolumesModifications

func NewDescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator(client DescribeVolumesModificationsAPIClient, params *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator

NewDescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator returns a new DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator

func (*DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVolumesModifications page.

type DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a
	// paginated request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVolumesModifications

type DescribeVolumesOutput 

type DescribeVolumesOutput struct {

	// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeVolumes request. When the
	// results of a DescribeVolumes request exceed MaxResults, this value can be used
	// to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more
	// results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the volumes.
	Volumes []types.Volume

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVolumesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVolumesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVolumes

func NewDescribeVolumesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVolumesPaginator(client DescribeVolumesAPIClient, params *DescribeVolumesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVolumesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVolumesPaginator

NewDescribeVolumesPaginator returns a new DescribeVolumesPaginator

func (*DescribeVolumesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVolumesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVolumesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVolumes page.

type DescribeVolumesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVolumesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumes in paginated
	// output. When this parameter is used, DescribeVolumes only returns MaxResults
	// results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining
	// results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeVolumes
	// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500;
	// if MaxResults is given a value larger than 500, only 500 results are returned.
	// If this parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumes returns all results. You
	// cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVolumesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVolumes

type DescribeVpcAttributeInput 

type DescribeVpcAttributeInput struct {

	// The VPC attribute.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.VpcAttributeName

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcAttributeOutput 

type DescribeVpcAttributeOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If this
	// attribute is true, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do
	// not.
	EnableDnsHostnames *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether DNS resolution is enabled for the VPC. If this attribute is
	// true, the Amazon DNS server resolves DNS hostnames for your instances to their
	// corresponding IP addresses; otherwise, it does not.
	EnableDnsSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// The ID of the VPC.
	VpcId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(context.Context, *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport operation.

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more VPC IDs.
	VpcIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the ClassicLink DNS support status of the VPCs.
	Vpcs []types.ClassicLinkDnsSupport

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport

func NewDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator(client DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator

NewDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport page.

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * is-classic-link-enabled - Whether the VPC is enabled for
	// ClassicLink (true | false).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more VPCs for which you want to describe the ClassicLink status.
	VpcIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput 

type DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {

	// The ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs.
	Vpcs []types.VpcClassicLink

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications(context.Context, *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications operation.

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the notification.
	ConnectionNotificationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * connection-notification-arn - The ARN of the SNS topic
	// for the notification.
	//
	// * connection-notification-id - The ID of the
	// notification.
	//
	// * connection-notification-state - The state of the notification
	// (Enabled | Disabled).
	//
	// * connection-notification-type - The type of notification
	// (Topic).
	//
	// * service-id - The ID of the endpoint service.
	//
	// * vpc-endpoint-id -
	// The ID of the VPC endpoint.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to request the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput struct {

	// One or more notifications.
	ConnectionNotificationSet []types.ConnectionNotification

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator(client DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications page.

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcEndpointConnections(context.Context, *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcEndpointConnections operation.

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * service-id - The ID of the service.
	//
	// *
	// vpc-endpoint-owner - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the
	// endpoint.
	//
	// * vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint (pendingAcceptance |
	// pending | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed).
	//
	// *
	// vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more VPC endpoint connections.
	VpcEndpointConnections []types.VpcEndpointConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcEndpointConnections

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator(client DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcEndpointConnections page.

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcEndpointConnections

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations(context.Context, *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations operation.

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * service-name - The name of the service.
	//
	// * service-id -
	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// * service-state - The state of the service (Pending |
	// Available | Deleting | Deleted | Failed).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of
	// a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag
	// value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag
	// with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name
	// and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific
	// key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of one or more services.
	ServiceIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more services.
	ServiceConfigurations []types.ServiceConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator(client DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations page.

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions(context.Context, *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions operation.

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * principal - The ARN of the principal.
	//
	// * principal-type
	// - The principal type (All | Service | OrganizationUnit | Account | User | Role).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more allowed principals.
	AllowedPrincipals []types.AllowedPrincipal

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator(client DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions page.

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request
	// with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if
	// MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * service-name - The name of the service.
	//
	// * service-type
	// - The type of service (Interface | Gateway).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination
	// of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the
	// tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a
	// tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter
	// name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a
	// specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a
	// prior call.)
	NextToken *string

	// One or more service names.
	ServiceNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpointServices.

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput struct {

	// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no
	// additional items to return, the string is empty.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the service.
	ServiceDetails []types.ServiceDetail

	// A list of supported services.
	ServiceNames []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpointServices.

type DescribeVpcEndpointsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcEndpoints(context.Context, *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcEndpointsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcEndpoints operation.

type DescribeVpcEndpointsInput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * service-name - The name of the service.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The
	// ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides.
	//
	// * vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the
	// endpoint.
	//
	// * vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint (pendingAcceptance |
	// pending | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed).
	//
	// *
	// vpc-endpoint-type - The type of VPC endpoint (Interface | Gateway |
	// GatewayLoadBalancer).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to
	// the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a
	// prior call.)
	NextToken *string

	// One or more endpoint IDs.
	VpcEndpointIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpoints.

type DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput 

type DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput struct {

	// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no
	// additional items to return, the string is empty.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the endpoints.
	VpcEndpoints []types.VpcEndpoint

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpoints.

type DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcEndpoints

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator(client DescribeVpcEndpointsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcEndpoints page.

type DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a
	// token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.
	// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcEndpoints

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcPeeringConnections(context.Context, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections operation.

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput 

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of
	// the accepter VPC.
	//
	// * accepter-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web
	// Services account that owns the accepter VPC.
	//
	// * accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id - The
	// ID of the accepter VPC.
	//
	// * expiration-time - The expiration date and time for
	// the VPC peering connection.
	//
	// * requester-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR
	// block of the requester's VPC.
	//
	// * requester-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the
	// Amazon Web Services account that owns the requester VPC.
	//
	// *
	// requester-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the requester VPC.
	//
	// * status-code - The
	// status of the VPC peering connection (pending-acceptance | failed | expired |
	// provisioning | active | deleting | deleted | rejected).
	//
	// * status-message - A
	// message that provides more information about the status of the VPC peering
	// connection, if applicable.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned
	// to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the
	// filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key
	// Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for
	// the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use
	// this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless
	// of the tag value.
	//
	// * vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of the VPC peering
	// connection.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more VPC peering connection IDs. Default: Describes all your VPC peering
	// connections.
	VpcPeeringConnectionIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput 

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the VPC peering connections.
	VpcPeeringConnections []types.VpcPeeringConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcPeeringConnections

func NewDescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator(client DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcPeeringConnections page.

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcPeeringConnections

type DescribeVpcsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpcs(context.Context, *DescribeVpcsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpcsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpcs operation.

type DescribeVpcsInput 

type DescribeVpcsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * cidr - The primary IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR
	// block you specify must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be
	// returned for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for
	// example, /28).
	//
	// * cidr-block-association.cidr-block - An IPv4 CIDR block
	// associated with the VPC.
	//
	// * cidr-block-association.association-id - The
	// association ID for an IPv4 CIDR block associated with the VPC.
	//
	// *
	// cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv4 CIDR block associated with
	// the VPC.
	//
	// * dhcp-options-id - The ID of a set of DHCP options.
	//
	// *
	// ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with
	// the VPC.
	//
	// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-pool - The ID of the IPv6 address
	// pool from which the IPv6 CIDR block is allocated.
	//
	// *
	// ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv6 CIDR
	// block associated with the VPC.
	//
	// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state
	// of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC.
	//
	// * is-default - Indicates whether
	// the VPC is the default VPC.
	//
	// * owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services
	// account that owns the VPC.
	//
	// * state - The state of the VPC (pending |
	// available).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the
	// resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter
	// value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and
	// the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter
	// value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter
	// to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag
	// value.
	//
	// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// One or more VPC IDs. Default: Describes all your VPCs.
	VpcIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcsOutput 

type DescribeVpcsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about one or more VPCs.
	Vpcs []types.Vpc

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeVpcsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeVpcsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeVpcs

func NewDescribeVpcsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeVpcsPaginator(client DescribeVpcsAPIClient, params *DescribeVpcsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeVpcsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeVpcsPaginator

NewDescribeVpcsPaginator returns a new DescribeVpcsPaginator

func (*DescribeVpcsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeVpcsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeVpcsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeVpcs page.

type DescribeVpcsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeVpcsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeVpcsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeVpcs

type DescribeVpnConnectionsAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type DescribeVpnConnectionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeVpnConnections(context.Context, *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeVpnConnectionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeVpnConnections operation.

type DescribeVpnConnectionsInput 

type DescribeVpnConnectionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * customer-gateway-configuration - The configuration
	// information for the customer gateway.
	//
	// * customer-gateway-id - The ID of a
	// customer gateway associated with the VPN connection.
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// VPN connection (pending | available | deleting | deleted).
	//
	// *
	// option.static-routes-only - Indicates whether the connection has static routes
	// only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
	//
	// *
	// route.destination-cidr-block - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds to
	// the subnet used in a customer data center.
	//
	// * bgp-asn - The BGP Autonomous
	// System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP device.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * type - The type of VPN
	// connection. Currently the only supported type is ipsec.1.
	//
	// * vpn-connection-id -
	// The ID of the VPN connection.
	//
	// * vpn-gateway-id - The ID of a virtual private
	// gateway associated with the VPN connection.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-id - The ID of a
	// transit gateway associated with the VPN connection.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more VPN connection IDs. Default: Describes your VPN connections.
	VpnConnectionIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnConnections.

type DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput 

type DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more VPN connections.
	VpnConnections []types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeVpnConnections.

type DescribeVpnGatewaysInput 

type DescribeVpnGatewaysInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * amazon-side-asn - The Autonomous System Number (ASN) for
	// the Amazon side of the gateway.
	//
	// * attachment.state - The current state of the
	// attachment between the gateway and the VPC (attaching | attached | detaching |
	// detached).
	//
	// * attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.
	//
	// *
	// availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway (if
	// applicable).
	//
	// * state - The state of the virtual private gateway (pending |
	// available | deleting | deleted).
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value
	// as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the
	// key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA
	// for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource.
	// Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key,
	// regardless of the tag value.
	//
	// * type - The type of virtual private gateway.
	// Currently the only supported type is ipsec.1.
	//
	// * vpn-gateway-id - The ID of the
	// virtual private gateway.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// One or more virtual private gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your virtual
	// private gateways.
	VpnGatewayIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnGateways.

type DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput 

type DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput struct {

	// Information about one or more virtual private gateways.
	VpnGateways []types.VpnGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of DescribeVpnGateways.

type DetachClassicLinkVpcInput 

type DetachClassicLinkVpcInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput 

type DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachInternetGatewayInput 

type DetachInternetGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the internet gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InternetGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachInternetGatewayOutput 

type DetachInternetGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachNetworkInterfaceInput 

type DetachNetworkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specifies whether to force a detachment.
	//
	// * Use the Force parameter only as a
	// last resort to detach a network interface from a failed instance.
	//
	// * If you use
	// the Force parameter to detach a network interface, you might not be able to
	// attach a different network interface to the same index on the instance without
	// first stopping and starting the instance.
	//
	// * If you force the detachment of a
	// network interface, the instance metadata
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html)
	// might not get updated. This means that the attributes associated with the
	// detached network interface might still be visible. The instance metadata will
	// get updated when you stop and start the instance.
	Force *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DetachNetworkInterface.

type DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput 

type DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachVolumeInput 

type DetachVolumeInput struct {

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// The device name.
	Device *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for
	// example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching
	// normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use
	// this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The
	// instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system
	// metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair
	// procedures.
	Force *bool

	// The ID of the instance. If you are detaching a Multi-Attach enabled volume, you
	// must specify an instance ID.
	InstanceId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachVolumeOutput 

type DetachVolumeOutput struct {

	// The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
	AttachTime *time.Time

	// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
	DeleteOnTermination *bool

	// The device name.
	Device *string

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The attachment state of the volume.
	State types.VolumeAttachmentState

	// The ID of the volume.
	VolumeId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes volume attachment details.

type DetachVpnGatewayInput 

type DetachVpnGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DetachVpnGateway.

type DetachVpnGatewayOutput 

type DetachVpnGatewayOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput 

type DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput 

type DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput struct {

	// The updated status of encryption by default.
	EbsEncryptionByDefault *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableFastLaunchInput added in v1.28.0 

type DisableFastLaunchInput struct {

	// The ID of the image for which you’re turning off faster launching, and removing
	// pre-provisioned snapshots.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Forces the image settings to turn off faster launching for your Windows AMI.
	// This parameter overrides any errors that are encountered while cleaning up
	// resources in your account.
	Force *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableFastLaunchOutput added in v1.28.0 

type DisableFastLaunchOutput struct {

	// The ID of the image for which faster-launching has been turned off.
	ImageId *string

	// The launch template that was used to launch Windows instances from
	// pre-provisioned snapshots.
	LaunchTemplate *types.FastLaunchLaunchTemplateSpecificationResponse

	// The maximum number of parallel instances to launch for creating resources.
	MaxParallelLaunches *int32

	// The owner of the Windows AMI for which faster launching was turned off.
	OwnerId *string

	// The pre-provisioning resource type that must be cleaned after turning off faster
	// launching for the Windows AMI. Supported values include: snapshot.
	ResourceType types.FastLaunchResourceType

	// Parameters that were used for faster launching for the Windows AMI before faster
	// launching was turned off. This informs the clean-up process.
	SnapshotConfiguration *types.FastLaunchSnapshotConfigurationResponse

	// The current state of faster launching for the specified Windows AMI.
	State types.FastLaunchStateCode

	// The reason that the state changed for faster launching for the Windows AMI.
	StateTransitionReason *string

	// The time that the state changed for faster launching for the Windows AMI.
	StateTransitionTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput 

type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {

	// One or more Availability Zones. For example, us-east-2a.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZones []string

	// The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, snap-1234567890abcdef0.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceSnapshotIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput 

type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {

	// Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores were
	// successfully disabled.
	Successful []types.DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem

	// Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores could not be
	// disabled.
	Unsuccessful []types.DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableImageDeprecationInput added in v1.10.0 

type DisableImageDeprecationInput struct {

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableImageDeprecationOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DisableImageDeprecationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput added in v1.25.0 

type DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput struct {

	// The Organizations member account ID that you want to disable as IPAM account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DelegatedAdminAccountId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput added in v1.25.0 

type DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput struct {

	// The result of disabling the IPAM account.
	Success *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableSerialConsoleAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type DisableSerialConsoleAccessInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableSerialConsoleAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type DisableSerialConsoleAccessOutput struct {

	// If true, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is enabled for your
	// account. If false, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is disabled
	// for your account.
	SerialConsoleAccessEnabled *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput 

type DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the propagation route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput 

type DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput struct {

	// Information about route propagation.
	Propagation *types.TransitGatewayPropagation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput 

type DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct {

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GatewayId *string

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for DisableVgwRoutePropagation.

type DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput 

type DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput 

type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput 

type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableVpcClassicLinkInput 

type DisableVpcClassicLinkInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput 

type DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateAddressInput 

type DisassociateAddressInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The association ID. Required for EC2-VPC.
	AssociationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic.
	PublicIp *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateAddressOutput 

type DisassociateAddressOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput 

type DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput struct {

	// The ID of the target network association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which to disassociate the target network.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput 

type DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput struct {

	// The ID of the target network association.
	AssociationId *string

	// The current state of the target network association.
	Status *types.AssociationStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput added in v0.29.0 

type DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput struct {

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate from which to disassociate the IAM role.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ARN of the IAM role to disassociate.
	RoleArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput added in v0.29.0 

type DisassociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput 

type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The ID of the IAM instance profile association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput 

type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput struct {

	// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
	IamInstanceProfileAssociation *types.IamInstanceProfileAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateInstanceEventWindowInput added in v1.13.0 

type DisassociateInstanceEventWindowInput struct {

	// One or more targets to disassociate from the specified event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationTarget *types.InstanceEventWindowDisassociationRequest

	// The ID of the event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceEventWindowId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateInstanceEventWindowOutput added in v1.13.0 

type DisassociateInstanceEventWindowOutput struct {

	// Information about the event window.
	InstanceEventWindow *types.InstanceEventWindow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateRouteTableInput 

type DisassociateRouteTableInput struct {

	// The association ID representing the current association between the route table
	// and subnet or gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateRouteTableOutput 

type DisassociateRouteTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput 

type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput struct {

	// The association ID for the CIDR block.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput 

type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
	Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *types.SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation

	// The ID of the subnet.
	SubnetId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput 

type DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the subnets;
	SubnetIds []string

	// The ID of the attachment.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput 

type DisassociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput struct {

	// Information about the association.
	Associations *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput 

type DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput 

type DisassociateTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput struct {

	// Information about the association.
	Association *types.TransitGatewayAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceInput added in v1.10.0 

type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct {

	// The ID of the association
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput 

type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput struct {

	// The association ID for the CIDR block.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput 

type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv4 CIDR block association.
	CidrBlockAssociation *types.VpcCidrBlockAssociation

	// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
	Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *types.VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation

	// The ID of the VPC.
	VpcId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput 

type EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput 

type EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput struct {

	// The updated status of encryption by default.
	EbsEncryptionByDefault *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableFastLaunchInput added in v1.28.0 

type EnableFastLaunchInput struct {

	// The ID of the image for which you’re enabling faster launching.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The launch template to use when launching Windows instances from pre-provisioned
	// snapshots. Launch template parameters can include either the name or ID of the
	// launch template, but not both.
	LaunchTemplate *types.FastLaunchLaunchTemplateSpecificationRequest

	// The maximum number of parallel instances to launch for creating resources. Value
	// must be 6 or greater.
	MaxParallelLaunches *int32

	// The type of resource to use for pre-provisioning the Windows AMI for faster
	// launching. Supported values include: snapshot, which is the default value.
	ResourceType *string

	// Configuration settings for creating and managing the snapshots that are used for
	// pre-provisioning the Windows AMI for faster launching. The associated
	// ResourceType must be snapshot.
	SnapshotConfiguration *types.FastLaunchSnapshotConfigurationRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableFastLaunchOutput added in v1.28.0 

type EnableFastLaunchOutput struct {

	// The image ID that identifies the Windows AMI for which faster launching was
	// enabled.
	ImageId *string

	// The launch template that is used when launching Windows instances from
	// pre-provisioned snapshots.
	LaunchTemplate *types.FastLaunchLaunchTemplateSpecificationResponse

	// The maximum number of parallel instances to launch for creating resources.
	MaxParallelLaunches *int32

	// The owner ID for the Windows AMI for which faster launching was enabled.
	OwnerId *string

	// The type of resource that was defined for pre-provisioning the Windows AMI for
	// faster launching.
	ResourceType types.FastLaunchResourceType

	// The configuration settings that were defined for creating and managing the
	// pre-provisioned snapshots for faster launching of the Windows AMI. This property
	// is returned when the associated resourceType is snapshot.
	SnapshotConfiguration *types.FastLaunchSnapshotConfigurationResponse

	// The current state of faster launching for the specified Windows AMI.
	State types.FastLaunchStateCode

	// The reason that the state changed for faster launching for the Windows AMI.
	StateTransitionReason *string

	// The time that the state changed for faster launching for the Windows AMI.
	StateTransitionTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput 

type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {

	// One or more Availability Zones. For example, us-east-2a.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZones []string

	// The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, snap-1234567890abcdef0. You can
	// specify a snapshot that was shared with you from another Amazon Web Services
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceSnapshotIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput 

type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {

	// Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores were
	// successfully enabled.
	Successful []types.EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem

	// Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores could not be
	// enabled.
	Unsuccessful []types.EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableImageDeprecationInput added in v1.10.0 

type EnableImageDeprecationInput struct {

	// The date and time to deprecate the AMI, in UTC, in the following format:
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. If you specify a value for seconds, Amazon EC2 rounds the
	// seconds to the nearest minute. You can’t specify a date in the past. The upper
	// limit for DeprecateAt is 10 years from now.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DeprecateAt *time.Time

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableImageDeprecationOutput added in v1.10.0 

type EnableImageDeprecationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput added in v1.25.0 

type EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput struct {

	// The Organizations member account ID that you want to enable as the IPAM account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DelegatedAdminAccountId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput added in v1.25.0 

type EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput struct {

	// The result of enabling the IPAM account.
	Success *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableSerialConsoleAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type EnableSerialConsoleAccessInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableSerialConsoleAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type EnableSerialConsoleAccessOutput struct {

	// If true, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is enabled for your
	// account. If false, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is disabled
	// for your account.
	SerialConsoleAccessEnabled *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput 

type EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the propagation route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput 

type EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationOutput struct {

	// Information about route propagation.
	Propagation *types.TransitGatewayPropagation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput 

type EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct {

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway that is attached to a VPC. The virtual
	// private gateway must be attached to the same VPC that the routing tables are
	// associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GatewayId *string

	// The ID of the route table. The routing table must be associated with the same
	// VPC that the virtual private gateway is attached to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for EnableVgwRoutePropagation.

type EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput 

type EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVolumeIOInput 

type EnableVolumeIOInput struct {

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVolumeIOOutput 

type EnableVolumeIOOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput 

type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput 

type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVpcClassicLinkInput 

type EnableVpcClassicLinkInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput 

type EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EndpointResolver 

type EndpointResolver interface {
	ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)
}

EndpointResolver interface for resolving service endpoints.

func EndpointResolverFromURL added in v1.1.0 

func EndpointResolverFromURL(url string, optFns ...func(*aws.Endpoint)) EndpointResolver

EndpointResolverFromURL returns an EndpointResolver configured using the provided endpoint url. By default, the resolved endpoint resolver uses the client region as signing region, and the endpoint source is set to EndpointSourceCustom.You can provide functional options to configure endpoint values for the resolved endpoint.

type EndpointResolverFunc 

type EndpointResolverFunc func(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)

EndpointResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the EndpointResolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.

func (EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint 

func (fn EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (endpoint aws.Endpoint, err error)

type EndpointResolverOptions added in v0.29.0 

type EndpointResolverOptions = internalendpoints.Options

EndpointResolverOptions is the service endpoint resolver options

type ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput 

type ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput 

type ExportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput struct {

	// Information about the client certificate revocation list.
	CertificateRevocationList *string

	// The current state of the client certificate revocation list.
	Status *types.ClientCertificateRevocationListStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationInput 

type ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationOutput 

type ExportClientVpnClientConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file.
	ClientConfiguration *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportImageInput 

type ExportImageInput struct {

	// The disk image format.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DiskImageFormat types.DiskImageFormat

	// The ID of the image.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Information about the destination Amazon S3 bucket. The bucket must exist and
	// grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the Amazon Web Services account
	// vm-import-export@amazon.com.
	//
	// This member is required.
	S3ExportLocation *types.ExportTaskS3LocationRequest

	// Token to enable idempotency for export image requests.
	ClientToken *string

	// A description of the image being exported. The maximum length is 255 characters.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the role that grants VM Import/Export permission to export images to
	// your Amazon S3 bucket. If this parameter is not specified, the default role is
	// named 'vmimport'.
	RoleName *string

	// The tags to apply to the export image task during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportImageOutput 

type ExportImageOutput struct {

	// A description of the image being exported.
	Description *string

	// The disk image format for the exported image.
	DiskImageFormat types.DiskImageFormat

	// The ID of the export image task.
	ExportImageTaskId *string

	// The ID of the image.
	ImageId *string

	// The percent complete of the export image task.
	Progress *string

	// The name of the role that grants VM Import/Export permission to export images to
	// your Amazon S3 bucket.
	RoleName *string

	// Information about the destination Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3ExportLocation *types.ExportTaskS3Location

	// The status of the export image task. The possible values are active, completed,
	// deleting, and deleted.
	Status *string

	// The status message for the export image task.
	StatusMessage *string

	// Any tags assigned to the export image task.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportTaskCancelledWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ExportTaskCancelledWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ExportTaskCancelledWaiter defines the waiters for ExportTaskCancelled

func NewExportTaskCancelledWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewExportTaskCancelledWaiter(client DescribeExportTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) *ExportTaskCancelledWaiter

NewExportTaskCancelledWaiter constructs a ExportTaskCancelledWaiter.

func (*ExportTaskCancelledWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ExportTaskCancelledWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ExportTaskCancelled waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ExportTaskCancelledWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ExportTaskCancelledWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ExportTaskCancelled waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ExportTaskCancelledWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ExportTaskCancelledWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeExportTasksInput, *DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions are waiter options for ExportTaskCancelledWaiter

type ExportTaskCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ExportTaskCompletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ExportTaskCompletedWaiter defines the waiters for ExportTaskCompleted

func NewExportTaskCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewExportTaskCompletedWaiter(client DescribeExportTasksAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) *ExportTaskCompletedWaiter

NewExportTaskCompletedWaiter constructs a ExportTaskCompletedWaiter.

func (*ExportTaskCompletedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ExportTaskCompletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ExportTaskCompleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ExportTaskCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ExportTaskCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ExportTaskCompleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ExportTaskCompletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ExportTaskCompletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeExportTasksInput, *DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for ExportTaskCompletedWaiter

type ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput 

type ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket.
	//
	// This member is required.
	S3Bucket *string

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// *
	// attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway
	// attachment.
	//
	// * attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway
	// attachment.
	//
	// * route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified
	// filter.
	//
	// * route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches
	// the route.
	//
	// * route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match
	// the specified CIDR filter.
	//
	// * route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a
	// CIDR that encompass the CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and
	// 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your route table and you specify supernet-of-match as
	// 10.0.1.0/30, then the result returns 10.0.1.0/29.
	//
	// * state - The state of the
	// route (active | blackhole).
	//
	// * transit-gateway-route-destination-cidr-block -
	// The CIDR range.
	//
	// * type - The type of route (propagated | static).
	Filters []types.Filter
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ExportTransitGatewayRoutesOutput 

type ExportTransitGatewayRoutesOutput struct {

	// The URL of the exported file in Amazon S3. For example,
	// s3://bucket_name/VPCTransitGateway/TransitGatewayRouteTables/file_name.
	S3Location *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesInput added in v0.29.0 

type GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesInput struct {

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate for which to view the associated IAM roles,
	// encryption keys, and Amazon S3 object information.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesOutput added in v0.29.0 

type GetAssociatedEnclaveCertificateIamRolesOutput struct {

	// Information about the associated IAM roles.
	AssociatedRoles []types.AssociatedRole

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsAPIClient interface {
	GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs(context.Context, *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsOutput, error)
}

GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs operation.

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsInput 

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPv6 address pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoolId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsOutput 

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsOutput struct {

	// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations.
	Ipv6CidrAssociations []types.Ipv6CidrAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator is a paginator for GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs

func NewGetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator(client GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsAPIClient, params *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginatorOptions)) *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator

NewGetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator returns a new GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator

func (*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs page.

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetAssociatedIpv6PoolCidrs

type GetCapacityReservationUsageInput 

type GetCapacityReservationUsageInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error. Valid range: Minimum value of 1.
	// Maximum value of 1000.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCapacityReservationUsageOutput 

type GetCapacityReservationUsageOutput struct {

	// The remaining capacity. Indicates the number of instances that can be launched
	// in the Capacity Reservation.
	AvailableInstanceCount *int32

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation.
	CapacityReservationId *string

	// The type of instance for which the Capacity Reservation reserves capacity.
	InstanceType *string

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation usage.
	InstanceUsages []types.InstanceUsage

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// The current state of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can be in
	// one of the following states:
	//
	// * active - The Capacity Reservation is active and
	// the capacity is available for your use.
	//
	// * expired - The Capacity Reservation
	// expired automatically at the date and time specified in your request. The
	// reserved capacity is no longer available for your use.
	//
	// * cancelled - The
	// Capacity Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is no longer available
	// for your use.
	//
	// * pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but
	// the capacity provisioning is still pending.
	//
	// * failed - The Capacity Reservation
	// request has failed. A request might fail due to invalid request parameters,
	// capacity constraints, or instance limit constraints. Failed requests are
	// retained for 60 minutes.
	State types.CapacityReservationState

	// The number of instances for which the Capacity Reservation reserves capacity.
	TotalInstanceCount *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCoipPoolUsageInput 

type GetCoipPoolUsageInput struct {

	// The ID of the address pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoolId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * coip-address-usage.allocation-id - The allocation ID of
	// the address.
	//
	// * coip-address-usage.aws-account-id - The ID of the Amazon Web
	// Services account that is using the customer-owned IP address.
	//
	// *
	// coip-address-usage.aws-service - The Amazon Web Services service that is using
	// the customer-owned IP address.
	//
	// * coip-address-usage.co-ip - The customer-owned
	// IP address.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCoipPoolUsageOutput 

type GetCoipPoolUsageOutput struct {

	// Information about the address usage.
	CoipAddressUsages []types.CoipAddressUsage

	// The ID of the customer-owned address pool.
	CoipPoolId *string

	// The ID of the local gateway route table.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConsoleOutputInput 

type GetConsoleOutputInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// When enabled, retrieves the latest console output for the instance. Default:
	// disabled (false)
	Latest *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConsoleOutputOutput 

type GetConsoleOutputOutput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The console output, base64-encoded. If you are using a command line tool, the
	// tool decodes the output for you.
	Output *string

	// The time at which the output was last updated.
	Timestamp *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConsoleScreenshotInput 

type GetConsoleScreenshotInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// When set to true, acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's in
	// standby or "sleep" mode.
	WakeUp *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConsoleScreenshotOutput 

type GetConsoleScreenshotOutput struct {

	// The data that comprises the image.
	ImageData *string

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput 

type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput struct {

	// The instance family.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceFamily types.UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput 

type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput struct {

	// The default credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.
	InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification *types.InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput 

type GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput 

type GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the default KMS key for encryption by default.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput 

type GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput 

type GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether encryption by default is enabled.
	EbsEncryptionByDefault *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateInput added in v1.4.0 

type GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateInput struct {

	// To store the CloudFormation template in Amazon S3, specify the location in
	// Amazon S3.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConfigDeliveryS3DestinationArn *string

	// The ID of the flow log.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FlowLogId *string

	// Information about the service integration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IntegrateServices *types.IntegrateServices

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateOutput added in v1.4.0 

type GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplateOutput struct {

	// The generated CloudFormation template.
	Result *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationAPIClient interface {
	GetGroupsForCapacityReservation(context.Context, *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationOutput, error)
}

GetGroupsForCapacityReservationAPIClient is a client that implements the GetGroupsForCapacityReservation operation.

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput 

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationOutput 

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationOutput struct {

	// Information about the resource groups to which the Capacity Reservation has been
	// added.
	CapacityReservationGroups []types.CapacityReservationGroup

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator is a paginator for GetGroupsForCapacityReservation

func NewGetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator(client GetGroupsForCapacityReservationAPIClient, params *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginatorOptions)) *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator

NewGetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator returns a new GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator

func (*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupsForCapacityReservationOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetGroupsForCapacityReservation page.

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The
	// remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
	// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a
	// larger value than 500, you receive an error.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetGroupsForCapacityReservation

type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput 

type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation is associated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HostIdSet []string

	// The offering ID of the reservation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OfferingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput 

type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput struct {

	// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice and totalHourlyPrice amounts are
	// specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
	CurrencyCode types.CurrencyCodeValues

	// The purchase information of the Dedicated Host reservation and the Dedicated
	// Hosts associated with it.
	Purchase []types.Purchase

	// The potential total hourly price of the reservation per hour.
	TotalHourlyPrice *string

	// The potential total upfront price. This is billed immediately.
	TotalUpfrontPrice *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsAPIClient added in v1.21.0 

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsAPIClient interface {
	GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements(context.Context, *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput, error)
}

GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements operation.

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput added in v1.21.0 

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput struct {

	// The processor architecture type.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ArchitectureTypes []types.ArchitectureType

	// The attributes required for the instance types.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceRequirements *types.InstanceRequirementsRequest

	// The virtualization type.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VirtualizationTypes []types.VirtualizationType

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and
 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with
 the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput added in v1.21.0 

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput struct {

	// The instance types with the specified instance attributes.
	InstanceTypes []types.InstanceTypeInfoFromInstanceRequirements

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator added in v1.21.0 

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator is a paginator for GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements

func NewGetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator added in v1.21.0 

func NewGetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator(client GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsAPIClient, params *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput, optFns ...func(*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginatorOptions)) *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator

NewGetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator returns a new GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator

func (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.21.0 

func (p *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.21.0 

func (p *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements page.

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginatorOptions added in v1.21.0 

type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and
 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with
 the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements

type GetIpamAddressHistoryAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamAddressHistoryAPIClient interface {
	GetIpamAddressHistory(context.Context, *GetIpamAddressHistoryInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput, error)
}

GetIpamAddressHistoryAPIClient is a client that implements the GetIpamAddressHistory operation.

type GetIpamAddressHistoryInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamAddressHistoryInput struct {

	// The CIDR you want the history of. The CIDR can be an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address
	// range. If you enter a /16 IPv4 CIDR, you will get records that match it exactly.
	// You will not get records for any subnets within the /16 CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// The ID of the IPAM scope that the CIDR is in.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamScopeId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The end of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit
	// this option, it will default to the current time.
	EndTime *time.Time

	// The maximum number of historical results you would like returned per page.
	// Defaults to 100.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The start of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit
	// this option, it will default to the value of EndTime.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The ID of the VPC you want your history records filtered by.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput struct {

	// A historical record for a CIDR within an IPAM scope. If the CIDR is associated
	// with an EC2 instance, you will see an object in the response for the instance
	// and one for the network interface.
	HistoryRecords []types.IpamAddressHistoryRecord

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator is a paginator for GetIpamAddressHistory

func NewGetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewGetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator(client GetIpamAddressHistoryAPIClient, params *GetIpamAddressHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginatorOptions)) *GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator

NewGetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator returns a new GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator

func (*GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetIpamAddressHistory page.

type GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of historical results you would like returned per page.
	// Defaults to 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetIpamAddressHistoryPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetIpamAddressHistory

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsAPIClient interface {
	GetIpamPoolAllocations(context.Context, *GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput, error)
}

GetIpamPoolAllocationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetIpamPoolAllocations operation.

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool you want to see the allocations for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The ID of the allocation.
	IpamPoolAllocationId *string

	// The maximum number of results you would like returned per page.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput struct {

	// The IPAM pool allocations you want information on.
	IpamPoolAllocations []types.IpamPoolAllocation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator is a paginator for GetIpamPoolAllocations

func NewGetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewGetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator(client GetIpamPoolAllocationsAPIClient, params *GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator

NewGetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator returns a new GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator

func (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetIpamPoolAllocations page.

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results you would like returned per page.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetIpamPoolAllocationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetIpamPoolAllocations

type GetIpamPoolCidrsAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolCidrsAPIClient interface {
	GetIpamPoolCidrs(context.Context, *GetIpamPoolCidrsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolCidrsOutput, error)
}

GetIpamPoolCidrsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetIpamPoolCidrs operation.

type GetIpamPoolCidrsInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolCidrsInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool you want the CIDR for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamPoolCidrsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolCidrsOutput struct {

	// Information about the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool.
	IpamPoolCidrs []types.IpamPoolCidr

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator is a paginator for GetIpamPoolCidrs

func NewGetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewGetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator(client GetIpamPoolCidrsAPIClient, params *GetIpamPoolCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginatorOptions)) *GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator

NewGetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator returns a new GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator

func (*GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolCidrsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetIpamPoolCidrs page.

type GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetIpamPoolCidrsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetIpamPoolCidrs

type GetIpamResourceCidrsAPIClient added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamResourceCidrsAPIClient interface {
	GetIpamResourceCidrs(context.Context, *GetIpamResourceCidrsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamResourceCidrsOutput, error)
}

GetIpamResourceCidrsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetIpamResourceCidrs operation.

type GetIpamResourceCidrsInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamResourceCidrsInput struct {

	// The ID of the scope that the resource is in.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamScopeId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see
	// Filtering CLI output
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The ID of the IPAM pool that the resource is in.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the resource.
	ResourceId *string

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// A tag on an IPAM resource.
	ResourceTag *types.RequestIpamResourceTag

	// The resource type.
	ResourceType types.IpamResourceType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamResourceCidrsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamResourceCidrsOutput struct {

	// The resource CIDRs.
	IpamResourceCidrs []types.IpamResourceCidr

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator is a paginator for GetIpamResourceCidrs

func NewGetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator added in v1.25.0 

func NewGetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator(client GetIpamResourceCidrsAPIClient, params *GetIpamResourceCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginatorOptions)) *GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator

NewGetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator returns a new GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator

func (*GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.25.0 

func (p *GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamResourceCidrsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetIpamResourceCidrs page.

type GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginatorOptions added in v1.25.0 

type GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in the request.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetIpamResourceCidrsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetIpamResourceCidrs

type GetLaunchTemplateDataInput 

type GetLaunchTemplateDataInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput 

type GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput struct {

	// The instance data.
	LaunchTemplateData *types.ResponseLaunchTemplateData

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	GetManagedPrefixListAssociations(context.Context, *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsOutput, error)
}

GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetManagedPrefixListAssociations operation.

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsInput 

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsOutput 

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the associations.
	PrefixListAssociations []types.PrefixListAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for GetManagedPrefixListAssociations

func NewGetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator(client GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsAPIClient, params *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator

NewGetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator returns a new GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator

func (*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetManagedPrefixListAssociations page.

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetManagedPrefixListAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetManagedPrefixListAssociations

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesAPIClient interface {
	GetManagedPrefixListEntries(context.Context, *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesOutput, error)
}

GetManagedPrefixListEntriesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetManagedPrefixListEntries operation.

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesInput 

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The version of the prefix list for which to return the entries. The default is
	// the current version.
	TargetVersion *int64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesOutput 

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list entries.
	Entries []types.PrefixListEntry

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator is a paginator for GetManagedPrefixListEntries

func NewGetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator(client GetManagedPrefixListEntriesAPIClient, params *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesInput, optFns ...func(*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginatorOptions)) *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator

NewGetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator returns a new GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator

func (*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetManagedPrefixListEntriesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetManagedPrefixListEntries page.

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetManagedPrefixListEntriesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetManagedPrefixListEntries

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisFindingsOutput struct {

	// The findings associated with Network Access Scope Analysis.
	AnalysisFindings []types.AccessScopeAnalysisFinding

	// The status of Network Access Scope Analysis.
	AnalysisStatus types.AnalysisStatus

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId *string

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentInput struct {

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetNetworkInsightsAccessScopeContentOutput struct {

	// The Network Access Scope content.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent *types.NetworkInsightsAccessScopeContent

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPasswordDataAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type GetPasswordDataAPIClient interface {
	GetPasswordData(context.Context, *GetPasswordDataInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error)
}

GetPasswordDataAPIClient is a client that implements the GetPasswordData operation.

type GetPasswordDataInput 

type GetPasswordDataInput struct {

	// The ID of the Windows instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPasswordDataOutput 

type GetPasswordDataOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Windows instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The password of the instance. Returns an empty string if the password is not
	// available.
	PasswordData *string

	// The time the data was last updated.
	Timestamp *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput 

type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for
	// your current Convertible Reserved Instances.
	TargetConfigurations []types.TargetConfigurationRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for GetReservedInstanceExchangeQuote.

type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput 

type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput struct {

	// The currency of the transaction.
	CurrencyCode *string

	// If true, the exchange is valid. If false, the exchange cannot be completed.
	IsValidExchange *bool

	// The new end date of the reservation term.
	OutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt *time.Time

	// The total true upfront charge for the exchange.
	PaymentDue *string

	// The cost associated with the Reserved Instance.
	ReservedInstanceValueRollup *types.ReservationValue

	// The configuration of your Convertible Reserved Instances.
	ReservedInstanceValueSet []types.ReservedInstanceReservationValue

	// The cost associated with the Reserved Instance.
	TargetConfigurationValueRollup *types.ReservationValue

	// The values of the target Convertible Reserved Instances.
	TargetConfigurationValueSet []types.TargetReservationValue

	// Describes the reason why the exchange cannot be completed.
	ValidationFailureReason *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.

type GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusInput added in v1.3.0 

type GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusOutput added in v1.3.0 

type GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusOutput struct {

	// If true, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is enabled for your
	// account. If false, access to the EC2 serial console of all instances is disabled
	// for your account.
	SerialConsoleAccessEnabled *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSpotPlacementScoresAPIClient added in v1.21.0 

type GetSpotPlacementScoresAPIClient interface {
	GetSpotPlacementScores(context.Context, *GetSpotPlacementScoresInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput, error)
}

GetSpotPlacementScoresAPIClient is a client that implements the GetSpotPlacementScores operation.

type GetSpotPlacementScoresInput added in v1.21.0 

type GetSpotPlacementScoresInput struct {

	// The target capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetCapacity *int32

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes,
	// Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify
	// InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata, you can't specify InstanceTypes.
	InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata *types.InstanceRequirementsWithMetadataRequest

	// The instance types. We recommend that you specify at least three instance types.
	// If you specify one or two instance types, or specify variations of a single
	// instance type (for example, an m3.xlarge with and without instance storage), the
	// returned placement score will always be low. If you specify InstanceTypes, you
	// can't specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata.
	InstanceTypes []string

	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and
 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with
 the returned NextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The Regions used to narrow down the list of Regions to be scored. Enter the
	// Region code, for example, us-east-1.
	RegionNames []string

	// Specify true so that the response returns a list of scored Availability Zones.
	// Otherwise, the response returns a list of scored Regions. A list of scored
	// Availability Zones is useful if you want to launch all of your Spot capacity
	// into a single Availability Zone.
	SingleAvailabilityZone *bool

	// The unit for the target capacity. Default: units (translates to number of
	// instances)
	TargetCapacityUnitType types.TargetCapacityUnitType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput added in v1.21.0 

type GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput struct {

	// The token for the next set of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The Spot placement score for the top 10 Regions or Availability Zones, scored on
	// a scale from 1 to 10. Each score
 reflects how likely it is that each Region or
	// Availability Zone will succeed at fulfilling the specified target capacity
 at
	// the time of the Spot placement score request. A score of 10 means that your Spot
	// capacity request is highly likely to succeed in that Region or Availability
	// Zone. If you request a Spot placement score for Regions, a high score assumes
	// that your fleet request will be configured to use all Availability Zones and the
	// capacity-optimized allocation strategy. If you request a Spot placement score
	// for Availability Zones, a high score assumes that your fleet request will be
	// configured to use a single Availability Zone and the capacity-optimized
	// allocation strategy. Different
 Regions or Availability Zones might return the
	// same score. The Spot placement score serves as a recommendation only. No score
	// guarantees that your Spot request will be fully or partially fulfilled.
	SpotPlacementScores []types.SpotPlacementScore

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator added in v1.21.0 

type GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator is a paginator for GetSpotPlacementScores

func NewGetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator added in v1.21.0 

func NewGetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator(client GetSpotPlacementScoresAPIClient, params *GetSpotPlacementScoresInput, optFns ...func(*GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginatorOptions)) *GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator

NewGetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator returns a new GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator

func (*GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.21.0 

func (p *GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator) NextPage added in v1.21.0 

func (p *GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetSpotPlacementScores page.

type GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginatorOptions added in v1.21.0 

type GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
	// between 1 and
 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
	// results, make another call with
 the returned NextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetSpotPlacementScores

type GetSubnetCidrReservationsInput added in v1.13.0 

type GetSubnetCidrReservationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * reservationType - The type of reservation (prefix |
	// explicit).
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// * tag: - The key/value
	// combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter
	// name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources
	// that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for
	// the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.
	//
	// * tag-key - The key of a tag
	// assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag
	// with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSubnetCidrReservationsOutput added in v1.13.0 

type GetSubnetCidrReservationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the IPv4 subnet CIDR reservations.
	SubnetIpv4CidrReservations []types.SubnetCidrReservation

	// Information about the IPv6 subnet CIDR reservations.
	SubnetIpv6CidrReservations []types.SubnetCidrReservation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsAPIClient interface {
	GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations(context.Context, *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput, error)
}

GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations operation.

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput 

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * transit-gateway-route-table-id
	// - The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput 

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the propagation route tables.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations []types.TransitGatewayAttachmentPropagation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator is a paginator for GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations

func NewGetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator(client GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsAPIClient, params *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator

NewGetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator returns a new GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator

func (*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations page.

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations(context.Context, *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput, error)
}

GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations operation.

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput 

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the
	// resource.
	//
	// * resource-type - The type of resource. The valid value is: vpc.
	//
	// *
	// state - The state of the subnet association. Valid values are associated |
	// associating | disassociated | disassociating.
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the
	// subnet.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway
	// attachment.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput 

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the multicast domain associations.
	MulticastDomainAssociations []types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

func NewGetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator(client GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsAPIClient, params *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator

NewGetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator returns a new GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator

func (*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations page.

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesAPIClient interface {
	GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences(context.Context, *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesOutput, error)
}

GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences operation.

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput added in v0.29.0 

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * attachment.resource-id - The ID
	// of the resource for the attachment.
	//
	// * attachment.resource-type - The type of
	// resource for the attachment. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway
	// | peering.
	//
	// * attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the
	// attachment.
	//
	// * is-blackhole - Whether traffic matching the route is blocked
	// (true | false).
	//
	// * prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// *
	// prefix-list-owner-id - The ID of the owner of the prefix list.
	//
	// * state - The
	// state of the prefix list reference (pending | available | modifying | deleting).
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesOutput added in v0.29.0 

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the prefix list references.
	TransitGatewayPrefixListReferences []types.TransitGatewayPrefixListReference

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator is a paginator for GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences

func NewGetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator(client GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesAPIClient, params *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput, optFns ...func(*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginatorOptions)) *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator

NewGetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator returns a new GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator

func (*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences page.

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations(context.Context, *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput, error)
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations operation.

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the
	// resource.
	//
	// * resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn |
	// direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id -
	// The ID of the attachment.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Information about the associations.
	Associations []types.TransitGatewayRouteTableAssociation

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations

func NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator(client GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsAPIClient, params *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator

NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator returns a new GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator

func (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations page.

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsAPIClient interface {
	GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations(context.Context, *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput, error)
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations operation.

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the
	// resource.
	//
	// * resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn |
	// direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.
	//
	// * transit-gateway-attachment-id -
	// The ID of the attachment.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the route table propagations.
	TransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations []types.TransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator is a paginator for GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations

func NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator(client GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsAPIClient, params *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator

NewGetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator returns a new GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator

func (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations page.

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationInput added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationInput struct {

	// Device identifier provided by the GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes API.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionDeviceTypeId *string

	// The VpnConnectionId specifies the Site-to-Site VPN connection used for the
	// sample configuration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IKE version to be used in the sample configuration file for your customer
	// gateway device. You can specify one of the following versions: ikev1 or ikev2.
	InternetKeyExchangeVersion *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationOutput added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Sample configuration file for the specified customer gateway device.
	VpnConnectionDeviceSampleConfiguration *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesAPIClient added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesAPIClient interface {
	GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes(context.Context, *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput, error)
}

GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes operation.

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results returned by GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes only
	// returns MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response
	// element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending
	// another GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes request with the returned NextToken value.
	// This value can be between 200 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then
	// GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes returns all results.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated
	// GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes request where MaxResults was used and the results
	// exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the
	// previous results that returned the NextToken value. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput struct {

	// The NextToken value to include in a future GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes request.
	// When the results of a GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes request exceed MaxResults,
	// this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
	// when there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// List of customer gateway devices that have a sample configuration file available
	// for use.
	VpnConnectionDeviceTypes []types.VpnConnectionDeviceType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator is a paginator for GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes

func NewGetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator added in v1.18.0 

func NewGetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator(client GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesAPIClient, params *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput, optFns ...func(*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginatorOptions)) *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator

NewGetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator returns a new GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator

func (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.18.0 

func (p *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.18.0 

func (p *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes page.

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginatorOptions added in v1.18.0 

type GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results returned by GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes in
	// paginated output. When this parameter is used, GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes only
	// returns MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response
	// element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending
	// another GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes request with the returned NextToken value.
	// This value can be between 200 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then
	// GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes returns all results.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes

type HTTPClient 

type HTTPClient interface {
	Do(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error)
}

type HTTPPresignerV4 added in v0.30.0 

type HTTPPresignerV4 interface {
	PresignHTTP(
		ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request,
		payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time,
		optFns ...func(*v4.SignerOptions),
	) (url string, signedHeader http.Header, err error)
}

HTTPPresignerV4 represents presigner interface used by presign url client

type HTTPSignerV4 

type HTTPSignerV4 interface {
	SignHTTP(ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request, payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time, optFns ...func(*v4.SignerOptions)) error
}

type IdempotencyTokenProvider 

type IdempotencyTokenProvider interface {
	GetIdempotencyToken() (string, error)
}

IdempotencyTokenProvider interface for providing idempotency token

type ImageAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ImageAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ImageAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for ImageAvailable

func NewImageAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewImageAvailableWaiter(client DescribeImagesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ImageAvailableWaiterOptions)) *ImageAvailableWaiter

NewImageAvailableWaiter constructs a ImageAvailableWaiter.

func (*ImageAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ImageAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ImageAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ImageAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ImageAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ImageAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ImageAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ImageAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ImageAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ImageAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ImageAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ImageAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeImagesInput, *DescribeImagesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ImageAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for ImageAvailableWaiter

type ImageExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type ImageExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ImageExistsWaiter defines the waiters for ImageExists

func NewImageExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewImageExistsWaiter(client DescribeImagesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ImageExistsWaiterOptions)) *ImageExistsWaiter

NewImageExistsWaiter constructs a ImageExistsWaiter.

func (*ImageExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *ImageExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ImageExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ImageExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ImageExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *ImageExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ImageExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ImageExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ImageExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type ImageExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ImageExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, ImageExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeImagesInput, *DescribeImagesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ImageExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for ImageExistsWaiter

type ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput 

type ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput struct {

	// The client certificate revocation list file. For more information, see Generate
	// a Client Certificate Revocation List
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/cvpn-working-certificates.html#cvpn-working-certificates-generate)
	// in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CertificateRevocationList *string

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client certificate revocation
	// list applies.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput 

type ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportImageInput 

type ImportImageInput struct {

	// The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: i386 | x86_64
	Architecture *string

	// The boot mode of the virtual machine.
	BootMode types.BootModeValues

	// The client-specific data.
	ClientData *types.ClientData

	// The token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.
	ClientToken *string

	// A description string for the import image task.
	Description *string

	// Information about the disk containers.
	DiskContainers []types.ImageDiskContainer

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specifies whether the destination AMI of the imported image should be encrypted.
	// The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default KMS key
	// using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The target hypervisor platform. Valid values: xen
	Hypervisor *string

	// An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted AMI.
	// This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS key; if
	// this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If a
	// KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. The KMS key
	// identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
	//
	// * Key ID
	//
	// * Key
	// alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region
	// of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the alias
	// namespace, and then the key alias. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * ARN using key ID. The
	// ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key,
	// the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the key namespace, and then
	// the key ID. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.
	//
	// *
	// ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed
	// by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner,
	// the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may appear to
	// complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This action will
	// eventually report failure. The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that
	// the AMI is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The ARNs of the license configurations.
	LicenseSpecifications []types.ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest

	// The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing.
	// By default, we detect the source-system operating system (OS) and apply the
	// appropriate license. Specify AWS to replace the source-system license with an
	// Amazon Web Services license, if appropriate. Specify BYOL to retain the
	// source-system license, if appropriate. To use BYOL, you must have existing
	// licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud, such as
	// Amazon Web Services. For more information, see Prerequisites
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html#prerequisites-image)
	// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
	LicenseType *string

	// The operating system of the virtual machine. Valid values: Windows | Linux
	Platform *string

	// The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.
	RoleName *string

	// The tags to apply to the import image task during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The usage operation value. For more information, see Licensing options
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#prerequisites)
	// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
	UsageOperation *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportImageOutput 

type ImportImageOutput struct {

	// The architecture of the virtual machine.
	Architecture *string

	// A description of the import task.
	Description *string

	// Indicates whether the AMI is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The target hypervisor of the import task.
	Hypervisor *string

	// The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) created by the import task.
	ImageId *string

	// The task ID of the import image task.
	ImportTaskId *string

	// The identifier for the symmetric KMS key that was used to create the encrypted
	// AMI.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The ARNs of the license configurations.
	LicenseSpecifications []types.ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse

	// The license type of the virtual machine.
	LicenseType *string

	// The operating system of the virtual machine.
	Platform *string

	// The progress of the task.
	Progress *string

	// Information about the snapshots.
	SnapshotDetails []types.SnapshotDetail

	// A brief status of the task.
	Status *string

	// A detailed status message of the import task.
	StatusMessage *string

	// Any tags assigned to the import image task.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The usage operation value.
	UsageOperation *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportInstanceInput 

type ImportInstanceInput struct {

	// The instance operating system.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Platform types.PlatformValues

	// A description for the instance being imported.
	Description *string

	// The disk image.
	DiskImages []types.DiskImage

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The launch specification.
	LaunchSpecification *types.ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportInstanceOutput 

type ImportInstanceOutput struct {

	// Information about the conversion task.
	ConversionTask *types.ConversionTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportKeyPairInput 

type ImportKeyPairInput struct {

	// A unique name for the key pair.
	//
	// This member is required.
	KeyName *string

	// The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command line
	// tools, base64 encoding is performed for you.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PublicKeyMaterial []byte

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply to the imported key pair.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportKeyPairOutput 

type ImportKeyPairOutput struct {

	// * For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the MD5 public key fingerprint as
	// specified in section 4 of RFC 4716.
	//
	// * For ED25519 key pairs, the key
	// fingerprint is the base64-encoded SHA-256 digest, which is the default for
	// OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8 (http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8).
	KeyFingerprint *string

	// The key pair name that you provided.
	KeyName *string

	// The ID of the resulting key pair.
	KeyPairId *string

	// The tags applied to the imported key pair.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportSnapshotInput 

type ImportSnapshotInput struct {

	// The client-specific data.
	ClientData *types.ClientData

	// Token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.
	ClientToken *string

	// The description string for the import snapshot task.
	Description *string

	// Information about the disk container.
	DiskContainer *types.SnapshotDiskContainer

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specifies whether the destination snapshot of the imported image should be
	// encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default
	// KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	Encrypted *bool

	// An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted
	// snapshot. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS
	// key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If
	// a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. The KMS key
	// identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
	//
	// * Key ID
	//
	// * Key
	// alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region
	// of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the alias
	// namespace, and then the key alias. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * ARN using key ID. The
	// ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key,
	// the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the key namespace, and then
	// the key ID. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.
	//
	// *
	// ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed
	// by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner,
	// the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may appear to
	// complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This action will
	// eventually report failure. The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that
	// the snapshot is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS
	// keys.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.
	RoleName *string

	// The tags to apply to the import snapshot task during creation.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportSnapshotOutput 

type ImportSnapshotOutput struct {

	// A description of the import snapshot task.
	Description *string

	// The ID of the import snapshot task.
	ImportTaskId *string

	// Information about the import snapshot task.
	SnapshotTaskDetail *types.SnapshotTaskDetail

	// Any tags assigned to the import snapshot task.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportVolumeInput 

type ImportVolumeInput struct {

	// The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The disk image.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Image *types.DiskImageDetail

	// The volume size.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Volume *types.VolumeDetail

	// A description of the volume.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportVolumeOutput 

type ImportVolumeOutput struct {

	// Information about the conversion task.
	ConversionTask *types.ConversionTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type InstanceExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceExistsWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceExists

func NewInstanceExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewInstanceExistsWaiter(client DescribeInstancesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceExistsWaiterOptions)) *InstanceExistsWaiter

NewInstanceExistsWaiter constructs a InstanceExistsWaiter.

func (*InstanceExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *InstanceExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *InstanceExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 5 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceExistsWaiter

type InstanceRunningWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceRunningWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceRunningWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceRunning

func NewInstanceRunningWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewInstanceRunningWaiter(client DescribeInstancesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceRunningWaiterOptions)) *InstanceRunningWaiter

NewInstanceRunningWaiter constructs a InstanceRunningWaiter.

func (*InstanceRunningWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *InstanceRunningWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceRunningWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceRunning waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceRunningWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *InstanceRunningWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceRunningWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceRunning waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceRunningWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceRunningWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceRunningWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceRunningWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceRunningWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceRunningWaiter

type InstanceStatusOkWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceStatusOkWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceStatusOkWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceStatusOk

func NewInstanceStatusOkWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewInstanceStatusOkWaiter(client DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions)) *InstanceStatusOkWaiter

NewInstanceStatusOkWaiter constructs a InstanceStatusOkWaiter.

func (*InstanceStatusOkWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *InstanceStatusOkWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceStatusOk waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceStatusOkWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *InstanceStatusOkWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceStatusOk waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceStatusOkWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceStatusOkWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceStatusOkWaiter

type InstanceStoppedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceStoppedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceStoppedWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceStopped

func NewInstanceStoppedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewInstanceStoppedWaiter(client DescribeInstancesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions)) *InstanceStoppedWaiter

NewInstanceStoppedWaiter constructs a InstanceStoppedWaiter.

func (*InstanceStoppedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *InstanceStoppedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceStopped waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceStoppedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *InstanceStoppedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceStopped waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceStoppedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceStoppedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceStoppedWaiter

type InstanceTerminatedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceTerminatedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceTerminatedWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceTerminated

func NewInstanceTerminatedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewInstanceTerminatedWaiter(client DescribeInstancesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions)) *InstanceTerminatedWaiter

NewInstanceTerminatedWaiter constructs a InstanceTerminatedWaiter.

func (*InstanceTerminatedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *InstanceTerminatedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceTerminated waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceTerminatedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *InstanceTerminatedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceTerminated waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceTerminatedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceTerminatedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceTerminatedWaiter

type InternetGatewayExistsWaiter added in v1.26.0 

type InternetGatewayExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InternetGatewayExistsWaiter defines the waiters for InternetGatewayExists

func NewInternetGatewayExistsWaiter added in v1.26.0 

func NewInternetGatewayExistsWaiter(client DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions)) *InternetGatewayExistsWaiter

NewInternetGatewayExistsWaiter constructs a InternetGatewayExistsWaiter.

func (*InternetGatewayExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.26.0 

func (w *InternetGatewayExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InternetGatewayExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InternetGatewayExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.26.0 

func (w *InternetGatewayExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InternetGatewayExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.26.0 

type InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InternetGatewayExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 5 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InternetGatewayExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, *DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for InternetGatewayExistsWaiter

type KeyPairExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type KeyPairExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

KeyPairExistsWaiter defines the waiters for KeyPairExists

func NewKeyPairExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewKeyPairExistsWaiter(client DescribeKeyPairsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions)) *KeyPairExistsWaiter

NewKeyPairExistsWaiter constructs a KeyPairExistsWaiter.

func (*KeyPairExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *KeyPairExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyPairsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for KeyPairExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*KeyPairExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *KeyPairExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyPairsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for KeyPairExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// KeyPairExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 5 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, KeyPairExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeKeyPairsInput, *DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for KeyPairExistsWaiter

type ListImagesInRecycleBinAPIClient added in v1.30.0 

type ListImagesInRecycleBinAPIClient interface {
	ListImagesInRecycleBin(context.Context, *ListImagesInRecycleBinInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput, error)
}

ListImagesInRecycleBinAPIClient is a client that implements the ListImagesInRecycleBin operation.

type ListImagesInRecycleBinInput added in v1.30.0 

type ListImagesInRecycleBinInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the AMIs to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the AMIs that
	// are in the Recycle Bin. You can specify up to 20 IDs in a single request.
	ImageIds []string

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. If you
	// do not specify a value for MaxResults, the request returns 1,000 items per page
	// by default. For more information, see  Pagination
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination).
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput added in v1.30.0 

type ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput struct {

	// Information about the AMIs.
	Images []types.ImageRecycleBinInfo

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator added in v1.30.0 

type ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator is a paginator for ListImagesInRecycleBin

func NewListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator added in v1.30.0 

func NewListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator(client ListImagesInRecycleBinAPIClient, params *ListImagesInRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions)) *ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator

NewListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator returns a new ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator

func (*ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.30.0 

func (p *ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator) NextPage added in v1.30.0 

func (p *ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListImagesInRecycleBin page.

type ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions added in v1.30.0 

type ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. If you
	// do not specify a value for MaxResults, the request returns 1,000 items per page
	// by default. For more information, see  Pagination
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination).
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListImagesInRecycleBin

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinAPIClient added in v1.24.0 

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinAPIClient interface {
	ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin(context.Context, *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinOutput, error)
}

ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin operation.

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput added in v1.24.0 

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The IDs of the snapshots to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the
	// snapshots that are in the Recycle Bin.
	SnapshotIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinOutput added in v1.24.0 

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the snapshots.
	Snapshots []types.SnapshotRecycleBinInfo

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator added in v1.24.0 

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator is a paginator for ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin

func NewListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator added in v1.24.0 

func NewListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator(client ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinAPIClient, params *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions)) *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator

NewListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator returns a new ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator

func (*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.24.0 

func (p *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator) NextPage added in v1.24.0 

func (p *ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin page.

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions added in v1.24.0 

type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin

type ModifyAddressAttributeInput added in v0.31.0 

type ModifyAddressAttributeInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AllocationId *string

	// The domain name to modify for the IP address.
	DomainName *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAddressAttributeOutput added in v0.31.0 

type ModifyAddressAttributeOutput struct {

	// Information about the Elastic IP address.
	Address *types.AddressAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput 

type ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the Availability Zone group, Local Zone group, or Wavelength Zone
	// group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Indicates whether you are opted in to the Local Zone group or Wavelength Zone
	// group. The only valid value is opted-in. You must contact Amazon Web Services
	// Support
	// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create%3FissueType=customer-service%26serviceCode=general-info%26getting-started%26categoryCode=using-aws%26services)
	// to opt out of a Local Zone or Wavelength Zone group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OptInStatus types.ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupOutput 

type ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupOutput struct {

	// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput added in v1.19.0 

type ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation Fleet to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationFleetId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the
	// Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the
	// Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. The Capacity Reservation Fleet
	// expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify
	// 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire
	// between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019. You can't specify EndDate and
	// RemoveEndDate in the same request.
	EndDate *time.Time

	// Indicates whether to remove the end date from the Capacity Reservation Fleet. If
	// you remove the end date, the Capacity Reservation Fleet does not expire and it
	// remains active until you explicitly cancel it using the
	// CancelCapacityReservationFleet action. You can't specify RemoveEndDate and
	// EndDate in the same request.
	RemoveEndDate *bool

	// The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation
	// Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to
	// each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which
	// the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for
	// your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	TotalTargetCapacity *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCapacityReservationFleetOutput added in v1.19.0 

type ModifyCapacityReservationFleetOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCapacityReservationInput 

type ModifyCapacityReservationInput struct {

	// The ID of the Capacity Reservation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationId *string

	// Reserved. Capacity Reservations you have created are accepted by default.
	Accept *bool

	// Reserved for future use.
	AdditionalInfo *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity
	// Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer
	// launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired
	// when it reaches its end date and time. The Capacity Reservation is cancelled
	// within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019,
	// 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and
	// 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019. You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is
	// limited. Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited.
	EndDate *time.Time

	// Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation
	// can have one of the following end types:
	//
	// * unlimited - The Capacity Reservation
	// remains active until you explicitly cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate value
	// if EndDateType is unlimited.
	//
	// * limited - The Capacity Reservation expires
	// automatically at a specified date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if
	// EndDateType is limited.
	EndDateType types.EndDateType

	// The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. The number of instances
	// can't be increased or decreased by more than 1000 in a single request.
	InstanceCount *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCapacityReservationOutput 

type ModifyCapacityReservationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClientVpnEndpointInput 

type ModifyClientVpnEndpointInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections.
	ClientConnectOptions *types.ClientConnectOptions

	// Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon
	// Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established.
	ClientLoginBannerOptions *types.ClientLoginBannerOptions

	// Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client
	// connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs
	// log stream. The following information is logged:
	//
	// * Client connection
	// requests
	//
	// * Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful)
	//
	// * Reasons
	// for unsuccessful client connection requests
	//
	// * Client connection termination
	// time
	ConnectionLogOptions *types.ConnectionLogOptions

	// A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint.
	Description *string

	// Information about the DNS servers to be used by Client VPN connections. A Client
	// VPN endpoint can have up to two DNS servers.
	DnsServers *types.DnsServersOptionsModifyStructure

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint.
	SelfServicePortal types.SelfServicePortal

	// The ARN of the server certificate to be used. The server certificate must be
	// provisioned in Certificate Manager (ACM).
	ServerCertificateArn *string

	// The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24
	// Default value: 24
	SessionTimeoutHours *int32

	// Indicates whether the VPN is split-tunnel. For information about split-tunnel
	// VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html)
	// in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.
	SplitTunnel *bool

	// The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint.
	VpcId *string

	// The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic.
	// Valid Values: 443 | 1194 Default Value: 443
	VpnPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClientVpnEndpointOutput 

type ModifyClientVpnEndpointOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput 

type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput struct {

	// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family. Valid Values: standard |
	// unlimited
	//
	// This member is required.
	CpuCredits *string

	// The instance family.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceFamily types.UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput 

type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput struct {

	// The default credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.
	InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification *types.InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput 

type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon EBS
	// encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is
	// used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true. You can
	// specify the KMS key using any of the following:
	//
	// * Key ID. For example,
	// 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// * Key alias. For example,
	// alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// * Key ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
	//
	// *
	// Alias ARN. For example,
	// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
	//
	// Amazon Web Services
	// authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID,
	// alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but
	// eventually fails. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.
	//
	// This member is required.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput 

type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the default KMS key for encryption by default.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyFleetInput 

type ModifyFleetInput struct {

	// The ID of the EC2 Fleet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FleetId *string

	// Reserved.
	Context *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target
	// capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet.
	ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

	// The launch template and overrides.
	LaunchTemplateConfigs []types.FleetLaunchTemplateConfigRequest

	// The size of the EC2 Fleet.
	TargetCapacitySpecification *types.TargetCapacitySpecificationRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyFleetOutput 

type ModifyFleetOutput struct {

	// If the request succeeds, the response returns true. If the request fails, no
	// response is returned, and instead an error message is returned.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput 

type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FpgaImageId *string

	// The name of the attribute.
	Attribute types.FpgaImageAttributeName

	// A description for the AFI.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The load permission for the AFI.
	LoadPermission *types.LoadPermissionModifications

	// A name for the AFI.
	Name *string

	// The operation type.
	OperationType types.OperationType

	// The product codes. After you add a product code to an AFI, it can't be removed.
	// This parameter is valid only when modifying the productCodes attribute.
	ProductCodes []string

	// The user groups. This parameter is valid only when modifying the loadPermission
	// attribute.
	UserGroups []string

	// The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter is valid only when modifying
	// the loadPermission attribute.
	UserIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput 

type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {

	// Information about the attribute.
	FpgaImageAttribute *types.FpgaImageAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyHostsInput 

type ModifyHostsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HostIds []string

	// Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement.
	AutoPlacement types.AutoPlacement

	// Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. For
	// more information, see  Host recovery
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	HostRecovery types.HostRecovery

	// Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify
	// this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types
	// within its current instance family. If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to
	// support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify
	// InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the
	// same request.
	InstanceFamily *string

	// Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this
	// parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support only a specific instance type.
	// If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types in its
	// current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead.
	// You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request.
	InstanceType *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyHostsOutput 

type ModifyHostsOutput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully modified.
	Successful []string

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be modified. Check whether the
	// setting you requested can be used.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIdFormatInput 

type ModifyIdFormatInput struct {

	// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options
	// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
	// image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association |
	// network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table |
	// route-table-association | security-group | subnet |
	// subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint
	// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. Alternatively, use the
	// all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their
	// opt-in period for longer IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Resource *string

	// Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs).
	//
	// This member is required.
	UseLongIds *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIdFormatOutput 

type ModifyIdFormatOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput 

type ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput struct {

	// The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root user.
	// Specify all to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root
	// user of the account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrincipalArn *string

	// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options
	// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
	// image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association |
	// network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table |
	// route-table-association | security-group | subnet |
	// subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint
	// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. Alternatively, use the
	// all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their
	// opt-in period for longer IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Resource *string

	// Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs)
	//
	// This member is required.
	UseLongIds *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput 

type ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyImageAttributeInput 

type ModifyImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// The name of the attribute to modify. Valid values: description |
	// launchPermission
	Attribute *string

	// A new description for the AMI.
	Description *types.AttributeValue

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// A new launch permission for the AMI.
	LaunchPermission *types.LaunchPermissionModifications

	// The operation type. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter
	// is launchPermission.
	OperationType types.OperationType

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization. This parameter can be used
	// only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.
	OrganizationArns []string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organizational unit (OU). This parameter
	// can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.
	OrganizationalUnitArns []string

	// Not supported.
	ProductCodes []string

	// The user groups. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is
	// launchPermission.
	UserGroups []string

	// The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter can be used only when the
	// Attribute parameter is launchPermission.
	UserIds []string

	// The value of the attribute being modified. This parameter can be used only when
	// the Attribute parameter is description.
	Value *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ModifyImageAttribute.

type ModifyImageAttributeOutput 

type ModifyImageAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput 

type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The name of the attribute.
	Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName

	// Modifies the DeleteOnTermination attribute for volumes that are currently
	// attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for
	// DeleteOnTermination, the default is true and the volume is deleted when the
	// instance is terminated. To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed
	// instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information,
	// see Update the block device mapping when launching an instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html#Using_OverridingAMIBDM)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification

	// If the value is true, you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2
	// console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. You cannot use this parameter for Spot
	// Instances.
	DisableApiTermination *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specifies whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This
	// optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized
	// configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization
	// isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when
	// using an EBS Optimized instance.
	EbsOptimized *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. This option
	// is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance
	// can make it unreachable.
	EnaSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// [EC2-VPC] Replaces the security groups of the instance with the specified
	// security groups. You must specify at least one security group, even if it's just
	// the default security group for the VPC. You must specify the security group ID,
	// not the security group name.
	Groups []string

	// Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
	// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
	InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *types.AttributeValue

	// Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see
	// Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide. If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is
	// InvalidInstanceAttributeValue.
	InstanceType *types.AttributeValue

	// Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use
	// PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html).
	Kernel *types.AttributeValue

	// Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you
	// use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html).
	Ramdisk *types.AttributeValue

	// Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is
	// either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the
	// value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are
	// disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks
	// if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or
	// firewalls.
	SourceDestCheck *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual
	// Function interface for the instance. There is no way to disable enhanced
	// networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. This
	// option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV
	// instance can make it unreachable.
	SriovNetSupport *types.AttributeValue

	// Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. If you are using an
	// Amazon Web Services SDK or command line tool, base64-encoding is performed for
	// you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide
	// base64-encoded text.
	UserData *types.BlobAttributeValue

	// A new value for the attribute. Use only with the kernel, ramdisk, userData,
	// disableApiTermination, or instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute.
	Value *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput 

type ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesInput 

type ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesInput struct {

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CapacityReservationSpecification *types.CapacityReservationSpecification

	// The ID of the instance to be modified.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesOutput 

type ModifyInstanceCapacityReservationAttributesOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput 

type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput struct {

	// Information about the credit option for CPU usage.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceCreditSpecifications []types.InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest

	// A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your
	// modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput 

type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput struct {

	// Information about the instances whose credit option for CPU usage was
	// successfully modified.
	SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications []types.SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem

	// Information about the instances whose credit option for CPU usage was not
	// modified.
	UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications []types.UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeInput 

type ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeInput struct {

	// The ID of the event whose date and time you are modifying.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceEventId *string

	// The ID of the instance with the scheduled event.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The new date and time when the event will take place.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NotBefore *time.Time

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput 

type ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput struct {

	// Describes a scheduled event for an instance.
	Event *types.InstanceStatusEvent

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput added in v1.13.0 

type ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput struct {

	// The ID of the event window.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceEventWindowId *string

	// The cron expression of the event window, for example, * 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5.
	// Constraints:
	//
	// * Only hour and day of the week values are supported.
	//
	// * For day
	// of the week values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6, or alternative
	// single values SUN through SAT.
	//
	// * The minute, month, and year must be specified
	// by *.
	//
	// * The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or
	// 0-4,20-23.
	//
	// * Each hour range must be >= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23.
	//
	// *
	// The event window must be >= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the event
	// window must be >= 4 hours.
	//
	// For more information about cron expressions, see
	// cron (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) on the Wikipedia website.
	CronExpression *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the event window.
	Name *string

	// The time ranges of the event window.
	TimeRanges []types.InstanceEventWindowTimeRangeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceEventWindowOutput added in v1.13.0 

type ModifyInstanceEventWindowOutput struct {

	// Information about the event window.
	InstanceEventWindow *types.InstanceEventWindow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsInput added in v1.34.0 

type ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Disables the automatic recovery behavior of your instance or sets it to default.
	AutoRecovery types.InstanceAutoRecoveryState

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsOutput added in v1.34.0 

type ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsOutput struct {

	// Provides information on the current automatic recovery behavior of your
	// instance.
	AutoRecovery types.InstanceAutoRecoveryState

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput 

type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this
	// parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. If you specify a
	// value of disabled, you cannot access your instance metadata.
	HttpEndpoint types.InstanceMetadataEndpointState

	// Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. This
	// setting applies only if you have enabled the HTTP metadata endpoint.
	HttpProtocolIpv6 types.InstanceMetadataProtocolState

	// The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The
	// larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. If no
	// parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. Possible values:
	// Integers from 1 to 64
	HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32

	// The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter
	// is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. If the state is
	// optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or without a signed
	// token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials without a
	// token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM
	// role credentials using a valid signed token, the version 2.0 role credentials
	// are returned. If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with
	// any instance metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role
	// credential always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0
	// credentials are not available.
	HttpTokens types.HttpTokensState

	// Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set
	// to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For
	// more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS).
	// Default: disabled
	InstanceMetadataTags types.InstanceMetadataTagsState
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput 

type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The metadata options for the instance.
	InstanceMetadataOptions *types.InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstancePlacementInput 

type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance that you are modifying.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// The affinity setting for the instance.
	Affinity types.Affinity

	// The name of the placement group in which to place the instance. For spread
	// placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default. For cluster and
	// partition placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default or
	// dedicated. To remove an instance from a placement group, specify an empty string
	// ("").
	GroupName *string

	// The ID of the Dedicated Host with which to associate the instance.
	HostId *string

	// The ARN of the host resource group in which to place the instance.
	HostResourceGroupArn *string

	// The number of the partition in which to place the instance. Valid only if the
	// placement group strategy is set to partition.
	PartitionNumber *int32

	// The tenancy for the instance. For T3 instances, you can't change the tenancy
	// from dedicated to host, or from host to dedicated. Attempting to make one of
	// these unsupported tenancy changes results in the InvalidTenancy error code.
	Tenancy types.HostTenancy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyInstancePlacementOutput 

type ModifyInstancePlacementOutput struct {

	// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamInput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamId *string

	// Choose the operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web
	// Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only
	// discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select
	// as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create
	// an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	AddOperatingRegions []types.AddIpamOperatingRegion

	// The description of the IPAM you want to modify.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The operating Regions to remove.
	RemoveOperatingRegions []types.RemoveIpamOperatingRegion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamOutput struct {

	// The results of the modification.
	Ipam *types.Ipam

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamPoolInput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamPoolInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// Add tag allocation rules to a pool. For more information about allocation rules,
	// see Create a top-level pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
	AddAllocationResourceTags []types.RequestIpamResourceTag

	// The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example,
	// the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new
	// allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16.
	AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength *int32

	// The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be
	// compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible
	// netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.The maximum netmask length must
	// be greater than the minimum netmask length.
	AllocationMaxNetmaskLength *int32

	// The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be
	// compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible
	// netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. The minimum netmask length must
	// be less than the maximum netmask length.
	AllocationMinNetmaskLength *int32

	// If true, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of this
	// pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs that
	// will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to other
	// resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR regardless
	// of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource might be
	// imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers multiple
	// CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM discovers
	// multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of them only.
	// A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work.
	AutoImport *bool

	// Clear the default netmask length allocation rule for this pool.
	ClearAllocationDefaultNetmaskLength *bool

	// The description of the IPAM pool you want to modify.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Remove tag allocation rules from a pool.
	RemoveAllocationResourceTags []types.RequestIpamResourceTag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamPoolOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamPoolOutput struct {

	// The results of the modification.
	IpamPool *types.IpamPool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamResourceCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamResourceCidrInput struct {

	// The ID of the current scope that the resource CIDR is in.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CurrentIpamScopeId *string

	// Determines if the resource is monitored by IPAM. If a resource is monitored, the
	// resource is discovered by IPAM and you can view details about the resource’s
	// CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Monitored *bool

	// The CIDR of the resource you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceCidr *string

	// The ID of the resource you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceId *string

	// The Amazon Web Services Region of the resource you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceRegion *string

	// The ID of the scope you want to transfer the resource CIDR to.
	DestinationIpamScopeId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamResourceCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamResourceCidrOutput struct {

	// The CIDR for an IPAM resource.
	IpamResourceCidr *types.IpamResourceCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamScopeInput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamScopeInput struct {

	// The ID of the scope you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamScopeId *string

	// The description of the scope you want to modify.
	Description *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyIpamScopeOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ModifyIpamScopeOutput struct {

	// The results of the modification.
	IpamScope *types.IpamScope

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyLaunchTemplateInput 

type ModifyLaunchTemplateInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.
	ClientToken *string

	// The version number of the launch template to set as the default version.
	DefaultVersion *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or
	// launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateId *string

	// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID
	// or launch template name in the request.
	LaunchTemplateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput 

type ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput struct {

	// Information about the launch template.
	LaunchTemplate *types.LaunchTemplate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyManagedPrefixListInput 

type ModifyManagedPrefixListInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// One or more entries to add to the prefix list.
	AddEntries []types.AddPrefixListEntry

	// The current version of the prefix list.
	CurrentVersion *int64

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of entries for the prefix list. You cannot modify the entries
	// of a prefix list and modify the size of a prefix list at the same time. If any
	// of the resources that reference the prefix list cannot support the new maximum
	// size, the modify operation fails. Check the state message for the IDs of the
	// first ten resources that do not support the new maximum size.
	MaxEntries *int32

	// A name for the prefix list.
	PrefixListName *string

	// One or more entries to remove from the prefix list.
	RemoveEntries []types.RemovePrefixListEntry
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyManagedPrefixListOutput 

type ModifyManagedPrefixListOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list.
	PrefixList *types.ManagedPrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput 

type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the 'delete on
	// termination' attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment.
	Attachment *types.NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges

	// A description for the network interface.
	Description *types.AttributeValue

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you
	// specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if
	// it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the
	// security group, not the name.
	Groups []string

	// Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is
	// either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the
	// value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are
	// disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks
	// if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or
	// firewalls.
	SourceDestCheck *types.AttributeBooleanValue
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.

type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput 

type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsInput added in v1.24.0 

type ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA
	// records.
	EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord *bool

	// Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A
	// records.
	EnableResourceNameDnsARecord *bool

	// The ID of the instance.
	InstanceId *string

	// The type of hostname for EC2 instances. For IPv4 only subnets, an instance DNS
	// name must be based on the instance IPv4 address. For IPv6 only subnets, an
	// instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID. For dual-stack subnets, you
	// can specify whether DNS names use the instance IPv4 address or the instance ID.
	PrivateDnsHostnameType types.HostnameType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsOutput added in v1.24.0 

type ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptionsOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyReservedInstancesInput 

type ModifyReservedInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstancesIds []string

	// The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetConfigurations []types.ReservedInstancesConfiguration

	// A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your
	// modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ModifyReservedInstances.

type ModifyReservedInstancesOutput 

type ModifyReservedInstancesOutput struct {

	// The ID for the modification.
	ReservedInstancesModificationId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of ModifyReservedInstances.

type ModifySecurityGroupRulesInput added in v1.12.0 

type ModifySecurityGroupRulesInput struct {

	// The ID of the security group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// Information about the security group properties to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SecurityGroupRules []types.SecurityGroupRuleUpdate

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySecurityGroupRulesOutput added in v1.12.0 

type ModifySecurityGroupRulesOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotAttributeInput 

type ModifySnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The snapshot attribute to modify. Only volume creation permissions can be
	// modified.
	Attribute types.SnapshotAttributeName

	// A JSON representation of the snapshot attribute modification.
	CreateVolumePermission *types.CreateVolumePermissionModifications

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The group to modify for the snapshot.
	GroupNames []string

	// The type of operation to perform to the attribute.
	OperationType types.OperationType

	// The account ID to modify for the snapshot.
	UserIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput 

type ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotTierInput added in v1.24.0 

type ModifySnapshotTierInput struct {

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the storage tier. You must specify archive.
	StorageTier types.TargetStorageTier
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotTierOutput added in v1.24.0 

type ModifySnapshotTierOutput struct {

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The date and time when the archive process was started.
	TieringStartTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySpotFleetRequestInput 

type ModifySpotFleetRequestInput struct {

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// Reserved.
	Context *string

	// Indicates whether running Spot Instances should be terminated if the target
	// capacity of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of the
	// Spot Fleet.
	ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

	// The launch template and overrides. You can only use this parameter if you
	// specified a launch template (LaunchTemplateConfigs) in your Spot Fleet request.
	// If you specified LaunchSpecifications in your Spot Fleet request, then omit this
	// parameter.
	LaunchTemplateConfigs []types.LaunchTemplateConfig

	// The number of On-Demand Instances in the fleet.
	OnDemandTargetCapacity *int32

	// The size of the fleet.
	TargetCapacity *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ModifySpotFleetRequest.

type ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput 

type ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput struct {

	// If the request succeeds, the response returns true. If the request fails, no
	// response is returned, and instead an error message is returned.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of ModifySpotFleetRequest.

type ModifySubnetAttributeInput 

type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetId *string

	// Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet
	// should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface that's
	// created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore
	// receives an IPv6 address). If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your
	// subnet, your network interface or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's
	// created using version 2016-11-15 or later of the Amazon EC2 API.
	AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet. You must set
	// this value when you specify true for MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch.
	CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool *string

	// Specify true to indicate that local network interfaces at the current position
	// should be disabled.
	DisableLniAtDeviceIndex *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this
	// subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations.
	EnableDns64 *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For
	// example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary
	// network interface (eth1). A local network interface cannot be the primary
	// network interface (eth0).
	EnableLniAtDeviceIndex *int32

	// Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA
	// records.
	EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecordOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A
	// records.
	EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created
	// in the specified subnet should be assigned a customer-owned IPv4 address. When
	// this value is true, you must specify the customer-owned IP pool using
	// CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool.
	MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created
	// in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address.
	MapPublicIpOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For
	// IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be
	// based on the instance IPv4 address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name).
	// For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID
	// (resource-name).
	PrivateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch types.HostnameType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySubnetAttributeOutput 

type ModifySubnetAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesInput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you want to mirror.
	AddNetworkServices []types.TrafficMirrorNetworkService

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you no longer want to mirror.
	RemoveNetworkServices []types.TrafficMirrorNetworkService
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesOutput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesOutput struct {

	// The Traffic Mirror filter that the network service is associated with.
	TrafficMirrorFilter *types.TrafficMirrorFilter

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId *string

	// The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	Description *string

	// The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The destination ports that are associated with the Traffic Mirror rule.
	DestinationPortRange *types.TrafficMirrorPortRangeRequest

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The protocol, for example TCP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	Protocol *int32

	// The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror filter rule. When
	// you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror filter rule, the property is set to
	// the default.
	RemoveFields []types.TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField

	// The action to assign to the rule.
	RuleAction types.TrafficMirrorRuleAction

	// The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each
	// Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending
	// order by rule number.
	RuleNumber *int32

	// The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	SourceCidrBlock *string

	// The port range to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.
	SourcePortRange *types.TrafficMirrorPortRangeRequest

	// The type of traffic to assign to the rule.
	TrafficDirection types.TrafficDirection
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput struct {

	// Modifies a Traffic Mirror rule.
	TrafficMirrorFilterRule *types.TrafficMirrorFilterRule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionInput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TrafficMirrorSessionId *string

	// The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror session.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN
	// header. To mirror a subset, set this to the length (in bytes) to mirror. For
	// example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the
	// filter criteria are copied to the target. Do not specify this parameter when you
	// want to mirror the entire packet.
	PacketLength *int32

	// The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror session. When you
	// remove a property from a Traffic Mirror session, the property is set to the
	// default.
	RemoveFields []types.TrafficMirrorSessionField

	// The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an
	// interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter
	// is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766.
	SessionNumber *int32

	// The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.
	TrafficMirrorFilterId *string

	// The Traffic Mirror target. The target must be in the same VPC as the source, or
	// have a VPC peering connection with the source.
	TrafficMirrorTargetId *string

	// The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session.
	VirtualNetworkId *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionOutput 

type ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionOutput struct {

	// Information about the Traffic Mirror session.
	TrafficMirrorSession *types.TrafficMirrorSession

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayInput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyTransitGatewayInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The description for the transit gateway.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The options to modify.
	Options *types.ModifyTransitGatewayOptions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayOutput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyTransitGatewayOutput struct {

	// Describes a transit gateway.
	TransitGateway *types.TransitGateway

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceInput struct {

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.
	Blackhole *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyTransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list reference.
	TransitGatewayPrefixListReference *types.TransitGatewayPrefixListReference

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput 

type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The IDs of one or more subnets to add. You can specify at most one subnet per
	// Availability Zone.
	AddSubnetIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The new VPC attachment options.
	Options *types.ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions

	// The IDs of one or more subnets to remove.
	RemoveSubnetIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput 

type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput struct {

	// Information about the modified attachment.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachment *types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVolumeAttributeInput 

type ModifyVolumeAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations.
	AutoEnableIO *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput 

type ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVolumeInput 

type ModifyVolumeInput struct {

	// The ID of the volume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VolumeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The target IOPS rate of the volume. This parameter is valid only for gp3, io1,
	// and io2 volumes. The following are the supported values for each volume type:
	//
	// *
	// gp3: 3,000-16,000 IOPS
	//
	// * io1: 100-64,000 IOPS
	//
	// * io2: 100-64,000 IOPS
	//
	// Default:
	// The existing value is retained if you keep the same volume type. If you change
	// the volume type to io1, io2, or gp3, the default is 3,000.
	Iops *int32

	// Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach,
	// you can attach the volume to up to 16  Nitro-based instances
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances)
	// in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2
	// volumes only. For more information, see  Amazon EBS Multi-Attach
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) in
	// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	MultiAttachEnabled *bool

	// The target size of the volume, in GiB. The target volume size must be greater
	// than or equal to the existing size of the volume. The following are the
	// supported volumes sizes for each volume type:
	//
	// * gp2 and gp3: 1-16,384
	//
	// * io1
	// and io2: 4-16,384
	//
	// * st1 and sc1: 125-16,384
	//
	// * standard: 1-1,024
	//
	// Default: The
	// existing size is retained.
	Size *int32

	// The target throughput of the volume, in MiB/s. This parameter is valid only for
	// gp3 volumes. The maximum value is 1,000. Default: The existing value is retained
	// if the source and target volume type is gp3. Otherwise, the default value is
	// 125. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000.
	Throughput *int32

	// The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS
	// volume types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Default: The existing type is retained.
	VolumeType types.VolumeType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVolumeOutput 

type ModifyVolumeOutput struct {

	// Information about the volume modification.
	VolumeModification *types.VolumeModification

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcAttributeInput 

type ModifyVpcAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If
	// enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. You
	// cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same
	// request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS
	// hostnames if you've enabled DNS support.
	EnableDnsHostnames *types.AttributeBooleanValue

	// Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled,
	// queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or
	// the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" succeed.
	// If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS
	// hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. You cannot modify the DNS resolution
	// and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each
	// attribute.
	EnableDnsSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcAttributeOutput 

type ModifyVpcAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput struct {

	// The ID of the notification.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionNotificationId *string

	// One or more events for the endpoint. Valid values are Accept, Connect, Delete,
	// and Reject.
	ConnectionEvents []string

	// The ARN for the SNS topic for the notification.
	ConnectionNotificationArn *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointInput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointInput struct {

	// The ID of the endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcEndpointId *string

	// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route tables IDs to associate with the endpoint.
	AddRouteTableIds []string

	// (Interface endpoint) One or more security group IDs to associate with the
	// network interface.
	AddSecurityGroupIds []string

	// (Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) One or more subnet IDs in which
	// to serve the endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify
	// only one subnet.
	AddSubnetIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// (Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that
	// controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// (Interface endpoint) Indicates whether a private hosted zone is associated with
	// the VPC.
	PrivateDnsEnabled *bool

	// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route table IDs to disassociate from the
	// endpoint.
	RemoveRouteTableIds []string

	// (Interface endpoint) One or more security group IDs to disassociate from the
	// network interface.
	RemoveSecurityGroupIds []string

	// (Interface endpoint) One or more subnets IDs in which to remove the endpoint.
	RemoveSubnetIds []string

	// (Gateway endpoint) Specify true to reset the policy document to the default
	// policy. The default policy allows full access to the service.
	ResetPolicy *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcEndpoint.

type ModifyVpcEndpointOutput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput struct {

	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// Indicates whether requests to create an endpoint to your service must be
	// accepted.
	AcceptanceRequired *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to add to your
	// service configuration.
	AddGatewayLoadBalancerArns []string

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to add to your
	// service configuration.
	AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// (Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the
	// endpoint service.
	PrivateDnsName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to remove from your
	// service configuration.
	RemoveGatewayLoadBalancerArns []string

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to remove from your
	// service configuration.
	RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns []string

	// (Interface endpoint configuration) Removes the private DNS name of the endpoint
	// service.
	RemovePrivateDnsName *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityInput added in v1.27.0 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityInput struct {

	// The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the
	// endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you
	// cannot set it back to the endpoint owner.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PayerResponsibility types.PayerResponsibility

	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityOutput added in v1.27.0 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibilityOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of one or more principals. Permissions are
	// granted to the principals in this list. To grant permissions to all principals,
	// specify an asterisk (*).
	AddAllowedPrincipals []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of one or more principals. Permissions are
	// revoked for principals in this list.
	RemoveAllowedPrincipals []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput 

type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput 

type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string

	// The VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC.
	AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions *types.PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC.
	RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions *types.PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput 

type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC.
	AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions *types.PeeringConnectionOptions

	// Information about the VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC.
	RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions *types.PeeringConnectionOptions

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcTenancyInput 

type ModifyVpcTenancyInput struct {

	// The instance tenancy attribute for the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceTenancy types.VpcTenancy

	// The ID of the VPC.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpcTenancyOutput 

type ModifyVpcTenancyOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnConnectionInput 

type ModifyVpnConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection.
	CustomerGatewayId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the transit gateway.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of the virtual private gateway at the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN
	// connection.
	VpnGatewayId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IPv4 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection.
	// Default: 0.0.0.0/0
	LocalIpv4NetworkCidr *string

	// The IPv6 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection.
	// Default: ::/0
	LocalIpv6NetworkCidr *string

	// The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default:
	// 0.0.0.0/0
	RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr *string

	// The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default:
	// ::/0
	RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsOutput added in v0.29.0 

type ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsOutput struct {

	// Describes a VPN connection.
	VpnConnection *types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnConnectionOutput 

type ModifyVpnConnectionOutput struct {

	// Describes a VPN connection.
	VpnConnection *types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateInput 

type ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateInput struct {

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateOutput 

type ModifyVpnTunnelCertificateOutput struct {

	// Describes a VPN connection.
	VpnConnection *types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput 

type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput struct {

	// The tunnel options to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TunnelOptions *types.ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsSpecification

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnConnectionId *string

	// The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsOutput 

type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsOutput struct {

	// Describes a VPN connection.
	VpnConnection *types.VpnConnection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MonitorInstancesInput 

type MonitorInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MonitorInstancesOutput 

type MonitorInstancesOutput struct {

	// The monitoring information.
	InstanceMonitorings []types.InstanceMonitoring

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MoveAddressToVpcInput 

type MoveAddressToVpcInput struct {

	// The Elastic IP address.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PublicIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MoveAddressToVpcOutput 

type MoveAddressToVpcOutput struct {

	// The allocation ID for the Elastic IP address.
	AllocationId *string

	// The status of the move of the IP address.
	Status types.Status

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MoveByoipCidrToIpamInput added in v1.25.0 

type MoveByoipCidrToIpamInput struct {

	// The BYOIP CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// The IPAM pool ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the IPAM pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolOwner *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type MoveByoipCidrToIpamOutput added in v1.25.0 

type MoveByoipCidrToIpamOutput struct {

	// Information about an address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon
	// Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).
	ByoipCidr *types.ByoipCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type NatGatewayAvailableWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type NatGatewayAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NatGatewayAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for NatGatewayAvailable

func NewNatGatewayAvailableWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewNatGatewayAvailableWaiter(client DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) *NatGatewayAvailableWaiter

NewNatGatewayAvailableWaiter constructs a NatGatewayAvailableWaiter.

func (*NatGatewayAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *NatGatewayAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for NatGatewayAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*NatGatewayAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *NatGatewayAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for NatGatewayAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// NatGatewayAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, NatGatewayAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for NatGatewayAvailableWaiter

type NatGatewayDeletedWaiter added in v1.36.0 

type NatGatewayDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NatGatewayDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for NatGatewayDeleted

func NewNatGatewayDeletedWaiter added in v1.36.0 

func NewNatGatewayDeletedWaiter(client DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions)) *NatGatewayDeletedWaiter

NewNatGatewayDeletedWaiter constructs a NatGatewayDeletedWaiter.

func (*NatGatewayDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v1.36.0 

func (w *NatGatewayDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for NatGatewayDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*NatGatewayDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.36.0 

func (w *NatGatewayDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for NatGatewayDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions added in v1.36.0 

type NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// NatGatewayDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, NatGatewayDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for NatGatewayDeletedWaiter

type NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for NetworkInterfaceAvailable

func NewNetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewNetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter(client DescribeNetworkInterfacesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions)) *NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter

NewNetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter constructs a NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter.

func (*NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for NetworkInterfaceAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for NetworkInterfaceAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 20 seconds.
	// Note that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, *DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiter

type Options 

type Options struct {
	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Configures the events that will be sent to the configured logger.
	ClientLogMode aws.ClientLogMode

	// The credentials object to use when signing requests.
	Credentials aws.CredentialsProvider

	// The configuration DefaultsMode that the SDK should use when constructing the
	// clients initial default settings.
	DefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode

	// The endpoint options to be used when attempting to resolve an endpoint.
	EndpointOptions EndpointResolverOptions

	// The service endpoint resolver.
	EndpointResolver EndpointResolver

	// Signature Version 4 (SigV4) Signer
	HTTPSignerV4 HTTPSignerV4

	// Provides idempotency tokens values that will be automatically populated into
	// idempotent API operations.
	IdempotencyTokenProvider IdempotencyTokenProvider

	// The logger writer interface to write logging messages to.
	Logger logging.Logger

	// The region to send requests to. (Required)
	Region string

	// RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call
	// an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and
	// will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify
	// per operation call's retry max attempts. When creating a new API Clients this
	// member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will
	// be ignored if Retryer is not nil. If specified in an operation call's functional
	// options with a value that is different than the constructed client's Options,
	// the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific
	// RetryMaxAttempts value.
	RetryMaxAttempts int

	// RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if
	// Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this
	// member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will
	// be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call
	// overrides, may in the future.
	RetryMode aws.RetryMode

	// Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable
	// failures. When nil the API client will use a default retryer. The kind of
	// default retry created by the API client can be changed with the RetryMode
	// option.
	Retryer aws.Retryer

	// The RuntimeEnvironment configuration, only populated if the DefaultsMode is set
	// to DefaultsModeAuto and is initialized using config.LoadDefaultConfig. You
	// should not populate this structure programmatically, or rely on the values here
	// within your applications.
	RuntimeEnvironment aws.RuntimeEnvironment

	// The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP
	// implementation if nil.
	HTTPClient HTTPClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Options) Copy 

func (o Options) Copy() Options

Copy creates a clone where the APIOptions list is deep copied.

type PasswordDataAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type PasswordDataAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PasswordDataAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for PasswordDataAvailable

func NewPasswordDataAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewPasswordDataAvailableWaiter(client GetPasswordDataAPIClient, optFns ...func(*PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions)) *PasswordDataAvailableWaiter

NewPasswordDataAvailableWaiter constructs a PasswordDataAvailableWaiter.

func (*PasswordDataAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *PasswordDataAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *GetPasswordDataInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for PasswordDataAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*PasswordDataAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *PasswordDataAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetPasswordDataInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for PasswordDataAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// PasswordDataAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, PasswordDataAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *GetPasswordDataInput, *GetPasswordDataOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for PasswordDataAvailableWaiter

type PresignClient added in v0.30.0 

type PresignClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PresignClient represents the presign url client

func NewPresignClient added in v0.30.0 

func NewPresignClient(c *Client, optFns ...func(*PresignOptions)) *PresignClient

NewPresignClient generates a presign client using provided API Client and presign options

func (*PresignClient) PresignCopySnapshot added in v0.30.0 

func (c *PresignClient) PresignCopySnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopySnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*PresignOptions)) (*v4.PresignedHTTPRequest, error)

PresignCopySnapshot is used to generate a presigned HTTP Request which contains presigned URL, signed headers and HTTP method used.

type PresignOptions added in v0.30.0 

type PresignOptions struct {

	// ClientOptions are list of functional options to mutate client options used by
	// the presign client.
	ClientOptions []func(*Options)

	// Presigner is the presigner used by the presign url client
	Presigner HTTPPresignerV4
}

PresignOptions represents the presign client options

type ProvisionByoipCidrInput 

type ProvisionByoipCidrInput struct {

	// The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific IPv4
	// prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 prefix you can
	// specify is /56. The address range cannot overlap with another address range that
	// you've brought to this or another Region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring the specified IP
	// address range to Amazon using BYOIP.
	CidrAuthorizationContext *types.CidrAuthorizationContext

	// A description for the address range and the address pool.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Reserved.
	MultiRegion *bool

	// The tags to apply to the address pool.
	PoolTagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// (IPv6 only) Indicate whether the address range will be publicly advertised to
	// the internet. Default: true
	PubliclyAdvertisable *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ProvisionByoipCidrOutput 

type ProvisionByoipCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the address range.
	ByoipCidr *types.ByoipCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool to which you want to assign a CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The CIDR you want to assign to the IPAM pool.
	Cidr *string

	// A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring a specified IP
	// address range to Amazon using BYOIP. This option applies to public pools only.
	CidrAuthorizationContext *types.IpamCidrAuthorizationContext

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ProvisionIpamPoolCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ProvisionIpamPoolCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the provisioned CIDR.
	IpamPoolCidr *types.IpamPoolCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput added in v1.25.0 

type ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput struct {

	// The ID of the IPAM pool you would like to use to allocate this CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate to the public IPv4
	// pool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetmaskLength *int32

	// The ID of the public IPv4 pool you would like to use for this CIDR.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput struct {

	// Describes an address range of an IPv4 address pool.
	PoolAddressRange *types.PublicIpv4PoolRange

	// The ID of the pool that you want to provision the CIDR to.
	PoolId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PurchaseHostReservationInput 

type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation will be associated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HostIdSet []string

	// The ID of the offering.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OfferingId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice, LimitPrice, and totalHourlyPrice
	// amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
	CurrencyCode types.CurrencyCodeValues

	// The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation
	// (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the host count). If the
	// total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the request fails.
	// This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed the expected upfront
	// cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported currency is USD. For
	// example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify 100.00.
	LimitPrice *string

	// The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host Reservation during purchase.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PurchaseHostReservationOutput 

type PurchaseHostReservationOutput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice and totalHourlyPrice amounts are
	// specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
	CurrencyCode types.CurrencyCodeValues

	// Describes the details of the purchase.
	Purchase []types.Purchase

	// The total hourly price of the reservation calculated per hour.
	TotalHourlyPrice *string

	// The total amount charged to your account when you purchase the reservation.
	TotalUpfrontPrice *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput 

type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput struct {

	// The number of Reserved Instances to purchase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceCount *int32

	// The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedInstancesOfferingId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total order
	// and ensure that the Reserved Instances are not purchased at unexpected prices.
	LimitPrice *types.ReservedInstanceLimitPrice

	// The time at which to purchase the Reserved Instance, in UTC format (for example,
	// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	PurchaseTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.

type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput 

type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput struct {

	// The IDs of the purchased Reserved Instances. If your purchase crosses into a
	// discounted pricing tier, the final Reserved Instances IDs might change. For more
	// information, see Crossing pricing tiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-reserved-instances-application.html#crossing-pricing-tiers)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	ReservedInstancesId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.

type PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput 

type PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput struct {

	// The purchase requests.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PurchaseRequests []types.PurchaseRequest

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request.
	// For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for PurchaseScheduledInstances.

type PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput 

type PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about the Scheduled Instances.
	ScheduledInstanceSet []types.ScheduledInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of PurchaseScheduledInstances.

type RebootInstancesInput 

type RebootInstancesInput struct {

	// The instance IDs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RebootInstancesOutput 

type RebootInstancesOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterImageInput 

type RegisterImageInput struct {

	// A name for your AMI. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses
	// (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-),
	// single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The architecture of the AMI. Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, i386. For
	// instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file.
	Architecture types.ArchitectureValues

	// The billing product codes. Your account must be authorized to specify billing
	// product codes. Otherwise, you can use the Amazon Web Services Marketplace to
	// bill for the use of an AMI.
	BillingProducts []string

	// The block device mapping entries. If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the
	// ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the
	// volume. If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be
	// on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that
	// include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost
	// only. For more information,  Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami)
	// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping

	// The boot mode of the AMI. For more information, see Boot modes
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) in the
	// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	BootMode types.BootModeValues

	// A description for your AMI.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances
	// that you launch from the AMI. This option is supported only for HVM AMIs.
	// Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI
	// unreachable.
	EnaSupport *bool

	// The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage. The specified bucket
	// must have the aws-exec-read canned access control list (ACL) to ensure that it
	// can be accessed by Amazon EC2. For more information, see Canned ACLs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl)
	// in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.
	ImageLocation *string

	// The ID of the kernel.
	KernelId *string

	// The ID of the RAM disk.
	RamdiskId *string

	// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
	RootDeviceName *string

	// Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual
	// Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI.
	// There is no way to disable sriovNetSupport at this time. This option is
	// supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make
	// instances launched from the AMI unreachable.
	SriovNetSupport *string

	// The type of virtualization (hvm | paravirtual). Default: paravirtual
	VirtualizationType *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for RegisterImage.

type RegisterImageOutput 

type RegisterImageOutput struct {

	// The ID of the newly registered AMI.
	ImageId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of RegisterImage.

type RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput 

type RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Information about the tag keys to register.
	InstanceTagAttribute *types.RegisterInstanceTagAttributeRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput 

type RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput struct {

	// The resulting set of tag keys.
	InstanceTagAttribute *types.InstanceTagNotificationAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput 

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.
	GroupIpAddress *string

	// The group members' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway
	// multicast group.
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput 

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput struct {

	// Information about the registered transit gateway multicast group members.
	RegisteredMulticastGroupMembers *types.TransitGatewayMulticastRegisteredGroupMembers

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput 

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.
	GroupIpAddress *string

	// The group sources' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway
	// multicast group.
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput 

type RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway multicast group sources.
	RegisteredMulticastGroupSources *types.TransitGatewayMulticastRegisteredGroupSources

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput added in v0.31.0 

type RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.
	SubnetIds []string

	// The ID of the transit gateway attachment.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput added in v0.31.0 

type RejectTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsOutput struct {

	// Describes the multicast domain associations.
	Associations *types.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput 

type RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput 

type RejectTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput struct {

	// The transit gateway peering attachment.
	TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment *types.TransitGatewayPeeringAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput 

type RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput struct {

	// The ID of the attachment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput 

type RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput struct {

	// Information about the attachment.
	TransitGatewayVpcAttachment *types.TransitGatewayVpcAttachment

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput 

type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// The IDs of one or more VPC endpoints.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcEndpointIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput 

type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {

	// Information about the endpoints that were not rejected, if applicable.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput 

type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput 

type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseAddressInput 

type ReleaseAddressInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. Required for EC2-VPC.
	AllocationId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which
	// Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. If you provide an incorrect network
	// border group, you receive an InvalidAddress.NotFound error. You cannot use a
	// network border group with EC2 Classic. If you attempt this operation on EC2
	// classic, you receive an InvalidParameterCombination error.
	NetworkBorderGroup *string

	// [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic.
	PublicIp *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseAddressOutput 

type ReleaseAddressOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseHostsInput 

type ReleaseHostsInput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to release.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HostIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseHostsOutput 

type ReleaseHostsOutput struct {

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully released.
	Successful []string

	// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be released, including an error
	// message.
	Unsuccessful []types.UnsuccessfulItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationInput added in v1.25.0 

type ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationInput struct {

	// The CIDR of the allocation you want to release.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// The ID of the allocation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolAllocationId *string

	// The ID of the IPAM pool which contains the allocation you want to release.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IpamPoolId *string

	// A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without
	// actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationOutput added in v1.25.0 

type ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationOutput struct {

	// Indicates if the release was successful.
	Success *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput 

type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput struct {

	// The ID of the existing IAM instance profile association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// The IAM instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IamInstanceProfile *types.IamInstanceProfileSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput 

type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput struct {

	// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
	IamInstanceProfileAssociation *types.IamInstanceProfileAssociation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput 

type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput struct {

	// The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the
	// subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkAclId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput 

type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput struct {

	// The ID of the new association.
	NewAssociationId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput 

type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct {

	// Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. Default: If no value is specified,
	// we replace the ingress rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Egress *bool

	// The ID of the ACL.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkAclId *string

	// The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or
	// a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on
	// all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you
	// specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block,
	// traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you
	// specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block,
	// you must specify an ICMP type and code.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Protocol *string

	// Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleAction types.RuleAction

	// The rule number of the entry to replace.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RuleNumber *int32

	// The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
	// 172.16.0.0/24).
	CidrBlock *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol
	// 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.
	IcmpTypeCode *types.IcmpTypeCode

	// The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
	// 2001:bd8:1234:1a00::/64).
	Ipv6CidrBlock *string

	// TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if
	// specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP).
	PortRange *types.PortRange
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput 

type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceRouteInput 

type ReplaceRouteInput struct {

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a carrier gateway.
	CarrierGatewayId *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network.
	CoreNetworkArn *string

	// The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you
	// provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you
	// provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.
	DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the prefix list for the route.
	DestinationPrefixListId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway.
	EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string

	// The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway.
	GatewayId *string

	// The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC.
	InstanceId *string

	// The ID of the local gateway.
	LocalGatewayId *string

	// Specifies whether to reset the local route to its default target (local).
	LocalTarget *bool

	// [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.
	NatGatewayId *string

	// The ID of a network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The ID of a transit gateway.
	TransitGatewayId *string

	// The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only.
	VpcEndpointId *string

	// The ID of a VPC peering connection.
	VpcPeeringConnectionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceRouteOutput 

type ReplaceRouteOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput 

type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput struct {

	// The association ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssociationId *string

	// The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput 

type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput struct {

	// The state of the association.
	AssociationState *types.RouteTableAssociationState

	// The ID of the new association.
	NewAssociationId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteInput 

type ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteInput struct {

	// The CIDR range used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on
	// the most specific match.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationCidrBlock *string

	// The ID of the route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Indicates whether traffic matching this route is to be dropped.
	Blackhole *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the attachment.
	TransitGatewayAttachmentId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteOutput 

type ReplaceTransitGatewayRouteOutput struct {

	// Information about the modified route.
	Route *types.TransitGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReportInstanceStatusInput 

type ReportInstanceStatusInput struct {

	// The instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Instances []string

	// The reason codes that describe the health state of your instance.
	//
	// *
	// instance-stuck-in-state: My instance is stuck in a state.
	//
	// * unresponsive: My
	// instance is unresponsive.
	//
	// * not-accepting-credentials: My instance is not
	// accepting my credentials.
	//
	// * password-not-available: A password is not available
	// for my instance.
	//
	// * performance-network: My instance is experiencing performance
	// problems that I believe are network related.
	//
	// * performance-instance-store: My
	// instance is experiencing performance problems that I believe are related to the
	// instance stores.
	//
	// * performance-ebs-volume: My instance is experiencing
	// performance problems that I believe are related to an EBS volume.
	//
	// *
	// performance-other: My instance is experiencing performance problems.
	//
	// * other:
	// [explain using the description parameter]
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReasonCodes []types.ReportInstanceReasonCodes

	// The status of all instances listed.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.ReportStatusType

	// Descriptive text about the health state of your instance.
	Description *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The time at which the reported instance health state ended.
	EndTime *time.Time

	// The time at which the reported instance health state began.
	StartTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ReportInstanceStatusOutput 

type ReportInstanceStatusOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RequestSpotFleetInput 

type RequestSpotFleetInput struct {

	// The configuration for the Spot Fleet request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpotFleetRequestConfig *types.SpotFleetRequestConfigData

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for RequestSpotFleet.

type RequestSpotFleetOutput 

type RequestSpotFleetOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
	SpotFleetRequestId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of RequestSpotFleet.

type RequestSpotInstancesInput 

type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct {

	// The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests. When you specify an
	// Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot Instances in the
	// request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is
	// maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The
	// group applies only to requests for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any
	// additional Spot Instance requests that are specified with the same Availability
	// Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least
	// one instance from the group is still active. If there is no active instance
	// running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot Instance
	// request (all instances are terminated, the request is expired, or the maximum
	// price you specified falls below current Spot price), then Amazon EC2 launches
	// the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met.
	// Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot Instances could be placed in a
	// different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same
	// Availability Zone group. Default: Instances are launched in any available
	// Availability Zone.
	AvailabilityZoneGroup *string

	// Deprecated.
	BlockDurationMinutes *int32

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch. Default: 1
	InstanceCount *int32

	// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.
	InstanceInterruptionBehavior types.InstanceInterruptionBehavior

	// The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch together
	// and terminate together. Default: Instances are launched and terminated
	// individually
	LaunchGroup *string

	// The launch specification.
	LaunchSpecification *types.RequestSpotLaunchSpecification

	// The maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance. The
	// default is the On-Demand price.
	SpotPrice *string

	// The key-value pair for tagging the Spot Instance request on creation. The value
	// for ResourceType must be spot-instances-request, otherwise the Spot Instance
	// request fails. To tag the Spot Instance request after it has been created, see
	// CreateTags
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The Spot Instance request type. Default: one-time
	Type types.SpotInstanceType

	// The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request
	// becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances
	// launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is
	// persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active
	// until it expires or is canceled. The specified start date and time cannot be
	// equal to the current date and time. You must specify a start date and time that
	// occurs after the current date and time.
	ValidFrom *time.Time

	// The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
	//
	// * For a
	// persistent request, the request remains active until the ValidUntil date and
	// time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel it.
	//
	// *
	// For a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances launch,
	// the request is canceled, or the ValidUntil date and time is reached. By default,
	// the request is valid for 7 days from the date the request was created.
	ValidUntil *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for RequestSpotInstances.

type RequestSpotInstancesOutput 

type RequestSpotInstancesOutput struct {

	// One or more Spot Instance requests.
	SpotInstanceRequests []types.SpotInstanceRequest

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of RequestSpotInstances.

type ResetAddressAttributeInput added in v0.31.0 

type ResetAddressAttributeInput struct {

	// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AllocationId *string

	// The attribute of the IP address.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.AddressAttributeName

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetAddressAttributeOutput added in v0.31.0 

type ResetAddressAttributeOutput struct {

	// Information about the IP address.
	Address *types.AddressAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput 

type ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput 

type ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the default KMS key for EBS encryption by
	// default.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput 

type ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the AFI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FpgaImageId *string

	// The attribute.
	Attribute types.ResetFpgaImageAttributeName

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput 

type ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {

	// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetImageAttributeInput 

type ResetImageAttributeInput struct {

	// The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission
	// attribute).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.ResetImageAttributeName

	// The ID of the AMI.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ResetImageAttribute.

type ResetImageAttributeOutput 

type ResetImageAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetInstanceAttributeInput 

type ResetInstanceAttributeInput struct {

	// The attribute to reset. You can only reset the following attributes: kernel |
	// ramdisk | sourceDestCheck.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetInstanceAttributeOutput 

type ResetInstanceAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput 

type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to true.
	SourceDestCheck *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.

type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput 

type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput 

type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create
	// volumes can be reset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Attribute types.SnapshotAttributeName

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput 

type ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResolveEndpoint 

type ResolveEndpoint struct {
	Resolver EndpointResolver
	Options  EndpointResolverOptions
}

func (*ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize 

func (m *ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize(ctx context.Context, in middleware.SerializeInput, next middleware.SerializeHandler) (
	out middleware.SerializeOutput, metadata middleware.Metadata, err error,
)

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID 

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID() string

type RestoreAddressToClassicInput 

type RestoreAddressToClassicInput struct {

	// The Elastic IP address.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PublicIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreAddressToClassicOutput 

type RestoreAddressToClassicOutput struct {

	// The Elastic IP address.
	PublicIp *string

	// The move status for the IP address.
	Status types.Status

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreImageFromRecycleBinInput added in v1.30.0 

type RestoreImageFromRecycleBinInput struct {

	// The ID of the AMI to restore.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ImageId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreImageFromRecycleBinOutput added in v1.30.0 

type RestoreImageFromRecycleBinOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionInput 

type RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionInput struct {

	// The current version number for the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CurrentVersion *int64

	// The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrefixListId *string

	// The version to restore.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PreviousVersion *int64

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionOutput 

type RestoreManagedPrefixListVersionOutput struct {

	// Information about the prefix list.
	PrefixList *types.ManagedPrefixList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinInput added in v1.24.0 

type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinInput struct {

	// The ID of the snapshot to restore.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput added in v1.24.0 

type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput struct {

	// The description for the snapshot.
	Description *string

	// Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool

	// The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information,
	// see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html) in
	// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
	OutpostArn *string

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the EBS snapshot.
	OwnerId *string

	// The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage.
	Progress *string

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string

	// The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The state of the snapshot.
	State types.SnapshotState

	// The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot.
	VolumeId *string

	// The size of the volume, in GiB.
	VolumeSize *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreSnapshotTierInput added in v1.24.0 

type RestoreSnapshotTierInput struct {

	// The ID of the snapshot to restore.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether to permanently restore an archived snapshot. To permanently
	// restore an archived snapshot, specify true and omit the
	// RestoreSnapshotTierRequest$TemporaryRestoreDays parameter.
	PermanentRestore *bool

	// Specifies the number of days for which to temporarily restore an archived
	// snapshot. Required for temporary restores only. The snapshot will be
	// automatically re-archived after this period. To temporarily restore an archived
	// snapshot, specify the number of days and omit the PermanentRestore parameter or
	// set it to false.
	TemporaryRestoreDays *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreSnapshotTierOutput added in v1.24.0 

type RestoreSnapshotTierOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the snapshot is permanently restored. true indicates a
	// permanent restore. false indicates a temporary restore.
	IsPermanentRestore *bool

	// For temporary restores only. The number of days for which the archived snapshot
	// is temporarily restored.
	RestoreDuration *int32

	// The date and time when the snapshot restore process started.
	RestoreStartTime *time.Time

	// The ID of the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeClientVpnIngressInput 

type RevokeClientVpnIngressInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint with which the authorization rule is
	// associated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is
	// being removed.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetNetworkCidr *string

	// The ID of the Active Directory group for which to revoke access.
	AccessGroupId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether access should be revoked for all clients.
	RevokeAllGroups *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeClientVpnIngressOutput 

type RevokeClientVpnIngressOutput struct {

	// The current state of the authorization rule.
	Status *types.ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput 

type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct {

	// The ID of the security group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.
	CidrIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
	FromPort *int32

	// The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a
	// CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or
	// number.
	IpProtocol *string

	// The IDs of the security group rules.
	SecurityGroupRuleIds []string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
	// group.
	SourceSecurityGroupName *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
	// group.
	SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string

	// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
	ToPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput 

type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// The outbound rules that were unknown to the service. In some cases,
	// unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request
	// parameter.
	UnknownIpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a
	// source security group.
	CidrIp *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
	// For the ICMP type number, use -1 to specify all ICMP types.
	FromPort *int32

	// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or
	// the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC,
	// you must specify the security group ID.
	GroupId *string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
	// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
	GroupName *string

	// The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR
	// IP address range in the same set of permissions.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers
	// (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). Use
	// -1 to specify all.
	IpProtocol *string

	// The IDs of the security group rules.
	SecurityGroupRuleIds []string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't
	// specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP
	// address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the
	// port range. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. To
	// revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP
	// permissions instead.
	SourceSecurityGroupName *string

	// [EC2-Classic] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the source security group,
	// if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this
	// parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address
	// range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port
	// range. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of
	// IP permissions instead.
	SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string

	// The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For
	// the ICMP code number, use -1 to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type.
	ToPort *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// The inbound rules that were unknown to the service. In some cases,
	// unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request
	// parameter.
	UnknownIpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RunInstancesInput 

type RunInstancesInput struct {

	// The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than
	// Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the
	// largest possible number of instances above MinCount. Constraints: Between 1 and
	// the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more
	// information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see How
	// many instances can I run in Amazon EC2
	// (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) in
	// the Amazon EC2 FAQ.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MaxCount *int32

	// The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is more
	// instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2
	// launches no instances. Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're
	// allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default
	// limits, and how to request an increase, see How many instances can I run in
	// Amazon EC2
	// (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) in
	// the Amazon EC2 General FAQ.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MinCount *int32

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string

	// The block device mapping, which defines the EBS volumes and instance store
	// volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see Block
	// device mappings
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping

	// Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. If you do not
	// specify this parameter, the instance's Capacity Reservation preference defaults
	// to open, which enables it to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has
	// matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone).
	CapacityReservationSpecification *types.CapacityReservationSpecification

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the
	// request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is
	// used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring
	// Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	// Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters
	ClientToken *string

	// The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimize CPU options
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	CpuOptions *types.CpuOptionsRequest

	// The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance. Valid
	// values are standard and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch, use
	// ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html).
	// For more information, see Burstable performance instances
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited
	// (T3/T3a instances) For T3 instances with host tenancy, only standard is
	// supported.
	CreditSpecification *types.CreditSpecificationRequest

	// If you set this parameter to true, you can't terminate the instance using the
	// Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute
	// after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html).
	// Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior to terminate, you
	// can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance.
	// Default: false
	DisableApiTermination *bool

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This
	// optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized
	// configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This
	// optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges
	// apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: false
	EbsOptimized *bool

	// An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. An Elastic GPU is a GPU resource
	// that you can attach to your Windows instance to accelerate the graphics
	// performance of your applications. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Elastic
	// GPUs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	ElasticGpuSpecification []types.ElasticGpuSpecification

	// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic
	// inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2
	// instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot
	// specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.
	ElasticInferenceAccelerators []types.ElasticInferenceAccelerator

	// Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro
	// Enclaves. For more information, see  What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) in the
	// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. You can't enable Amazon Web
	// Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same instance.
	EnclaveOptions *types.EnclaveOptionsRequest

	// Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. For more information,
	// see Hibernate your instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide. You can't enable hibernation and Amazon Web Services
	// Nitro Enclaves on the same instance.
	HibernationOptions *types.HibernationOptionsRequest

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM instance profile.
	IamInstanceProfile *types.IamInstanceProfileSpecification

	// The ID of the AMI. An AMI ID is required to launch an instance and must be
	// specified here or in a launch template.
	ImageId *string

	// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
	// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
	// Default: stop
	InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior types.ShutdownBehavior

	// The market (purchasing) option for the instances. For RunInstances, persistent
	// Spot Instance requests are only supported when InstanceInterruptionBehavior is
	// set to either hibernate or stop.
	InstanceMarketOptions *types.InstanceMarketOptionsRequest

	// The instance type. For more information, see Instance types
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: m1.small
	InstanceType types.InstanceType

	// [EC2-VPC] The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network
	// interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet.
	// You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses
	// in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum
	// number of instances to launch. You cannot specify this option and the network
	// interfaces option in the same request.
	Ipv6AddressCount *int32

	// [EC2-VPC] The IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the
	// primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to
	// assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this
	// option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. You cannot
	// specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request.
	Ipv6Addresses []types.InstanceIpv6Address

	// The ID of the kernel. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and
	// RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	KernelId *string

	// The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html)
	// or ImportKeyPair
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html).
	// If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you
	// choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in.
	KeyName *string

	// The launch template to use to launch the instances. Any parameters that you
	// specify in RunInstances override the same parameters in the launch template. You
	// can specify either the name or ID of a launch template, but not both.
	LaunchTemplate *types.LaunchTemplateSpecification

	// The license configurations.
	LicenseSpecifications []types.LicenseConfigurationRequest

	// The maintenance and recovery options for the instance.
	MaintenanceOptions *types.InstanceMaintenanceOptionsRequest

	// The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance
	// metadata and user data
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html).
	MetadataOptions *types.InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest

	// Specifies whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance.
	Monitoring *types.RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled

	// The network interfaces to associate with the instance. If you specify a network
	// interface, you must specify any security groups and subnets as part of the
	// network interface.
	NetworkInterfaces []types.InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification

	// The placement for the instance.
	Placement *types.Placement

	// The options for the instance hostname. The default values are inherited from the
	// subnet.
	PrivateDnsNameOptions *types.PrivateDnsNameOptionsRequest

	// [EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4
	// address range of the subnet. Only one private IP address can be designated as
	// primary. You can't specify this option if you've specified the option to
	// designate a private IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface
	// specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one
	// instance in the request. You cannot specify this option and the network
	// interfaces option in the same request.
	PrivateIpAddress *string

	// The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require additional drivers at
	// launch. Check the kernel requirements for information about whether you need to
	// specify a RAM disk. To find kernel requirements, go to the Amazon Web Services
	// Resource Center and search for the kernel ID. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB
	// instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	RamdiskId *string

	// The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using
	// CreateSecurityGroup
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateSecurityGroup.html).
	// If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part
	// of the network interface.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The names of the security groups. For a nondefault
	// VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. If you specify a network
	// interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network
	// interface. Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group.
	SecurityGroups []string

	// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. If you specify a
	// network interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the network
	// interface.
	SubnetId *string

	// The tags to apply to the resources during launch. You can only tag instances and
	// volumes on launch. The specified tags are applied to all instances or volumes
	// that are created during launch. To tag a resource after it has been created, see
	// CreateTags
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification

	// The user data script to make available to the instance. For more information,
	// see Run commands on your Linux instance at launch
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) and Run
	// commands on your Windows instance at launch
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-windows-user-data.html).
	// If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed for you, and
	// you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide base64-encoded
	// text. User data is limited to 16 KB.
	UserData *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RunInstancesOutput 

type RunInstancesOutput struct {

	// [EC2-Classic only] The security groups.
	Groups []types.GroupIdentifier

	// The instances.
	Instances []types.Instance

	// The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the reservation.
	OwnerId *string

	// The ID of the requester that launched the instances on your behalf (for example,
	// Amazon Web Services Management Console or Auto Scaling).
	RequesterId *string

	// The ID of the reservation.
	ReservationId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a launch request for one or more instances, and includes owner, requester, and security group information that applies to all instances in the launch request.

type RunScheduledInstancesInput 

type RunScheduledInstancesInput struct {

	// The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability Zone,
	// network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LaunchSpecification *types.ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification

	// The Scheduled Instance ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduledInstanceId *string

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request.
	// For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	ClientToken *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The number of instances. Default: 1
	InstanceCount *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for RunScheduledInstances.

type RunScheduledInstancesOutput 

type RunScheduledInstancesOutput struct {

	// The IDs of the newly launched instances.
	InstanceIdSet []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output of RunScheduledInstances.

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesAPIClient interface {
	SearchLocalGatewayRoutes(context.Context, *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesOutput, error)
}

SearchLocalGatewayRoutesAPIClient is a client that implements the SearchLocalGatewayRoutes operation.

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput 

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput struct {

	// The ID of the local gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters.
	//
	// * route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the
	// specified filter.
	//
	// * route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that
	// matches the route.
	//
	// * route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet
	// that match the specified CIDR filter.
	//
	// * route-search.supernet-of-match - The
	// routes with a CIDR that encompass the CIDR filter. For example, if you have
	// 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your route table and you specify
	// supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result returns 10.0.1.0/29.
	//
	// * state
	// - The state of the route.
	//
	// * type - The route type.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesOutput 

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesOutput struct {

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Information about the routes.
	Routes []types.LocalGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator is a paginator for SearchLocalGatewayRoutes

func NewSearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewSearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator(client SearchLocalGatewayRoutesAPIClient, params *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginatorOptions)) *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator

NewSearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator returns a new SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator

func (*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchLocalGatewayRoutesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next SearchLocalGatewayRoutes page.

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

SearchLocalGatewayRoutesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for SearchLocalGatewayRoutes

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsAPIClient interface {
	SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups(context.Context, *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsOutput, error)
}

SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups operation.

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput 

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// * group-ip-address - The IP
	// address of the transit gateway multicast group.
	//
	// * is-group-member - The
	// resource is a group member. Valid values are true | false.
	//
	// * is-group-source -
	// The resource is a group source. Valid values are true | false.
	//
	// * member-type -
	// The member type. Valid values are igmp | static.
	//
	// * resource-id - The ID of the
	// resource.
	//
	// * resource-type - The type of resource. Valid values are vpc | vpn |
	// direct-connect-gateway | tgw-peering.
	//
	// * source-type - The source type. Valid
	// values are igmp | static.
	//
	// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.
	//
	// *
	// transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next page of results.
	NextToken *string

	// The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.
	TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsOutput 

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsOutput struct {

	// Information about the transit gateway multicast group.
	MulticastGroups []types.TransitGatewayMulticastGroup

	// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
	// there are no more results to return.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator is a paginator for SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups

func NewSearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewSearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator(client SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsAPIClient, params *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator

NewSearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator returns a new SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator

func (*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups page.

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
	// remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups

type SearchTransitGatewayRoutesInput 

type SearchTransitGatewayRoutesInput struct {

	// One or more filters. The possible values are:
	//
	// *
	// attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id- The id of the transit gateway
	// attachment.
	//
	// * attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway
	// attachment.
	//
	// * attachment.resource-type - The attachment resource type. Valid
	// values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.
	//
	// *
	// prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.
	//
	// * route-search.exact-match - The
	// exact match of the specified filter.
	//
	// * route-search.longest-prefix-match - The
	// longest prefix that matches the route.
	//
	// * route-search.subnet-of-match - The
	// routes with a subnet that match the specified CIDR filter.
	//
	// *
	// route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the CIDR
	// filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your
	// route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result
	// returns 10.0.1.0/29.
	//
	// * state - The state of the route (active | blackhole).
	//
	// *
	// type - The type of route (propagated | static).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Filters []types.Filter

	// The ID of the transit gateway route table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransitGatewayRouteTableId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The maximum number of routes to return.
	MaxResults *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTransitGatewayRoutesOutput 

type SearchTransitGatewayRoutesOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether there are additional routes available.
	AdditionalRoutesAvailable *bool

	// Information about the routes.
	Routes []types.TransitGatewayRoute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SecurityGroupExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type SecurityGroupExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SecurityGroupExistsWaiter defines the waiters for SecurityGroupExists

func NewSecurityGroupExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewSecurityGroupExistsWaiter(client DescribeSecurityGroupsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions)) *SecurityGroupExistsWaiter

NewSecurityGroupExistsWaiter constructs a SecurityGroupExistsWaiter.

func (*SecurityGroupExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *SecurityGroupExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SecurityGroupExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SecurityGroupExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *SecurityGroupExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SecurityGroupExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SecurityGroupExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 5 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, SecurityGroupExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for SecurityGroupExistsWaiter

type SendDiagnosticInterruptInput 

type SendDiagnosticInterruptInput struct {

	// The ID of the instance.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SendDiagnosticInterruptOutput 

type SendDiagnosticInterruptOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SnapshotCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type SnapshotCompletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SnapshotCompletedWaiter defines the waiters for SnapshotCompleted

func NewSnapshotCompletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewSnapshotCompletedWaiter(client DescribeSnapshotsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions)) *SnapshotCompletedWaiter

NewSnapshotCompletedWaiter constructs a SnapshotCompletedWaiter.

func (*SnapshotCompletedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *SnapshotCompletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SnapshotCompleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SnapshotCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *SnapshotCompletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SnapshotCompleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SnapshotCompletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, SnapshotCompletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotsInput, *DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for SnapshotCompletedWaiter

type SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter defines the waiters for SpotInstanceRequestFulfilled

func NewSpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewSpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter(client DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions)) *SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter

NewSpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter constructs a SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter.

func (*SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SpotInstanceRequestFulfilled waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SpotInstanceRequestFulfilled waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds.
	// Note that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions are waiter options for SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiter

type StartInstancesInput 

type StartInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartInstancesOutput 

type StartInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about the started instances.
	StartingInstances []types.InstanceStateChange

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput added in v1.25.0 

type StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientToken *string

	// The ID of the Network Access Scope.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The tags to apply.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput added in v1.25.0 

type StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisOutput struct {

	// The Network Access Scope analysis.
	NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis *types.NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput added in v0.31.0 

type StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput struct {

	// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of
	// the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientToken *string

	// The ID of the path.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInsightsPathId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources that the path must traverse.
	FilterInArns []string

	// The tags to apply.
	TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput added in v0.31.0 

type StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisOutput struct {

	// Information about the network insights analysis.
	NetworkInsightsAnalysis *types.NetworkInsightsAnalysis

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationInput 

type StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationInput struct {

	// The ID of the endpoint service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationOutput 

type StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
	ReturnValue *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopInstancesInput 

type StopInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush
	// file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must
	// perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended
	// for Windows instances. Default: false
	Force *bool

	// Hibernates the instance if the instance was enabled for hibernation at launch.
	// If the instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown occurs. For
	// more information, see Hibernate your instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) in the
	// Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: false
	Hibernate *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopInstancesOutput 

type StopInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about the stopped instances.
	StoppingInstances []types.InstanceStateChange

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SubnetAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type SubnetAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SubnetAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for SubnetAvailable

func NewSubnetAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewSubnetAvailableWaiter(client DescribeSubnetsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions)) *SubnetAvailableWaiter

NewSubnetAvailableWaiter constructs a SubnetAvailableWaiter.

func (*SubnetAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *SubnetAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSubnetsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SubnetAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SubnetAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *SubnetAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSubnetsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SubnetAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SubnetAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, SubnetAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSubnetsInput, *DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for SubnetAvailableWaiter

type SystemStatusOkWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type SystemStatusOkWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SystemStatusOkWaiter defines the waiters for SystemStatusOk

func NewSystemStatusOkWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewSystemStatusOkWaiter(client DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions)) *SystemStatusOkWaiter

NewSystemStatusOkWaiter constructs a SystemStatusOkWaiter.

func (*SystemStatusOkWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *SystemStatusOkWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SystemStatusOk waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SystemStatusOkWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *SystemStatusOkWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SystemStatusOk waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SystemStatusOkWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, SystemStatusOkWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions are waiter options for SystemStatusOkWaiter

type TerminateClientVpnConnectionsInput 

type TerminateClientVpnConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client is connected.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The ID of the client connection to be terminated.
	ConnectionId *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The name of the user who initiated the connection. Use this option to terminate
	// all active connections for the specified user. This option can only be used if
	// the user has established up to five connections.
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TerminateClientVpnConnectionsOutput 

type TerminateClientVpnConnectionsOutput struct {

	// The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.
	ClientVpnEndpointId *string

	// The current state of the client connections.
	ConnectionStatuses []types.TerminateConnectionStatus

	// The user who established the terminated client connections.
	Username *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TerminateInstancesInput 

type TerminateInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the instances. Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend
	// breaking up this request into smaller batches.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TerminateInstancesOutput 

type TerminateInstancesOutput struct {

	// Information about the terminated instances.
	TerminatingInstances []types.InstanceStateChange

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UnassignIpv6AddressesInput 

type UnassignIpv6AddressesInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface.
	Ipv6Addresses []string

	// One or more IPv6 prefixes to unassign from the network interface.
	Ipv6Prefixes []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput 

type UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The IPv6 addresses that have been unassigned from the network interface.
	UnassignedIpv6Addresses []string

	// The IPv4 prefixes that have been unassigned from the network interface.
	UnassignedIpv6Prefixes []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput 

type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct {

	// The ID of the network interface.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string

	// The IPv4 prefixes to unassign from the network interface.
	Ipv4Prefixes []string

	// The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface. You
	// can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address.
	PrivateIpAddresses []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the parameters for UnassignPrivateIpAddresses.

type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput 

type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UnmonitorInstancesInput 

type UnmonitorInstancesInput struct {

	// The IDs of the instances.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceIds []string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UnmonitorInstancesOutput 

type UnmonitorInstancesOutput struct {

	// The monitoring information.
	InstanceMonitorings []types.InstanceMonitoring

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput 

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or
	// the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC,
	// you must specify the security group ID.
	GroupId *string

	// [Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the
	// security group ID or the security group name in the request.
	GroupName *string

	// The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either the IP
	// permissions or the description.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// The description for the egress security group rules. You must specify either the
	// description or the IP permissions.
	SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions []types.SecurityGroupRuleDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput 

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput 

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput struct {

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool

	// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or
	// the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC,
	// you must specify the security group ID.
	GroupId *string

	// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
	// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
	GroupName *string

	// The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either IP
	// permissions or a description.
	IpPermissions []types.IpPermission

	// [VPC only] The description for the ingress security group rules. You must
	// specify either a description or IP permissions.
	SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions []types.SecurityGroupRuleDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput 

type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput struct {

	// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
	Return *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type VolumeAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type VolumeAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VolumeAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for VolumeAvailable

func NewVolumeAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewVolumeAvailableWaiter(client DescribeVolumesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions)) *VolumeAvailableWaiter

NewVolumeAvailableWaiter constructs a VolumeAvailableWaiter.

func (*VolumeAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *VolumeAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VolumeAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VolumeAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VolumeAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VolumeAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VolumeAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VolumeAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for VolumeAvailableWaiter

type VolumeDeletedWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type VolumeDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VolumeDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for VolumeDeleted

func NewVolumeDeletedWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewVolumeDeletedWaiter(client DescribeVolumesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions)) *VolumeDeletedWaiter

NewVolumeDeletedWaiter constructs a VolumeDeletedWaiter.

func (*VolumeDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *VolumeDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VolumeDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VolumeDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VolumeDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VolumeDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VolumeDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VolumeDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note
	// that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for VolumeDeletedWaiter

type VolumeInUseWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type VolumeInUseWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VolumeInUseWaiter defines the waiters for VolumeInUse

func NewVolumeInUseWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewVolumeInUseWaiter(client DescribeVolumesAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VolumeInUseWaiterOptions)) *VolumeInUseWaiter

NewVolumeInUseWaiter constructs a VolumeInUseWaiter.

func (*VolumeInUseWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *VolumeInUseWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeInUseWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VolumeInUse waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VolumeInUseWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VolumeInUseWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VolumeInUseWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VolumeInUse waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VolumeInUseWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type VolumeInUseWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VolumeInUseWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VolumeInUseWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VolumeInUseWaiterOptions are waiter options for VolumeInUseWaiter

type VpcAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type VpcAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpcAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for VpcAvailable

func NewVpcAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewVpcAvailableWaiter(client DescribeVpcsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpcAvailableWaiterOptions)) *VpcAvailableWaiter

NewVpcAvailableWaiter constructs a VpcAvailableWaiter.

func (*VpcAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *VpcAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpcAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpcAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpcAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpcAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpcAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type VpcAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpcAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpcAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcsInput, *DescribeVpcsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpcAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpcAvailableWaiter

type VpcExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type VpcExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpcExistsWaiter defines the waiters for VpcExists

func NewVpcExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewVpcExistsWaiter(client DescribeVpcsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpcExistsWaiterOptions)) *VpcExistsWaiter

NewVpcExistsWaiter constructs a VpcExistsWaiter.

func (*VpcExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *VpcExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpcExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpcExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpcExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpcExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpcExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type VpcExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpcExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 1 seconds. Note that MinDelay
	// must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpcExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcsInput, *DescribeVpcsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpcExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpcExistsWaiter

type VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for VpcPeeringConnectionDeleted

func NewVpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewVpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter(client DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) *VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter

NewVpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter constructs a VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter.

func (*VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpcPeeringConnectionDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpcPeeringConnectionDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds.
	// Note that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiter

type VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

type VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter defines the waiters for VpcPeeringConnectionExists

func NewVpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter added in v1.11.0 

func NewVpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter(client DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions)) *VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter

NewVpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter constructs a VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter.

func (*VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.11.0 

func (w *VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpcPeeringConnectionExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpcPeeringConnectionExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.11.0 

type VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds.
	// Note that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120
	// seconds. Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the
	// MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiter

type VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for VpnConnectionAvailable

func NewVpnConnectionAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewVpnConnectionAvailableWaiter(client DescribeVpnConnectionsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions)) *VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter

NewVpnConnectionAvailableWaiter constructs a VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter.

func (*VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpnConnectionAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpnConnectionAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpnConnectionAvailableWaiter

type VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for VpnConnectionDeleted

func NewVpnConnectionDeletedWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewVpnConnectionDeletedWaiter(client DescribeVpnConnectionsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) *VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter

NewVpnConnectionDeletedWaiter constructs a VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter.

func (*VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for VpnConnectionDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.22.0 

func (w *VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for VpnConnectionDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for VpnConnectionDeletedWaiter

type WithdrawByoipCidrInput 

type WithdrawByoipCidrInput struct {

	// The address range, in CIDR notation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Cidr *string

	// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
	// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the
	// required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is
	// UnauthorizedOperation.
	DryRun *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type WithdrawByoipCidrOutput 

type WithdrawByoipCidrOutput struct {

	// Information about the address pool.
	ByoipCidr *types.ByoipCidr

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal
customizations
Package customizations provides the implementation of customizations for the ec2 module.
 Package customizations provides the implementation of customizations for the ec2 module.
endpoints

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.